Sabbath-School Manual - Forgotten Books

SABBATH-SCHOOL MANUAL,

RE L IG I O U S EXER C I S E S

FO R T H E

M O R N I N G A N D E V E N I N G

Q M each B ahhath in thewear .

FO R T H E U S E O F

SABBA’

I‘

H -S CH

OO

/LS A ND PRIVATE FAMILIES .

B Y N . O . B RO O KS , M .A .

,L L .D .

,

PR E S I D ENT O F T H E B A L T I M O RE FEM A L E C O L L EG E .

P H I L A D E L P H I A

T H OM A S W. H A RT LEY A N D COMPA N Y .

C H IC A G O C INCINNATI AT L A N T A :

C . B UCK BEE 85 C O . R . CLARKE C O . B O L LES B U CK N ER.

1 8 8 9 .

Ente re d accordi ng to A c t o f C ongre s s , in th e ye ar 1 889 , byN . c

’

. B RO O KS,M . A .

,L L . D . ,

In th e O ffice of th e Lib rar ian of Co ngre s s , a t W ashing ton

W E S T C O T T T H O M S O N,

S te re otype r s , Ph ila da .

0 0 1. 1.s P R I N T I N G H O U S E ,705 J ayne S tre e t , Ph i la da .

PR E F A C E .

S UPERIN TENDENTS and te ache rs of S abbath-school s have

long fe lt the ne ce ssity of some suitable manua l for the O pe n

ing and closing of schools. T hough the Bible is th e great

storehouse O f re l igious truth,i t is not always easy to find in

i t suitable portions for reading,or to mee t with hymns appro

pria te to the subj e ctsse le cted . And whe n these have be e n

found,the te ache r encounte rs another difficulty— to command

the attention O f the childre n while he i s re ading.

I have ende avore d to obviate the se seve ral difficultie s by

preparing a serie s O f exe rcise s,which pre sent th e gre at funda

mental truths O f our holy Christianity in a way calculated to

intere st the youthful mind in the study O f th e Bible,and to

impre ss the heart with fe e lings O f a re ligious and de votional

characte r. And to prevent that wandering of the mind,

which is common in schools on the ordinary re ading of a

chapte r by th e teacher,as we l l as to engage a ll present in a

dire ct act of devotion,I have de em ed it advisable to m ake a

part of the exe rcise s c onsist of alternate readings and re

spouse s by the teache r and the pupils . A s the se are made

up of extra cts from th e Bible,i t i s hope d they wil l prove

acceptable to al l denom inations O f Christians.

Afte r singing on e of the hymns and re ading the morning

or evening le sson,the teache r wil l offe r a praye r to the T hrone

3

4 PREFACE .

O f grace . A t the cl ose of h is pe tition,al l the scholars wil l

un ite with him in repe ating the Lord’ s Praye r.

For the conve nience of te ache rs,a few praye rs a re added

at the end of the book . T he author has issued a S cripture

Manual also,intended for academie s,schools and private fam

ilies,with re l igious e xe rcise s

,consisting of appropriate hymns

,

readings and prayers,for the morning and e vening of e ach day

in the month . T he author commends both the se volume s to

the favorabl e conside ration of pastors,te ach e rs and parents

,

and all those inte re ste d in e arly imbuing the minds O f the

young with th e cardinal truths of Christian ity .

N . C. BRO O KS .

BA LTIM ORE,J uty 10, 1 869.

C O N T E N T S .

Eternity O t. God 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O Q O O O O O O O O O O

Gre atne ss of God

ATTRIB UTES O F O mnipote nce of GodGOD. O mnipre sence of God

O mniscie nce O f GodB e ne vole nce of

Proph e cie s of Christ’ s IncarnationProphe cie s of Christ ’ s B irthProphe ci esof Christ’ sProphe c ie s of Chi ist ’e M i nistry .

Prophe cie s of Chr ist ’ s M iracle sProphe ci e s of Conspiracy against Christ

551353201

8252: Prophe cie s of Christ ’ s Arre stProphe cie s of Christ’ s TrialProphe ci e s of Chri st’ sProphe cie s of Christ’ s Crucifix ionProphe cie s of Christ ’ s DeathProphe cie s of Chr i st ’ s BurialProphe cie s of Chri st ’ s Asce nsion .

Godhead and H umani ty of ChristIncarnation of Chr istB irth of ChristM inistry ofM inis try of Christ

,continued

"

M inistry of Christ,continued "

M inistry of Chri st,continued

M inistry of Christ,continue d

M i nistry of Christ,conclude d

M iracl e s of Chri st . .

M iracl e s O f Chr ist,

M iracl e s of Christ,

M iracl e s of Chr ist,

M iracle s of Christ,

Parabl e s of Chri st .Parabl e s O f Chr ist

,continue d

Parabl es of Christ,continued

Parable s of Christ,continue d

Parabl e s of Chri st,conclud ed

Crucifixion O f ChristDe ath and Burial O f C h i istRe surre ction and Ascension O f ChristL ord’ s

6 CO NTENTS .

Christ asO FFIC ES OF CHRIS T. Christ as S aviour .

Chri st as M e d iator

God ’ s Love in th e Gift of Chri stBe nefitsO f th e Gift of Chri stB e nefits O f th e Death of Chris t

THE G IFT OFCHRI S T.

Prom ise of th e H oly GhostH O LY GHO S T. Gift O f th e H oly Ghost

Fruits of th e H olyS ource ofFrui ts O f W isdomNegle ct ofT h e H oly S cripture s

S CRIPTURES A N D T h e T e n Commandm e ntsCO MMA NDM ENTS . Ble ssings O f O be d ie nce to

Punishm en t of Di sobe die nceRepentanceNa ture O f Fai thH i stori cal Exampl e s of Fai thH istori cal Example s of Fai th .

Fai th in GodFa i th i n Chr ist[ T h e Apostle s ’ C re ed .

REPENT ANC EA N D FAITH.

PRA YER. Praye r to be Earne st and Importunate . .

Answer toJustification

CHRISTIAN LIFE. Adoption .san C t/Ifica t ion 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o o o o o o o 0 0 0 0 0

T h e H oly S abbathTHE S A B B A TH '

T h e Em

RIGHTEO US N ES S ' Rewards of Righte ousne ss .

M e ekne ssB r oth e rly Kindne ss

CHRISTIA N GRAC ES .

Confide nce i n GodConfidence in GodBle ssings uponT h e Be ati tude sH ouse of God .

Be auty of th e H ouse of GodCHRISTIA NWA RFARE. { T h e Christian Warfare . .

DIVI N E PRO T EcTIO N .

H O U S E O F GOD.

Em Pm 333133

M ORA L EVIL S .

PRA IS E To GOD.

FORMS or PRA YER.

APPEN DIX.

FORMS OF GRA CE.

CO NTENTS .

Dr unkenne ssVanity of Riche s

S lo thfulne ss .U nbe l i e f.Gove rnm e nt of th e Tongue

Re surre ctionJudgm entH appine ss of th e Righte ousM ise ry of th e W icke dAscriptions of Praise s to God.Prayer for th e O pening of S choolPraye r for th e O pening of S choolPraye r for th e‘ Closing of S choolPrayer for th e Closing of S chool

S cripture s of th e O ld and N ew Te stam e nt.Table of th e H istori cal Books and Psa lm sTable of Prophe ti cal Books

, O ld Te stam entTable of th e N ew Te stam ent S e i ipturesForms of Grace be fore M e atForms of Grace after

SABBATH -SCHOOL MAN UAL.

ETERNITY OF GOD .

First Sunday in th e Year . M orn ing .

H YM N 1 . L . M . H YM N 2 . P. M .

H ebrrm . A m on .

ERE mountains rose in form subl ime , TH O U God of powe r, thou God oflove ,O r heave n and e arth in order stood, Whose glory fil ls th e re alm s above ,Be fore th e birth of ancient tim e , Whose praise archange ls S ing

,

From e ve r lasting thou a rt God. And ve il the ir face s while the ir cry ,Thrice H oly

,to the ir God M ost H igh

,

A thousand age s,in the ir flight Thri ce H oly, to the ir King

W ith the e a re as a fle e t ingo

day The e as our God w e too would claim,

Past,pre sent

,future

,to thy S lgh t

.A nd ble ssth e S aviour’s preciousN ame,A t on ce the ir var ioussce ne s display. Through whom this grace is given ;

B b f 1, f h d ‘d

H e bore th e curse to sinners du e ,ut our me 1 esa S a owy re am

, H e forms the ir ruine d souls anew,

A passing thought,that soon is 0 er

, And make s them he irs of heaven .That fa desw ith morning ’ s e arl ie st be am,

And fi l ls th e musing m ind no more . T h e ve i l that hide s thy gl ory r e nd,

And here i n saving pow er de sce nd,

To us. 0 L ord, th e wisdom give , And fix thy ble st abode ;Each passing mom ent so to spend

,H ere to our hearts thyse l f reveal

,

That w e at le ngth with the e may li ve And le t e ach waiting spirit fe e lWhere li fe and bliss shal l never en d . T h e pre sence of our God.

T ea cher . T hus saith th e Lord,th e king of Isra e l

,and his

{ede em e r th e Lord of hosts ; I‘am the first

,and I am the

last,a nd be side s m e the re is no God . Isa . xl iv . 6 .

S chola is. Y e are my witne sse s, saith the Lord,an d my

se rvant whom I have chosen,that ye m ay know arid be l ieve

m e,and unde rstand that I am be ; be fore m e the re was no

G od formed,ne i the rsha ll the re be afte r m e . Isa. xlii i . 10.

T . Y e a,before the day was

,I am he ; and the re i s none

9

10 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M ANUAL.

that can de l ive r ou t O f my hand . I wi ll work and whoshallle t it ? Isa. xli ii . 13.

S . Be fore the mountains we re brought forth,or eve r thou

hadst forme d th e e arth and the world,e ve n from e ve rl asting

to e ve rlasting,thou art God . PS . xc . 2 .

T . I am A lpha and Omega,th e beginn ing and the e nding

,

saith the Lord,which is and which was

,and which is to come

,

the A lmighty. Re v. i . 8 .

S . Of old hast thou laid the foundation O f the e arth : andthe he ave ns a re the work of thy hands . T hey shal l pe rish

,

but thou shalt endure : ye a , al l O f them Shal l wax O ld l ike agarme nt ; as a ve sture shal t thou change them,

and theysha llbe cha nged : but thou a rt the same

,and thy ye ars shal l have

no end . PS . cii . 2 5,2 6

,2 7 .

T . T hou,O Lord

,shal t e ndure for e ve r, and thy remem

brance unto al l gen e rations. PS . ci i . 1 2 .

S . Who on ly hath immortality, dwe l ling in the light,

which no man can approach unto,whom no man hath se e n

nor canse e . 1 T im . vi . 16 .

T . T he Lord is th e true God,h e is the l iving God

,and

an e ver lasting King . Je r . x . 10.

S . T hy kingdom is an e ve rlasting kingdom,and thy

dom in ion endure th throughout al l gen e rations . PS . cxlv . 13 .

T . H e l ive th for e ve r and e ve r ; his dominion is an e ve rla sting dominion

,and his kingdom is from gene ration to

gene ration . Dan . iv . 34 .

S . T he Lord is King for eve r and : e ve r : the he ath e n are

pe rished out O f his land . Ps. x . 1 6 .

T . For h e is the l iving God,and ste adfast for e ve r

,and his

kingdom that which shal l not be de stroyed, a nd his dominionsha l l be e ven unto th e end . Dan . vi . 2 6.

S . T he re i s none l ike unto th e Lord our God . Ex . vi ii . 10,

T . H oly,h O lv

,holy Lord God A lmighty

,who was

,and

is,and is to come . Rev . iv . 8 .

S . N O W un to the King e te rnal, immortal , invisible , theonly wise God

,be honor and glory for eve r and eve r. Amen .

THE GREATNESS OF GOD .

F irst Sunday in th e Ye ar . Even ing .

H YM N 3 . L . M . H YM N 4 . c . M .

S axton . S toner ille .

ETERNAL powe r , whose high abode BEH O LD ! th e loftyskyBe com e s th e grandeur of a God De clare s its m ake r

,God ;

Infinite l e ngths , beyond th e bounds And al l his starry worl ds on highWhe re s tars revolve the ir l i ttl e rounds: Proclaim his powe r abroad .

The e while th e first archange l sings, T h e darkness and th e l ightl Ie hide s his face behind his wings : S ti l l ke ep th e ir course t h e sam e

And ranks of shining thron e s around Whil e night to day,and day to night

,

Fa l l worshiping upon th e ground. Divine ly te ach hisnam e .

Lord,what Shal l e arth and ashe s do ? In e ve ry di fferent land

W e would adore our M ake r too ; The ir ge ne ral voice is knownFrom S i n and dust to the e w e cry, They S how th e wonde rs of his hand

,

T he Great, th e H oly, and th e H igh. And orders of his thron e .

Earth,from afar , hath he ard thy fame , Ye Chr i stian lands ! r ejoice

And m e n e ssay to lisp thy nam e H e re h e reveals his word ;But O h ! th e glor ie s of thy m ind W e a re not l e ft to nature ’s voice ,L eave all our soar ing thoughts behind . To bid us know th e L ord .

T eacher. Grea t is the Lord,and greatly to be praised ; his

gre atne ss is unsearchable . PS . cxlv. 3 .

S chola rs. O n e ge nera tion Shal l praise thy works to another,

and Shal l de clare thy m ighty acts . PS . cxlv . 4 .

T . Extol H im that ride th upon the heavens by his nam e

Jehovah . PS . lxvi ii . 4 .

S . T hat m en may know that thou, whose name alone i sJehovah

,art th e Most H igh ove r al l th e e arth . PS . lxxxiii .

1 8 .

T . Behold,the heaven and th e h eaven of heavens is the

Lord ’s thy God ; the e arth also, with al l that the re in is. Deut.x . 14.

1 1

1 2 SAB B A TH —S CH O O L M ANUA L .

S . O Lord God,thou hast begun to Show thy se rvant thy

gre atne ss and thy mighty hand ; for what god is the re i nhe ave n or e arth that can do according to thy works

,and ao

cording to thy might ? De ut . i i i . 2 4.

T . T he Lord your God is God O f gods,and Lord of lords

,

a great God,a mighty and a te rrible

,which regarde th not

pe rsons,nor take th reward . De ut . x . 17 .

S . Gre at is th e Lord, and gre atly to be praised ; he also isto be feare d above al l gods . 1 Chron . xvi . 2 5.

T . For who in the he avens can be compared un to th e

Lord ? who among th e sons O f the mighty can be l iken e d untothe Lord ? PS . lxxxix . 6.

S . Lord God of Israe l,the re i s no God l ike the e

,i n he ave n

above,or on e arth bene ath

,who ke epe st covena nt and mercy

with thy se rvants,that walk be fore the e with al l the ir he art .

1 Kings viii . 2 3.

T . God is gre atly to be fe ared in the assembly O f the sain ts,

and to be had in re ve rence of al l them that are about h im .

PS . lxxxix . 7 .

S . T he re i s none l ike unto th e e,O Lord ; thou art gre at,

and thy name is great in might ; who would not fe ar the e , 0King of nations ? J e r. x . 6

,7 .

T . T he gre a t,the mighty God , the Lord O f hosts

,is h is

nam e ; gre at in counse l , and m ighty in work : for thine eye sa re upon al l the ways of th e sons of men ; to give e ve ry on e

a ccording to the fruit O f his doings. Jer . xxxii . 18,19 .

S . O Lord my God,thou art ve ry gre at ; thou art cloth e d

with honor and m aje sty. PS . civ. 1 .

T . Who cove re st thyse l f with l igh t as with a garm entwho stre tche st out the h e ave ns l ike a curtain . PS . civ . 2 .

S . Who laye th th e be am s of h is chambe rs in the wate rs ;who make th the clouds hischariot ; who wa lke tli upon the

wings O f the wind . Ps. civ . 3.

T . T hine,O Lord

,is the gre atn e ss, and the powe r, and the

glory,and the victory and the maje sty ; for al l that is in the

he aven and in the e arth is thine . 1 Chron . xxix . 1 1,12 .

THE GLORY OF GOD .

S econ d Sunday in th e Year. M orn ing.

H YM N 5 . c. M . H YM N 6 . c . M .

A rlington . M a rlo w.

FATH ER,how wide thy glory shines ! O LO RD, our King, how exce l l e nt

H ow high thy wonde rs r ise ! Thy name on e arth is knownS e e n i n th e e arth by thousand signs, T hy glory in th e fi rmame n t

,

By thousands i n the skies : H ow wonde rful ly S hown !

T h e m ighty orbs de clare thy power ; Whe n I behold th e heavens on high ,

The ir motion s speak thy skil l ; T h e work of thyright ha ndA nd on th e wings of every hour T h e moon and stars am i d th e Sky,

W e read thy patience sti ll . Thy l ights in every land,

But whe n w e view thy stra nge de sign Lord ! what is man,that thoushou l ilst

To save rebe l li ous worms, O n h im tose t thy love, [de ign

Whe re vengeance and compassion join Give h im on e arth a w hile to re ign ,In the ir divine st forms ; The n fi l l a throne above ?

H e re th e whol e De i ty is known , 0 L ord , how exce l lent thy name ;

N or dare s a creature g ue ss H O W manifold thy ways !Which of th e glori e s brighte st shone L e t tim e thy saving truth proclaim ,

T h e justice,or th e grace . Ete rnity thy praise .

T ea cher . T he Lord is high above al l nations,and his glory

above th e he ave ns . Who is like unto the Lord our God whodwe l le th on high ? PS . cxiii . 4—7 .

S cholars. Ble sse d be thy glorious nam e which is exaltedabove al l ble ssing and praise . T hou even thou art God alone ;thou ha st m ade he aven— the he ave n of heavens

,with al l th e ir

host,the e arth

,and al l things that a re the re in

,th e seas

,and

a ll that is the re in,and thou pre se rve st them al l ; and the host

of he aven worshipe th the e . N eh . ix . 5,6 .

T . T he he avens de clare the glory of God ; and the firma

m eri tshowe th his handiwork . Day unto day utte re th spe e ch ,and night unto nightshowe th knowledge . Ps. xix . 1 . 2 .

S . A l l the gods of the pe ople a re idols ; but the Lord made2

14 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M ANUAL .

the heavens. Glory and honor are in his pre sence,strength

and gladne ss a re in his place . 1 Chron . xvi . 2 4.

T . Who I s like unto the e,O Lord

,am ong the gods ? who 18 1

l ike the e,glorious In holiness

,fe arful in praises

,doing wori

de rs ? Ex . xv . 1 1 .

S . Give unto the Lord the glory due unto his name ; bringan O ffe ring

,and com e unto his courts . Oh worsh ip the Lord in

the be auty of holine ss : fear before him al l the earth . PS . xcvi .8,9 . 10.

T . De clare his glory am ong the he athe n,his wonders

among the pe ople ; for the Lord is great, and gre atly to bepraised ; he is to be fe ared above al l gods . PS . xcvi . 3

,4.

S . Give unto th e Lord,0 y e k indredsof th e pe ople , give

unto the Lord glory and strength . PS . xcvi . 7 .

T . I wil l Spe ak of th e glorious honor O f thy m aj e sty,and

of thy wondrous works . PS . cxlv . 5 .

S . L e t them pra ise the nam e of the Lord,for his name

alone is e xce l le nt his glory is above the e arth and he aven .

PS . cxlviii . 13 .

T . O Lord,our Lord

,how exce l l ent i s thy name in a ll the

e arth,who ha stse t thy glory above the he ave n s ! PS . vi i i . 1 .

S . T he glory of th e Lord shal l be re ve aled,and al l fle sh

Shal lse e i t toge the r ; for the mouth of the Lord hath spoke ni t. Isa. x1. 4 .

T . T he e arth Shal l be fi l l ed with th e knowledge of theglory of the Lord

,asthe wate rs cove r th ese a . H ab. i i . 14.

S . T he glory of the Lord S hal l e ndure for e ve r, the LordShal l rejoice in his works . Ps. civ . 31 .

T . Ble ssed be the glory of th e Lord from his place . Ezek .

i ii . 1 2 .

S . Ble ssed be th e Lord God,the God of Israe l

,who only

doth wondrous th ings . Ps. lxxii . 18 .

T : Ble ssed be h isglorious name for e ver ; and le t th ewhol e e arth be fi l led with his glory ; Am e n and Amen ! Ps.l xxii . 19 .

S . H oly,holy

,hol y

,i s the Lord of hosts

,the whole e arth

is ful l of his glory . Isa vi . 3 .

OM N IPO TEN OE OF GOD .

S econd Sunday in th e Ye ar . Even ing .

H YM N 7 . L . M . H YM N 8 . s . M .

O ld H undred . S ilver S treet.

BEFORE Jehovah’ s awful throne,

CO M E sound his praise abroad,Ye nations bow with sacred joy ; And hymns of glory sing ;Know that th e L ord is God alone

,Jehovah is th esov’

re ign God,H e can create

,and h e de stroy. T h e unive rsal King.

H issov ’re ign power , without our aid, H e form

’d th e de eps unknown

M ade us of clay, and form ’d us m e n ; H e gave th e se as the ir bound ;

A n dwh e n lik ew an d’ringsh e epw estray’d , T h e wat ’ry Worlds a re al l his own ,

H e brought us to his fold again . And al l th e sol id ground .

[songs,We

’ l l crowd thy gate s with thankful Com e,worship at h isthrone ,

H igh as th e heave ns our voice s raise ; Com e,bow be fore th e L ord ;

And e ar th,w i th h er t e n thousand tongu es,W e a re h isworks

,and not our own

,

S hal l fi l l thy cour tswith sounding H e form ’d us by his word .

[praiseWide as th e worl d is thy command ; To-day atte nd his voi ce

,

Vast as e ternity thy love N or dare provoke his rod ;Firm asa rock thy truth shal l stand, Com e

,l ike th e pe ople of his choice ,

When rol l ing ye ars shal l ce ase tom ove . And own your gracious God.

T ea cher . 0 Lord God of hosts,who is a strong Lord like

unto the e ? or to thy faithfulne ss round about the e ? PS .

lxxxix . 8 .

S chola rs. I am the Lord that make th al l things ; thatstre tche th forth the he a vens alone ; that spreade th abroad thee arth by myse lf. Isa. xliv . 2 4 .

T . Who hath me a sure d the wate rs in the hol low of hishand

,and m e ted out he aven with the Span

,and comprehende d

th e dust of th e e arth in a measure,and we ighe d th e m ountains

in scal esand the hil ls in a balance . Isa. XI. 1 2 .

S . H e hath made the e arth by his powe r,he hath e stab


lished the world by hiswisdom,and ba th stre tched out the

h e avens by his d iscre ti on . J er . x . 1 2 .

T . My hand a l so hath laid the foundation of th e ea rth,and

mv righ t hand hath spanned th e he ave ns . Isa. xlviii . 13.

S . T he he avens a re th ine,the e arth also IS th ine ; asfor

th e world,and the ful lne ss the re of

,thou hast founded them .

PS . lxxxix . 1 1 .

T . I have made the e arth,the man

,and the beast that are

upon th e ground,by my gre at powe r, and by my outstre tched

arm,a nd have give n it unto whom it se em ed me e t unto m e .

J er . xxvii . 5 .

S . In his hand is th e soul of e ve ry livmg th ing, and thebre ath of al l mankind . Job xii . 10.

T . H e cal le th the cre ature s al l by nam e s ; by the greatne ssof his might, for that h e is strong in powe r ; not on e faile th .

Isa . XI. 2 6.

S . H e doe th gre at th ings,and un se archable

,marve l ous

things without number . Job v . 9.

T . Gre at and marve lous a re thy works,0 Lord God A l

mighty . Rev. xv . 3 .

S . In h is hands a re the de ep place s of the e arth,the

strength of the h ills is h is also . Ps. xcv. 4 .

T . By his spiri t h e hath garnished the he avens,his hand

hath form ed the crooked serpent. Job . xxvi . 13 .

S . T hesea i s his,and h e made it

,and his hands formed

the dry l and . Ps. xcv . 5 .

T . T h e Lord make th a way in the se a,and a path in the

mighty wate rs. Isa. xliiiu16.

S . H e doe th according to hiswil l , in the armv of h eaven,

and among the inhabitants of th e e arth , and none can stay hi shand

,orsay unto him,

What doe st thou ? Dan . iv . 35 .

T . T h ine,O Lord

,is the greatne ss

,and the powe r

,and the

glory . 1 Chron . xxix . 1 1 .

S . T o him be glory and dominion for eve r and e ve r.Am en ! 1 Pe t . v. 1 1 .

T . H oly,holy

,holy Lord God A lm ighty

,who was

,and is

,

and is to come ! Rev. iv . 8 .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

18 S AB B A TH -S CH O O L M ANUAL .

T . H e l l and de struction a re be fore the Lord : how m uchmore then the he arts of the childre n of m en ? Prov. xv. 1 1 .

S . O Lord,thou hast se arched m e

,and known me . T hou

knowe st my down-S itting and mine up-rising

,thou unde r

stande st my thought afar off. Ps. cxxxix . 1,2 .

T . T hou compasse st my path and my l y ing down,and art

acquainted with al l m y ways. Ps. cxxxix . 3 .

S . For there is not a word in m y tongue,but l o

,0 Lord,

thou knowe st it al toge the r. T hou hast be se t m e behind andbe fore

,and laid thy hand upon me . Ps. cxxxix. 4

,5 .

T . Am I a God at hand,saith the Lord

,and not a God

afar ofl'

? Can any hide himse lf in se cre t pla ce s that I sha l ln ot se e him ? saith the Lord . Do not I fi l l heave n ande arth ? Je r. xxiii . 2 3

,2 4 .

S . Whither shal l I go from thy S pirit ? or whithe r shal l Ifle e from thy pre sence ? If I ascend up unto he aven

,thou art

the re : if I make my bed in he l l, behold, thou art the re . Ps.cxxxix . 7 , 8 .

T . If I take the wings of the morn ing, and dwe l l in theutte rmost parts of th e se a ; e ven the re shal l thy hand le adm e

,and thy right hand shal l hold m e . Ps. cxxxix . 9

,10.

S . If I say,S ure ly the darkne ss shall cove r m e : e ve n the

night Shal l be l ight about m e . PS . cxxxix . 1 1 .

T . Y e a,the darkne ss h ide th not from th ee ; but the night

shine th as the day : the darkne ss and the l ight a re both aliketo the e . PS . cxxxix . 1 2 .

S . Unto the e i t was shewed,that thou m ighte st know that

the Lord he i s God : the re is none e lse be side him . Knowthe re fore this day

,and conside r it in thine heart, that the Lord

he is God in he aven above,and upon th e earth beneath : the re

i s n one e l se . Den t . iv . 35,39.

T . Who is the ble sse d and on ly Potentate,the King of

k ings,and Lord of lords ; who only hath immortality, dwe l

l ing in the l ight which no man can approach unto : whom noman hath se en

,nor can se e ; to whom be honor and powe r

e ve rlasting. Amen . 1 T im . vi . 15,16.

OM N ISOIEN GE OF GOD .

T h ird S unday in th e Ye ar . Even ing .

H YM N 1 1 . c. M . H YM N 1 2 . s . M .

N aomi . Tha tcher .

LO RD,all I am is known to the e ; T O God, th e only wise ,

In vain my soul would try O ur S aviour,and our King,

To shun thy pre se nce,or to fle e L e t al l th e saints be low th e Skies

T h e notice of thine eye . The ir humble praise s bring.

Thy all-surround ing sight surveys ’T ishis almi ghty l ove

,

M y rising and my re st,

H iscounse l and hi s care,

M y public walks , my private ways, Pre se rve us safe from sin and death,

T h e se cre ts of my bre ast. And every hurtful snare .

M y thoughtslie open to the e , Lord, H e wil l pre sent our souls,

Be fore they ’ re form e d wi thin , Unblem ishe d and comple te,

And ere my l ips pronounce th e word, Be fore th e glory of his fac e ,Thou k nowe st th e sen se I mean . W i th joys div me ly gre at .

0 wondrous knowle dge ! de ep and To our Re de em e r GodWh ere can a creature hide ? [h igh z W i sdom w i th powe r be longs ;

W i thin thy circli ng arms I lie , Imm ortal crowns ofmaj e sty,

Be se t on eve ry side . And e verl asting songs .

T ea cher . T he Lord is a God of knowledge,and by him ao

tions a re we ighe d. 1 S am . i i . 3 .

S chola rs. A l l th ings a re n aked and open unto the eye s ofh im with whom we have to do . H eb. iv . 13 .

T . Known unto God a re al l h is works from th e beginn ingof the world . Actsxv . 18 .

S . God unde rstande th the way th ere of,and h e knowe th th e

p lace the re of. For he look e th to the e nds of the earth,and

se e th unde r the whole heaven . Job xxviii . 2 3,2 4 .

T . T he Lord looke th from he aven ; h e beholde th a ll the

sons of m e n . From the place of his habitation h e looke thupon all the inhabitants of th e e arth . Ps. xxxii i . 13

,14.

1 9

2 0 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M ANUAL .

S . T he Lord see th not as man se e th ; for man look e th onthe outward appearance

,but the Lord looke th on the h eart.

1 S am . xvi . 7 .

T . Give to e very man according to his ways,whose heart

thou knowe st (for thou, e ven thou on ly, knowe st the he artsofa ll th e childre n of me n ) that they may fe ar the e al l the daysthat they live . 1 Kings vii i . 39

,40.

S . T he Lord se arch e th al l he arts, and understande th al l theimaginations of the thoughts : if thou se ek him

,h e wil l be

found of the e ; but if thou forsake him ,h e wil l cast the e off for

e ve r. 1 Chron . xxviii . 9 .

T . O Lord,thou hast se arched m e

,and known m e . T hou

knowe st my down-sitting a nd mine up-rising

,thou unde ra

sta nde st my thought afar ofl'

. Ps. cxxxix . 1,2 .

S . T hou compasse st my path and my lying down,and art

a cquainte d with al l my ways . Ps. cxxxix . 3 .

T . T he re is not a word in my tongue,but 10

,O Lord

,thou

knowe st it al toge the r. PS . cxxxix . 4 .

S . T hou hast be se t m e behind and be fore,and laid thine

hand upon m e . PS . cxxxix . 5 .

T . S uch knowledge i s too wonderful for m e ; it is high , Icannot attain unto it. Ps. cxxxix . 6.

S . Gre at is our Lord,and of gre at powe r ; his unde rstand

ing isinfinite . Ps. cxlvi i. 5 .

T . Who is th e ble ssed and only Potentate,the King of

k ings and Lord of lords ; who only hath immortali ty , dwe l ling in the l ight which no man can approach unto whom noman hath se en

,nor can se e ; to whom be honor and powe r

e ve rlasting. Ame n . 1 T im . vi . 15,16 .

S . Oh the depth of the riche s both of the wisdom and knowledge of God ! how unse archable a re his judgme nts

,and his

ways past finding out ! Rom . xi . 33 .

T . N ow unto h im that is able to ke ep you from fall ing,

and to pre sent you faul tle ss before the pre sence of h is gloryw i th exce eding joy ; to the on ly wise God our

'

S aviour , beglory and maje sty

,dom in ion and powe r

,both now and e ve r.

Amen . Jude 2 4,2 5.

BEN EVOLEN OE OF GOD .

Four th Sunday in th e Year . M orn ing .

H YM N 1 3 . C . M . H YM N 14 . c . M .

J ew ell. D evon .

L ET every tongue thy goodne ss spe ak , J EH O VA H ,God

,thy gracious powe r

Thousov’re ign Lord of al l ; [weak, O n e very hand w ese e ;T h ystre ngth ’

n ing hands uphold th e O h may th e ble ssings of e ach hourAnd raise th e poor that fall . Le ad al l our thoughts to the e .

Whe n sorrows bow th e spirit down,If on th e wings of m orn w e spe ed,

When virtue l ie s distress’d To e arth’ s r emote st bound,

B eneath th e proud oppre ssor ’ s frown, Thy hand w il l there our j ourney l e a d,Thou giv’st th e mourner r e st. Thine arm our path surround .

Thou k now ’st th e pains thy servants Thy power i s in th e ocean d e eps,

Thou hear ’ st thy childre n cry ; [fe e l , And re ach e s to th e ski e s ;And the ir be st wishe s to fulfi l l Thine eye of m ercy n eve r s le eps

,

Thy grace is e ver nigh . Thy goodne ss neve r die s .

T hy m ercy n e ve rsh all remove From morn t il l noon— til l l ate s t eve ,From m en of h e art since re : [love Thy hand

, 0 God , w ese eThou sav ’st th e souls whose humbl e And al l th e ble ssings w e re ceive

,

Is join ’d with holy fear. Proce e d alone from th e e .

T ea cher . 0 Lord,thou art good

,and doe st good ; te ach

m e thy statute s . PS . cxix . 68 .

S cholars. H ow e xce l lent is thy loving-kindn e ss,O God !

the re fore th e chi ldren ofmen pu t the ir trust under the shadowof thy wings . Ps. xxxvi . 7 .

T . T hey shal l abundantly utter the mem ory of thy grea tgoodne ss

,and shal l sing of thy righte ousne ss . Ps. cxlv. 7 .

S . T he Lord,th e Lord God

,m e rciful and gracious

,long

sufl’

e ring and abundant in goodne ss and truth, ke eping m ercv

for thousands, forgiving in iquity, transgre ssion and S in . Ex .

xxxiv. 6,7 .

2 2 S A B B A TH -S CH O O L M ANUAL .

T . Who rede eme th thy l ife from de struction ; who crowne th the e wi th loving-kindn e ss and tender me rcie s. Ps. ci ii . 4.

S . For the Lord God is a sun and Shie ld : the Lord wi llgive grace and glory ; no good th ing wil l he withhold fromthem that walk uprightly . Ps. lxxxiv . 1 1 .

T . I love them that l ove me ; and those that se e k m e e a rlv

Shall find m e . Prov . viii . 17 .

S . T he Lord is good unto them that wait for him,to the

sou l that se eke th h im . L am . i i i . 2 5 .

T . T hou,Lord

,a rt good

,and re ady to forgive ; and ple n

teousin me rcy unto al l them that call upon the e .

S . Ye a,I have love d the e with an e ve rlasting love : the re

fore with loving-kindne ss have I drawn the e . Je r . xxxi . 3.

T . God is love,and he that dwe l le th in love dwe l le th in

God,and God in h im . 1 John iv . 16.

S . Behold,what m anne r of love th e Fath e r hath bestowe d

upon us,that we should be cal le d th e sons of God . 1 John

i ii . 1 .

T . Be loved,now a re we the son s of God , and it doth not

ye t appe ar what We shal l be ; but we know that when h e shal lappe ar

,w e shal l be l ike him ; for we shall se e h im ashe is .

1 John i ii . 2 .

S . Eye hath not se en, nor e ar he ard, n e ithe r have e nte redinto the he art of man

,the things which God hath prepare d

for them that love him . 1 Cor. i i . 9 .

T . T he Lord is good, his me rcy is e verlasting,and his

truth endure th to al l ge ne rations. PS . 0. 5 .

S . Quicke n m e,O Lord

,according to thy loving-kindne ss ;

thy word is true from the beginn ing,and e ve ry on e of thy

righteous judgm ents endure th for e ve r. Ps. cxix . 159,160.

T . Oh that m en would praise the Lord for his goodne ss,

and for his wonde rful works to the children ofm e n ! Ps. e vil. 8 .

S . Ble ssed be the Lord who daily loade th us with benefits ,e ve n the God of our salvation . Ps. lxvii i . 19.

T . Ble ss the Lord,0 my soul, and forge t not al l his

benefits. Ps. ciii . 2 .

S . Ble ssthou the Lord,0 my soul . Ps. civ. 35 .

MERCY OF GOD.

Four th Sunday in th e Ye a r . Even ing .

H YM N 1 5 . c . M . H YM N 1 6 . c. M .

Iddo.

M ERCY al one can m e e t my case ; LORD , at thy fe e t w e sinn ers lie ,For m e rcy

,L ord

,I cry And knock at m e rcy ’ s door ;

J e sus,Rede em e r

,show thy face W i th heavy he art and downcast eye ,

In me rcy,or I die Thy favor w e implore .

I perish, and my doom we re just ; W i thout thy grace w e sink oppress’d ,But wilt thou le ave m e — N o Dow n to th e gate s of h e l l ;I hold the e fast

,my hope , my trust ; O h give our troubl e d spir i tsrest

,

I w i l l not le t the e go. O ur gloomy fears dispe l .

S til l sure to m e thy prom i se stands , ’Ti s m ercy, m ercy , n ow w e ple ad ;And e ver must abide : L e t thy compassion move ;Be hold i t wr itten on thy hands

,M e rcy , that le d the e once to ble ed ,

And graven in thy side . In tende rne ss and love .

To this,thi s only wil l I cleave ; In me rcy now, for Je sus ’ sak e ,

Thy word is al l my pl e a ; O God , our sins forgive ; [break ,That word is tr uth , and I be l ieve Thy grace our stubborn heart s ca n

H ave m e rcy,Lord

,on m e . And, breaking, bid us l ive .

T eacher . Oh give thanks unto th e Lord,for h e i s good ; for

his m e rcy endure th for eve r. Ps. cxviii . 1 .

S chola rs. T h e Lord isl ong-suffe ring and of gre at me rcy,

forgiving in iquity and transgre ssion . N um . xiv . 18 .

T . T hy me rcy, O Lord , is in the he avens ; and thy faith~fulne ss reache th unto the clouds. PS . xxxvi . 5 .

S . Justice and judgm e nt are th e habitation of thy throneme rcy and truth shal l go be fore thy face . PS . lxxxix . 14.

T . T he Lord is gracious,and ful l

“

of compassion ; slow toange r

,and of gre at m ercy . T h e Lord is good to al l

,and his

te nde r me rcie s a re ove r a ll his works . Ps. cxlv . 8,9 .

S . T he mercy of the Lord is from eve rlasting to everlast2 3

2 4 S AB B A TH -S CH O O L M ANUAL .

ing upon them that fear him,and his righte ousn e ss unto

childre n’ s chi ldre n,to such as ke ep his covenant

,and to

those that remembe r his comm andm en ts to do them . Ps. ciii .17

,18 .

T . T hou a rt a God re ady to pardon,gracious and me rciful

,

slow to ange r and of gre at k indne ss . N eh . ix . 17 .

S . Our God,the gre at

,the m ighty and the terrible God

,

who ke epe st covenan t and me rcy . N eh . ix . 31 .

T . T hou,O Lord

,a rt a God ful l of compassion

,and

gracious, long-sufie ring and plenteous in m e rcy and truth .

Oh turn unto m e,and have me rcy upon m e . Ps. lxxxvi . 15 .

S . Re nd your h e art,and not your garm e nts

,and turn unto

the Lord your God : for h e is gracious and merciful,slow to

ange r,and of great kindn e ss . Joe l ii . 13 .

T . T o the Lord our God be long m ercie s and forgivene sse s,

though we have rebe l led against h im . Dan . ix . 9 .

S . Re turn,thou backsl iding Israe l

,saith the Lord ; and I

wi ll not cause mine ange r to fal l upon you ; for I am m e rciful,

saith th e Lord,and I wil l not k e ep anger for e ve r. Jer. ii i . 12 .

T . T he Lord your God is gracious and me rciful,and wil l

not turn away his face from you,if ye re turn unto him .

2 Chron . xxx . 9.

S . Who re de eme th thy l ife from de struction ; who crowne th the e with loving-kindne ss and te nde r mercie s . PS . ciii . 4.

T . T he Lord is m e rciful and gracious,sl ow to ange r and

pl enteous i n me rcy . H e wil l not always chide ; ne ithe r wi l lhe ke ep his ange r for e ve r . Ps. ciii . 8

,9 .

S . H e hath not deal t with us afte r our S in s ; nor rewardedus according to our in iqui tie s. For as the he ave n is h ighabove the earth

,so gre at is his me rcy toward them that fe ar

him . Ps. cm . 10,1 1 .

T . Like as a fa the r pitie th his ch ildren , so the Lordpitie th them th a t fe ar him . For he knowe th our frame ; heremembere th tha t we a re dust. PS . ciii . 13, 14.

S . Remembe r,O Lord

,thy tende r me rcie s and thv l oving

kindne sse s ; for th ey have be en e ve r of old . Rem embe r notthe sins of my youth, nor my transgre ssions . Ps. xxv . 6

,7 .


2 6 S AB B ATH -S C H O O L M ANUAL .

S . And the ange l said unto h er, Fe ar not, Mary ; for thouh ast found favor with God . T he H oly Ghost shal l come uponthe e , and the powe r of the H ighe st shall ove rshadow the e .

And behold thou shal t conce ive,and bring forth a son

,and

shalt cal l h is nam e Je sus . H e shal l be gre at and shall beca l led the S on of the H ighe st. Luke i . 30

,31

,32

,35.

H isN a m e A p p oi n te d of G od .

T . And the Ge ntile s shal l se e thy righte ousn e ss,and al l

k ings thy glory ; and thou shal t be cal led by a n ew name,

which th e mouth of the Lord shal l name . Isa. lxi i . 2 .

S . T he ange l of the Lord appeared to h im in a dre am,say

i ng,Joseph

,thou son of David

,fe ar not to take unto the e

Mary thy wife : for that which is conce ive d in he r is of theH oly Ghost . Andshe shal l br ing forth ason

,' a nd thou shal t

cal l his name JESUS ; for h e shall save his people from the irsin s. Matt. i . 2 0

,2 1 .

C h r ist th e S on of G od .

T . I wil l de clare the de cre e : the Lord hath said unto m e,

T hou art my S on this day have I begotte n the e . Ps. ii . 7 .

S . And the H oly Ghost de scende d in a bodily Shape l ikea dove upon h im

,and a voice cam e from he aven

,which said

,

T hou art my be loved S on ; in the e I am we l l pleased . Lukei i i . 2 2 .

H isD ivin i ty a n d H um a n i ty .

T . For unto us a child is born,unto us a S on is given

and the gove rnment shal l be upon his shoulde r : and hisname shal l be cal led Wonderful

,Counse lor. the mighty God,

the e ve rl asting Fathe r,the Prince of Pe ace . Isa. ix . 7 .

S . In the beginning was th e Word,and the Word was

with God,and the Vt’ord was God. T he sam e was in th e be

ginning with God . And the Word was mad e fle sh , and dwe l tamong us

,and w e be he ld h is gl ory

,the glory asof the on ly

begotte n of the Fathe r, ful l of grace and truth . John i . 1 ,2,14.

PB OPH BOIES OF OHRIST ’S B IRTH .

Fi fth Sunday in th e Ye ar . Eve n ing.

H YM N 19 . P. M . H YM N 2 0. s . M .

H enshaw .

BRIGH T and joyful is th e mom , REJO ICE in J e sus’ birth,For to us a child is born ; To us a S on is give n ;From th e hi ghest r ealms of heave n, To us a Child i s born on e arth ,Unto usa S on is given . Who made both e arth a nd he aven .

O n hisshoulder h e shal l bear H e re igns above th e skyPower and maj esty

,and wear

,This universe sustai ns;

O n his ve sture and his thigh,

T h e God suprem e,th e L ord most high,

N am e s most awful,name s most high . T h e King M essi ah re igns .

Wonderful in counse l h e , T h e m ighty God is h e ,Christ

,th

’ incarnate De i ty ; Author of heavenly bli ss ;S ire of age s, ne ’ er to ce ase ; T h e Fathe r of e ternity

,

King of kings,and Prince of peace . T h e glorious Pri nce of peace .

Come and worship at hisfe e t ; H isgovernm ent shal l grow,

Yie l d to h im th e homage m e e t ; From strength to strength proce edFrom th e manger to th e throne , H isr ighte ousne ss th e Church o’

erflow,

H omage due to God alone . And al l th e e arth o’erspre ad .

C i r cumsta n cesof h isB ir t h .

T eacher. I shal lse e him,but not now : I shall behold him

,

but not nigh : there shal l com e a S tar out of Jacob , and aS ceptre shal l r ise out of Israe l . N um . xxiv. 17

S cholars. Behold, there cam e wise m en from th e East to Jerusa lem

,saying

,Whe re ish e that is born King of the Jews ?

for we“have se en his star in th e East

,and a re com e to worship

him . Matt. ii . 1,2 .

T im e of h isB i r th .

T . T he sceptre shal l n ot depart from Judah,n or a law

give r from be twe e n his fe e t,unti l S hiloh com e ; and unto him

shal l the gathering of the pe ople be . G e n . xlix . 10.


S . N ow, wh en Je sus wasborn in Be thlehem of Jude a ,- ,in

the days of H e rod the king,behold there cam e wise m en from

the East to Je rusalem,saying

,Whe re is h e that i s born King

of the Jews ? for we have se e n h is star in the East,and a re

come to worship him . Matt. i i . 1,2 .

P la c e of h isB ir th .

T . But thou,Be thlehem Ephrata

,though thou be l ittle

among the thousands of Judah, ye t out of thee shal l he come

forth unto m e that is to be Rule r in Israe l ; whose goings forthhave be e n from of old

,from e ve rlasting . Mic. v . 2 .

S . A s th e ange l s were gone away from them into he ave n ,th e shephe rdssaid on e to anothe r

,L e t us now go e ve n unto

Be th le hem,andse e this th ing which is com e to pass

,which the

Lord hath made known unto us. And they cam e with haste,

and found Mary and Joseph,and the babe lying in a mange r.

Luke ii . 15,16

,17 .

Ofl'

cr i n gsto C h r ist .T . T hey that dwe l l i n the wilde rne ss Shal l bow be fore

him . T he kings of T arshish and of the i sle s Shall bring pre se nts : the kings of S heba and S eba shal l offe r gifts. Ps. lxxii .9,10.

S . And whe n th ey we re come into the house the v saw theyoung ch i ld

,with Mary his mothe r

,and fe l l down and wor

shiped him : and whe n they had open ed the ir treasure s theypre sen te d unto him gift s ; gold and frankincense and myrrh .

Matt. ii . 1 1 .

F ligh t i n to E gyp t .

T . Whe n Israe l was a child , the n I loved him,and called

mv S on out of Egypt. H ose a xi . 1 .

S . Whe n h e a rose,he took th e young child and h is

mothe r by night, and departe d into Egypt : and was the reunti l the de ath of H e rod : tha t it might be fulfil led whichv‘

Vasspoke n of the Lord by the prophe t, saying, Out of Egypthave I cal led my S on . Matt. i i . 14

,15 .

PROPH BGIES OP CHRIST ’S LINEAGE .

S ixth Sunday in th e Ye ar .

H YM N 2 1 . P. M .

H AIL,to th e L ord ’ s anointed,

Great David ’ s greater S on !H ai l

,in th e tim e appointe d

,

H isre ign on e arth begun !T he tid e of tim e shall n everH iscovena nt remove ;

H isnam e shal l sta nd for ever ;That nam e to usis Love .

H e com e s to break oppre ssion ,Tose t th e captive fre e ;To take away transgre ssion

,

And rule in e quity.H e come s with succor spe edyTo those whosu ffer wrong ;To he lp th e poor and ne edy,And bid th e we ak b e strong.

M orn ing.

H YM N 2 2 . P. M .

M eta .

CH RIST shall de sce nd like showersUpon th e fruitful ear th ,

A nd love and joy,l ike flowers,

S pring in his path to birth

B e fore him,on th e mountains

,

S hall pe ace , th e herald, go,And righteousn e ss

,i n fountains

,

From hil l to valley flow.

To h im shal l prayer unceasing,And daily vows ascend ;

H iskingdom sti l l increasingA kingdom without e ndTo give them songs for sighingThe ir darkne ss turn to l ight

Whose souls , con demn’d and dying

,

W e re pre ciousi n his sight .

H isD esc e n t f r om . A br a h a m .

T ea cher . N ow the Lord had said unto Abram,In the e

shal l al l fam i l ie s of the earth be ble ssed . Gen . xiii . 1,3 .

S cholars. T hat th e ble ssing of Abraham m ight come onth e Gentile s through Je sus Christ. Gal . i ii . 14 .

H isD esc e n t f r om Isa a c .

T . I wil l perform th e oath which I swore unto Abrahamthy father ; and in thy se e d shall al l the nations of the e arthbe ble ssed . G en . xxvi . 3

,4.

S . N ow to Abraham and his se ed were th e promise s m ade .

H e saith not,And to se eds

,asof m any ; but as of on e , And to

t hy se ed, which is Chr ist. Gal . ii i. 16.


F r om J esse .

T . And the re shal l com e forth a rod out of the stem ofJe sse

,and a branch shal l grow out of his roots. And th e

spir it of the Lord shal l rest upon h im,the spiri t of wisdom

and unde rstanding,the spirit of counse l and might

,the spirit

of knowledge and of the fe ar of the Lord . Isa. xi. 1,2 .

S . And again Esaias saith,T he re shal l be a root of Je sse ,

a nd he that shal l rise to re ign ove r the Ge ntiles,in him shal l

the Genti le s trust. Rom . xv. 1 2 .

O f th e T r ib e of J u d a h .

T . Moreove r h e re fused the tabe rnacle of Joseph, andchose n ot the tr ibe of Ephraim : but chose th e tribe of Judah,the mount Zion which he loved . Ps. lxxviii. 67 , 68 .

S . For it is e vide nt that our Lord sprang out of Judah ;of which tribe Mose s spake nothing conce rning the prie sthood. H eb. vii . 14.

C h r ist th e S on of D a v id .

T . Of the incre ase of his gove rnm e n t and peace the reshal l be no e nd

,upon the throne of David

,a nd upon his

kingdom,to orde r i t

,and to e stablish i t with j udgm en t and

with justice from he nce forth e ve n for e ve r. Isa . ix . 7 .

S . H e sha ll be gre at,and shal l be cal led the S on of the

H ighe st : and the Lord God shal l give unto him the throneof his fathe r David. And he shal l re ign ove r the house ofJacob for e ve r ; and of hiskingdom the re shal l be no end .

Luke i . 32,33.

C h r ist th e S on of G od .

T . I will de clare the de cre e : the Lord hath said untome

,T hou art my S on ; th is day have I begotte n the e . Ps.

i i . 7 .

S . A nd the H oly Ghost de scended in a bodily shape l ikea dove upon him , and a voice cam e from he aven , which said,T hou art my be loved S on ; in the e I am we l l pleased . Lukeiii . 2 1

,2 2 .

PROPHECIES OF CHRIST ’S MINISTRY .

“

S ixth Sunday in th e Ye ar . Even ing.

H YM N'

2 3. c. M . H YM N 2 4. C . M .

A lbert . H ow a rd .

IIA RK,th e glad sound ! th e S aviourL ET e very mortal e a r attend,

T h e S aviour, prom ise d long ; [com es, And e ve ry he ar t rejoice ;L e t every heart prepare a throne, T h e trumpe t of th e gospe l soundsAnd every voice a song . Wi th a n in vi ting voice .

H e com es,th e pris’n er to re le ase , H o ! all ye hungry, starving soul s,

In S atan ’ s bondage he l d ; That fe e d upon th e wind ,T h e gate s of brass be fore h im burst, And vainly strive with earth ly toysT h e iron fe tters yie l d. To fi l l an empty m ind

H e come s,from thicke st fi lms of vice Et e rnal W isdom hath prepa red

To clear th e m e ntal ray, A soul-reviving feast,And on th e eye s oppress’d with night And bids your longing appe ti te sTo pour ce le stial day. T h e rich provision taste .

H e come s,th e broke n hea rt to b ind, H o ! ye that pant for l iving stre ams,

T h e wounde d soul to cur e,

And pine away and die, [thirst

And with t h e trea sure s of his grace H e re you may quench your ra gingT’ enrich th e humble poor . Wi th springsthat ne ve r dry.

T ea cher. Behold, I wil l se nd my me sse nge r, and h e shal lprepare the way before m e : and the Lord

,whom ye se ek,

shal l suddenly com e to his temple,e ven the m e ssenge r of th e

covenant, whom ye de light in : behold, h e shal l com e,saith

the Lord of hosts . Mal . ii i. 1 .

S cholars. And this is the re cord of John,whe n the Jews

sent prie sts and Le vite s from Je rusalem to ask him,Who a rt

thou ? H e said,I am th e voice of on e crying in the wilde r

ne ss,Make straight the way of th e Lord

,as saith the prophe t

Esaias. John i . 19,2 3.

31

32 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M A N UAL .

T he S p ir i t an d th e Voi c e a t B ap t ism .

T . Behold my se rvant, whom I uphold : mine e le ct,i n

whom my soul de l ighte th ; I have pu t my spir i t upon him :

he shal l bring forth judgment to the Gentile s . Isa . xlii . 1 .

S . And 10,the he avens we re opened unto him

,and h esaw

the S piri t of God de scending l ike a dove,and lighting upon

h im ; and lo, a voice from he ave n , saying, T his is my be lovedS on

,in whom I am we l l ple ased . Matt. i i i. 16

,1 1 .

C h r ist/sP r e a ch ing .

T . T he S pirit of the Lord God is upon m e ; be cause theLord hath anointed m e to pre ach good tidings unto the mee kh e hath sent m e to bind up the broke n-h earte d

,to proclaim

l ibe rty to th e captive s,and th e opening of the prison to them

that a re bound . Isa. lxi . 1 .

S . And the re was de l ive red unto him the book of theprophe t Esaias . And whe n h e had opened the book

,h e found

the place where i t was written,T he S piri t of the Lord is upon

m e,be cause he hath anointe d m e to pre ach the gospe l to the

poor ; he hath sent m e to he al the broke n-hearted, to pre achde l ive rance to the captive s, and re cove ring of sigh t to th eb lind

,tose t at liberty them that a re bruised . And he began

to say unto them,T his day is this scripture fulfi l le d in your

ears . Luke iv . 17,18

,2 1 .

H isS up e r ior W isd om .

T . T he re fore behold, I wil l proce ed to do a m arve lou s workamong this people

,e ven a marve lous work and a wonde r : for

the wisdom of the ir wise men shal l pe rish , and the unde rstanding of the i r prudent m e n shal l be hid . Isa . xxix . 14.

S . T he officers answe red, N e ve r man spake l ike this m an .

John vii . 46. And i t came to pa ss, whe n Jesus had e ndedthe se sayings, the pe ople we re a ston ished at his doctrine : forh e taught them as on e having authority, and not as the scribe s .Matt. vii. 2 8, 2 9.


0

0 4 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M ANU AL.

and the de af he ar,the de ad a re raise d up

,and the poor have

the gospe l pre ache d to them . Matt. xi . 4,5 .

H isR ej e c t ion by th e J ews.T . A nd h e shal l be for a sanctuary ; but for a stone of

stumbl ing,and for a rock of offence to both the house s of Is

rae l,for a gin and for a snare to the inhabitan ts of Je rusalem .

Isa . viii . 14 .

S . But though he had done so many miracle s be fore them,

ve t th ey be l ie ved not on him : that the saying of Esaias theproph e t m ight be fulfil led

,which he spake

,Lord

,who hath

be l ie ved our report ? and to whom hath the a rm of the Lordbe e n reve aled . John xii . 37

,38 .

H isH um i li a ti on .

T . H e is de spise d and rej e cted of m e n a man of sorrows,

and acquainte d with grie f : and we hid as it were our face s fromhim h e was de spised

,and we e ste em ed him not. Isa . l i ii . 3 .

S . And a ce rtain scribe came,and said unto h im

,Maste r

,

I will fol low the e whithe rsoe ve r thou goe st. And Jesussaithunto him

,T he foxe s have hole s

,and the birds of the air have

ne sts ; but the S on of man hath not Whe re to lay his head.

Matt. vii i. 19, 2 0.

C a ll of th e Ge n ti les.T . A rise

,sh ine

,for thy l ight 18 come

,and the glory of the

Lord isrise n upon the e . For behold,the darkne ss shall cove r

th e e arth , and gross darkne ss th e pe ople : but the Lord shal larise upon the e

,and his glory shall be se e n upon the e . And

the Ge ntile s shal l com e to thy light,and kings to the bright

ne ss of thy r ising . Isa . 1x. 1,2,3 .

S . And le aving N azare th , h e came and dwe lt in Capernaum

,which is upon thesea-coast

,in the borde rs of Zabulon

and N eph tha lim that i t might be fulfil led which was spokenby Esaias the prophe t

,saying

,T he land of Zabulon and the

l and of N ephthalim,by the way of the sea , beyond Jordan ,

Galile e of the Gentile s : T he pe ople which sat in darkne sssawa gre a t l ight ; and to them which sat in the region and shadowof de a th

,l ight i s sprung up. Matt . iv. 13

,14

,15

,16 .

CONSPIRACY AGAINST CHRIST .

S even th Sunday in th e Ye ar . Even ing,

H YM N 2 7 . s. M . H YM N 2 8 . s . M .

Dover .

T H E things so long fore told , WH Y did th e nati ons join to slayBy Dav id are fulfil le d

,T h e L ord ’ s ano inted S on ?

When Jews and G ent i le s rose to slay Why did they cast his laws awayJ e sus

,th e holy chi ld. And tread his gospe l down ?

Why did th e Ge nti l e s rage , T h e Lord,who sits above th e skie s

,

And Jews,with on e accord

,Deride s the ir rage be low ;

Be nd al l the ir counse l s to de stroy H e speaks with venge ance in his eye s,

T h e Anointe d of th e Lord ? And str ike s the ir spirits through .

Ruler s and kings agr e e B e wise , ye rul ers of th e earth ,To form a vain de sign O bey th e anointe d L ord

A gainst th e Lord the ir powers unite,Adore th e King of heavenly birth

,

Against his Chri st to join . And tremble at his word .

T h e Lord deride s the ir rage , W i th humbl e love address h isthrone ;And w i l l suppor t hi s thron e ; For i f h e frown

, ye die ;

And h e wil l raise h im from th e de ad , Those are se cure , and those alone ,And own h im for his Son . Who on his grace re ly.

C h r ist th e G ood S h ep h e r d .

T ea cher . H e sh al l fe e d his flock like a shephe rd : h e shal lgathe r the lambs with his arm s, and carry them in his bosom ,

and shal l gently le ad those that are with young . Isa. xi .S chola rs. H e that entere th in by the door is the shephe rd

of the she ep .

\

T o h im the porte r open e th ; and th e she e p he a rhis voice ; and he cal le th his own she ep by name , and leade ththem out. I am th e good shephe rd : the good shepherd give th his l ife for the she ep. John x . 2

,3,1 1 .

H is.En t ry i n to J e r usa lem .

T . Rejoice gre atly,O daughte r of Zion shout

,O daughte r

35


of Jerusal em : behold, thy King com e th un to th e e : h e is just,and having salvation ; l owly, and rid ing upon an ass, andupon a colt the foal of an ass . Ze ch . ix . 9 .

S . On the next day,much people that we re come to the

fe ast,wh en they heard that Je sus was coming to Je rusalem

,

took branche s of palm tre e s,and went forth to me e t h im

,and

crie d,H osanna : ble ssed is the King of Israe l that come th in

th e n am e of the Lord. And Je sus,wh e n he had found a

young ass,sat the reon ; as it iswritte n , Fe ar not, daughte r of

Zion : behold thy King com e th,sitting on an ass’ s colt. John

xi i. 1 2—15 .

H a tr ed of C h r ist .T . T hey that hate m e without a cause a re m ore than the

hairs of my he ad : they that would de stroy m e,be ing mine

e nemie s wrongfully,a re mighty . Ps. lxix . 4 .

S . N ow have they both se en,and hate d both m e and my

Fa the r. B ut this com e th to pass,that the word m ight be ful

fi l led that is wri tte n in the ir l aw,T hey hate d m e without a

cause . John xv . 2 4,2 5 .

C onsp i r a cy of th e P r i estsa n d R u le rs.T . Why do the he athe n rage

,and th e people imagine a

vain th ing ? Rulers take counse l toge ther against the Lordand against h isanointed . Ps. i i . 1

,2 .

S . T h en assembled toge the r the ch ie f prie sts, and the

scribe s,and the e lde rs of the people unto th e place of the high

prie st,who was cal led Caiaphas; and consulted that they

might take Je sus by subtilty, and ki l l h im . Matt. xxvi . 3, 4.

H e rod a n d P on t i usP i la te .

T . T h e k ings of the e arth se t themse lve s, and the rule rstake counse l toge the r, against the Lord , and against hisanointed

,saying

,L e t us break the ir hands asunder, and cast

away the ir cords from us. Ps. i i . 2 .

S . Of a truth against thy holy ch ild Je sus, whom thouh ast anointed, both H e rod and Pontius Pi late , with the Gent ile s and the people of Israe l , we re ga the red toge the r. Actsi v . 2 7 .

PROPHECIES OP CHRIST ’S ARREST .

Eigh th Sunday in th e Ye ar . M orn ing.

HYMN 2 9 . L . M . HYMN 30. c . M .

Pd ham .

"I‘

IS m idnight— and on O l ive ’ s brow, JESUS , with al l thy saints aboveT h e star IS dimm e d that late ly shone ; M y tongue would b ear h er part ;

’Tis m idnight— in th e garde n now Would sound aloud thy saving love,

T h esufi'

e ring S aviour prays alone . And sing thy ble ed ing he ar t .’Tis m idn igh t— and from al l removed

,B less’d b e th e L amb , my dearest Lord ,

Imma nu e l wre stle s lone with fe ars ; Who bought m e with his blood ;E

’

e n th e d isciple that h e love d [t e arsA n d qu e nch’

d his Fathe r ’ s flam ingH e eds not his M aster ’ s grie f and In his own vital flood . [sw ord

’Tis midnight— and for othe rs’ guil t T h e Lamb that fre e d my captive soulT h e ma n of sorrows we eps i n blood ; From S atan ’s he avy chains

Yet h e that hath in anguish kne l t And sent th e l ion down to howlIs not forsaken by his God . Whe re he l l a n d horror re igns .

’Tis m idnight— an d from e ther plains A l l glory to th e dying Lamb ,Is born e th e song that ange ls know ; And n e ver-ce asing praise !Unheard by mortal s a re th e strains Whi le an ge l s live to know his name

,

T ha tsw e e tly soothe th e S aviour ’ s woe . O r sai nts to fe e l his grace .

H isH e a vi n essi n th e G a r d e n .

T ea cher . I am ful l of he avin e ss ; and I looked for some totake pity

,but th e re was none ; and for com forters, but I found

none . Ps. lxix . 2 0.

S chola rs. And h e took W i th h im Pe te r,and the two sons

of Ze bede e,and began to be sorrowful and very he avy . Matt .

xxvi . 37 .

H isA gon y i n th e G a r d e n .

T . Mv soul is fu l l of trouble , and my life drawe th nighunto th e grave . Isa . lvii i . 3 .

S . T hen saith h e unto them,My soul is exce edingly

sorrowful , eve n unto de ath : tarry ye he re , and watch withme . Matt. xxvi . 38 .

4


H isR esign a t ion .

T . Burnt-offe ring and sin-offe ring hast thou not required .

T he n said I,Lo

,I com e : in the volum e of the book it is

written of m e,I de l ight to do thy will

,0 my God . Ps. xl . 6—8 .

S . H e fe l l on his face and prayed,saying

,0 my Fathe r,

if it be possible,le t th is cup pass from m e ; ne ve rthe less, not

as I w i ll,but as thou wilt. Matt . xxvi . 39.

B e tr a y a l by a D isc ip le .T . Y ea

,mine own fam i l iar frie nd

,i n whom I trusted

,

which did ea t of my bread,hath l ifted up his he e l against m e .

Ps. xli . 9.

S . I spe ak not of you al l : I know whom I have chosen ;but that the scripture may be fulfil led

,H e that e ate th brea d

with m e,hath l ifte d up his he e l against m e . John xiii . 18 .

P r i ce of B e tr a y a l .

T . And I said unto them,If ye think good, give m e my

price ; and if not, forbe ar. S o they we ighed for my pricethirty pie ce s of si lve r. Ze ch . xi . 1 2 .

S . T hen on e of the twe lve,cal led Judas Iscariot

,went

unto th e chie f prie sts,and said unto them

,What wil l ye give

m e,and I wi l l de l ive r him unto you ? And they covenanted

with him for th irty piece s of si lve r . Matt . xxvi . 14,15 .

A D isc ip le K n ow i ng h isR e t r e a t .

T . For it was not an e nemy that reproached m e ; then Icould have borne i t : n e i the r was it he tha t hate d m e that didmagnify him se lf against me ; then would I have hid myse lffrom him : but it was thou

,a man mine equal

,my guide and

mine acquaintance . Ps. lv . 1 2 , 13 .

S . And Judas also, which be traye d him,knew the place

for Je sus ofttime s re sorted thithe r w ith his disciple s . Johnxviii . 2 .

B e tr a y e d w i th Wor dsof A fi ‘

e c t ion a n d a K iss.T . T he words of his m outh we re smoother than butte r, but .

war was in his heart : his words we re softe r than oil, ye t werethey drawnswords . Ps. l v . 2 0

,2 1 .

S . And forthwith he came to Je sus,and said

,H ail Master ;

and kissed him . Matt. xxvi . 49.

PROPH B CIES OP

Eigh th S unday in

HYMN 31 . C . M .

T H E eyestha t sl ept on O l ive ’ s browA re open ed but to w e ep ;

For sm itten is th e S hephe rd now ,And scattere d a re th e she ep .

Be fore his creature as his Judge S e e th e S aviour where h e stands,T h e great Creator stands

,Ve i le d h iseye s and bound his hands

Bl indfolde d hisomniscient eye s,

Eye s that al l things do beholdBound his alm ighty hands . H ands that fram e d th e he avens of old .

M e ekly th e charge s false h e hears M e ek be fore his creature s’ bar,

O f witn e sse s untrue ; B uff e ted by m en of w ar,

And Roman soldier ’ s buffe t bears, S cofl‘

ed at by th e scornful J ew,

Andscofli ng of th e J ew . Come,th e gre a t Creator vi ew !

For the e,myson ] , th e scorn h e bore , ’Twas for the e h e bore th e scorn

,

For the e e ndure d th e sham e,

’Twas for the e his fle sh was torn ;And die d to save the e e vermore O my soul , thy S aviourse e ,O h b l e ss his holy nam e ! Live for h im that died for the e .

F orsa k e n of h isD iscip les.T eacher . Awake

,O sword

,against my S hepherd

,and

against the m an that is my fe l low,saith the Lord of hosts .

Sm i te the S hephe rd,and the she ep shal l be scatte red. Zech .

xii i . 7 .

S chola rs. But al l th is wasdone that the scripture s of theprophe ts might be fulfil le d . T he n all the disciple s forsookh im and fled . And they that laid hold on Je sus

,led h im

away to Caiaphas the high prie st,where the scribe s and the

e lde rs were assembled. Matt. xxvi . 56,57 .

CHRIST ’S TRIAL .

th e Ye a r . Even ing.

HYMN 32 . P . M .

WAKE against my S hepherd , sword’Gainst my fe l l ow ,

saith t h e L ord ;Sm ite th e S hephe rd , sm ite for m e

,

A nd th e she ep shal l scattered b e .


H is. T e a ch in g n ot i n S ec r e t .

T . For thus saith the Lord that created th e heavens ; Godhimse l f that form e d the e arth and made it ; he hath establ ishe dit,h e create d i t n ot in vain

,he form ed it to be inhabited : I

am the Lord ; and the re is none e lse . I have not spoke n inse cre t

,in a dark place of th e e arth . Isa . x lv . 18

,1 9 .

S . T h e high prie st the n aske d Je sus of his discipl es,and

of his doctrine . Je sus answered him,I spa ke openly to the

world ; I e ve r taught in the synagogue , and in the temple,

whithe r the Jews a lways re sort ; and in secre t have I sai dnothing. John xviii . 19

,2 0.

S m i t te n a t th e H i gh P r iest ’s.T . I gave my back to th e sm ite rs, and my che eks to them

that plucked off th e hair . Isa . l . 6 .

S . A nd whe n h e had thus spoken , on e of th e office rs whichstood by

,struck Je sus with the palm of his hand

,saying

,

Answere st thou the high prie st so ? John xvi ii . 2 2 .

C hr ist’sA p p e a l .T . O my pe ople , what have I done unto th ee ? a nd whe re in

have I we aried the e ? te stify against m e . Mic. vi . 3 .

S . Je sus a nswered h im,If I have spoke n e vil

,be ar witne ss

of the e vi l : but if we l l . why sm ite st th ou m e ? John xviii . 2 3.

F a lse W i tn esses.T . False w i tn esse s did rise up ; they laid to mv charge

things that I knew not. Ps. xxxv . 1 1

S . For m any ba re fa lse witne ssagainst him,but the ir

witn ess agre ed not toge the r. Mark xiv . 56 .

T he B ufi‘

c t i n g a n d S p it t in g .

T . I gave my back to th e smite rs,and my che eks to them

that plucked off the hair : I hid not my fa ce from shame andspitting. Isa . I. 6 .

S . T he n did th ey spit in his face and buffe ted him ; and othe rssmote him with the palm of the hand

,saying

,Prophe sy unto

us,thou Christ

,who is he that smote the e ? Matt . x

‘xvi . 67 , 68 .



G u i lt lessof O fl ‘

e nc e .

T . T hev that are m ine e nem ies,and would de stroy me

gui ltle ss a re m ighty. Ps. lxix . 4 .

S . Pila te the re fore we nt forth again,and saith unto th em

,

Behold,I bring him forth to you, that ye may kn ow that I

find no fault in him . John x ix . 4.

T h e S cou rg i n g .

T . But he was w ounded for our tra nsgressi ons,he was

bruise d for our i niqui tie s ; th e chastisem e nt of our peace wasupon him ; and with his stripe s we a re he aled . Isa . l iii . 5 .

S . T hen Pilate the re fore took Jesus,and sc ourged him .

And th e soldie rs platte d a crown of thorns,and put it on his

h e ad,and they put on h im a purple robe

,and said

,H ai l

,

King of the Jews! John xix . 1,2,3 .

C h r ist sm i tt e n w i th a B a d .

T . N ew gathe r thyse lf in troops,O daughte r of troops : he

hath l aid siege against us ; they shal l sm ite the Judge of Israe l with a rod upon the che ek . Mic. v . 1 .

S . And when they had platte d a crown of thorns,they put

i t upon his hea d, and a re ed in his right hand . And th ey spitupon h im

,and took the ree d

,a nd smote him on the head.

Matt . xxvii . 2 8,2 9, 30.

L e d f rom J u dgm e n t to C m c iflx ion .

T . H e was take n from prison and from judgm e nt : and whoshal l de clare his gene ration ? for he was cut off out of the landof the l iving . Isa . l i ii . 8 .

S . And the soldie rs led him away into the hall,called

Pre torium ; and they ca l le d toge the r the whole band . Andwhen th ey had mocke d him

,they took ofl

’

the purple from him,

a nd led him out to crucify him . Mark xvi . 16, 2 0.

C h r ist B e a r i n g h isC r oss.T . S ure ly h e hath borne our grie f, and carried our sor

rows : y e t we did este em h im strick e n,smitten of God and

a fflicted . Isa . l ii .S . And h e be aring his cross went forth into a place

cal led the place of a skul l,which is cal l e d in the H e brew, Gol

gotha . John xix . 17 .

PROPH EOIES OP CHRIST ’S ORU CII‘

IXION .

N in th Sunday in th e Year . Even ing .

HYMN 35 . L . M . HYMN 36. c. M .

Va len tia . B olton .

EXTENDED on a curse d tre e M Y God,my God , w hy le av’st thou

C over’d with dust and sweat and When I with anguish fa int ? [me

,

S e e there , t he King of gloryse e ! [blood, 0h , why so far from me remove d,

S inks and expire s th e S on of God . And from my loud complaint ?

Who,who

,my S avi our , this h ath don e ? L o I am treate d like a worm

,

Who could thy sacre d body wound ? Like non e of human birthN o guil t thy spotl e ss he art hath known , N ot only by th e great revile d,N o guil e hath in thy lips be e n found . But made t h e rabbl e ’ s m irth .

I,I alone have don e th e de ed ; W i th laughte r al l th e gazi ng crow d’Tis I thy sacre d fle sh have torn M y agonie s survey ;

M y sins have caused th e e ,L ord ,to bl e ed , They shoot th e l ip , they shake th ePointe d th e nail , and fixe d th e thorn . And thus deriding say : [head,

M y S aviour, how shal l I procl aim ,In God h e truste d

,boasting oft

H ow pa y th e m ighty debt I ow e ? That h e w asH eaven ’ s de l ightL e t al l I have , and al l I am ,

L e t God com e down to sa ve h im

Ce a se le ss,to al l thy glory show . And own his favori te .

"

[now,

H isC r u c ifi x ion .

T ea cher . For dogs have compassed m e : th e assembly ofth e w icked have enclosed m e : they pierced my hands andmv fe e t . Ps. xxii . 16 .

S chola rs. A n d when thev we re com e to the place which iscal led Calvary

,the re they crucifie d him . Luke xxiii . 33 .

T . And on e shal l say unto h im,What are the se wounds

in thy hands ? Ze ch . xii i . 6.

S . T hen he shal l answe r,T hose with which I was wounded

in the house of my friends . Ze ch . xii i . 6 .


T h e T wo T h i eves.T . T he re fore wil l I divide him a portion with the great

,

and he shal l divide the spoi l with the strong , because he ha thpoure d out his soul unto de ath

,and h e was numbe red wi th

the transgre ssors . Isa. l i i i . 1 2 .

S . And with h im they crucified two thie ve s,the on e on

h is right hand,and th e other on his le ft. Mark xv. 2 1 .

P r a ysf or h isE n em i es.T . H e bore the sins of m any

,and made inte rce ssion for th e

trangressors. Isa . li i i . 1 2 .

S . T hen said Je sus,Fathe r

,forgive them

,for th ey know

not what they do. John xix . 34.

T he S cojfin g a n d S h a k i n g of H e a ds.T . A l l they thatse e m e laugh m e to scorn : they shoot out

the l ip,they shake the he ad . Ps. xxii . 7 .

S . And they that passe d by,revi le d him

,wagging the ir

he ads . Matt. xxvii . 39.

H isT rust i n G od R i d i cu le d .

T . T h ey shake the he ad,saying

,H e truste d on the Lord

that he would de l iver h im ; le t him de l ive r him,se e ing h e

de l ighted in him . Ps. xxii . 7,8 .

S . Likewise also the chie f pr ie sts m ocking h im,with the

scribe s and e lders,said

,H e saved othe rs ; him se lf he cannot

save . If he be the King of Israe l,le t him now com e down

from the cross,and we wil l be l ie ve him . H e truste d in God ;

le t h im de l ive r him now if h e wil l have him : for he said,I

am the S on of God . Matt . xxvii . 41,42

,43 .

T h e R a i li ng of th e T h i eves.T . But in mine adve rsity th ey rejoiced, and gathe red

th emse lve s toge the r ; y e a , the abj e cts gathe re d them se lve stoge the r against me . Ps. xxxv. 15 .

S . T he thieve s also which we re crucified with h im,ca st

the same in his tee th . Matt. xxvii . 44.

PB OPH EGIB S OF CHRIST ’S DEATH .

T en th Sunday in the Ye ar . M orn ing .

H YM N 37 . L . M . H YM N 38 . P . M .

D resden . A lton .

IIE die s ! th e Frie nd of sinn e rs die s ! FRO M th e cross uplifte d high,

L o ! S al em ’ s daughters w e ep around ; Whe re th e S aviour de ignsto d i eA solemn darkne ss ve il s th e skie s

,What m e lod ious sounds w e he ar

A sudde n trembling shake s th e ground . B u rstm g on th e ravish ’

d e a r :

L ove ’ s i ed e em ing work is doneCome

,saints

,a nd drop a tear or two Comb and we l com e , S inne r, com e !

For H imwho groan’d beneath your load ;

‘

H e she d a thousan d drops for you , sprinkled now w i th bl ood th e throne ,W hy be ne ath thy burde ns groan ?O n his pi erced body la id

,

Justice owns t he ransom paid ;Bow th e kne e

,embra ce th e Son

Come and we l com e,sinne r

,come !

A thousand drops of r icher blood .

H ere’s love and grie f be y ond degre e

T h e Lord of glory die s for m a n !

But 10 ! what sudden joys w ese eJe sus

,th e de ad

,r e vive s again . S pread for the e , th e fe stal board

S e e W i th ri che st boun ty store d ;T h e rising God forsake s th e tomb T o thy Fathe r ’ s bosom p ress’d ,(In vain t h e tomb forbidsh isr ise ) ; Thou shalt be a child con fess'd

,

Che rubic l egions guard h im hom e,Ne ve r from his house to roam

And shout h im we lcom e to th e skie s . Com e a n d we lcom e,si nner

,com e !

T he S or r ow of th e Vi rg i n .

T ea cher . Y e a, a sword shall pie rce through thy own sou l

also ; that the thoughts of many hearts m ay be re vealed .

Luke i i . 35 .

S chola rs. N ow the re stood by the cross of Je sus,his m othe r

,

and his m other’ s siste r,Mary

,the w ife of Cleophas

,

and MaryMagdalene . John xix . 2 5 .

H isF r ie n dsA f a r 0172

T . My love rs and my friends stand aloof from my sore ;a nd my kinsm e n stand afar off. Ps. xxviii. 1 1 .

S . And al l his acquaintance,and the women that followed

h im from Galile e , stood afar off,beholding the se things . Lukexxiii . 49.

45

46 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M A NUAL.

T he N oon d a y D a r k n ess.T . In that day

,saith the Lord God

,I wil l cause the sun

to go down at noon,a nd I wil l darke n the e arth in the clear

day. Amos vii i. 6 .

S . And it was about the sixth hour, and the re was a darkne ss ove r al l the e a rth until the ninth hour. And the sunwasdarkene d

,a nd the ve il of th e temple was re nt in th e

midst. Luke xxiii . 44,45 .

C h r ist F orsa k e n of th e F a th e r .

T . My God,my God

,why hast thou forsake n me ? why

art thou so fa r from he lping m e ? Ps. xxii . 1 .

S . A t the ninth hour Je sus cried with a loud voice,saying

E loi , E loi, lam a sabachthan i ? which is, be ing inte rpre te dMy God

,my God

,why hast thou forsake n m e ? Mark xv. 34.

T h e S tup ef y i n g M ix t u r e .

T . T hey gave m e also gal l for my m e at ; and in my thirstthey gave m e vinegar to drink . Ps. lxix . 2 1 .

S . And som e of them that stood by said,Behold

,he cal le th

E l ias . A nd on e ran and fi l le d a sponge ful l of vinegar,and

put it on a re ed,and gave him to drink . Matt. xv . 35

,36.

H isD y i n g C ry .

T . S e venty we eks a re de te rm ine d upon thy people andthy holy city

,to finish the transgre ssion , and to make an e nd

of sins,and to m ake reconciliation for in iquity, and to bring

in e ve rlasting righteousne ss. Dan . ix . 2 4.

S . Whe n Je sus the re fore had rece ived the vinegar,he

said,It is finished : and h e bowed his he ad and gave up the

ghost. John xix . 30.

H isD e a th .

T . T he re fore wil l I d ivide him a portion with the great,and he shall divide the spoi l with the strong ; because he hathpoured out his soul unto de ath . Isa. l ii i . 1 2 .

S . And whe n Je sus had cried with a loud voice,h e said

,

Fathe r,into thy hands I commend my spirit : and having

said thus,h e gave up the ghost. Luke xxiii . 46

PB OPH EOIES O]? CHRIST ’S BURIAL .

T en th Sunday in th e Ye ar . Even ing.

H YM N 39. c. M. H YM N 40. c. M .

Ephesus. Ifh'wn fa in .

WH Y do w e mourn for dying friends, M Y grate ful soul shal l bl e ss th e Lord,O r shake at death’ s alarm s ? Whose pre cepts give m e li ght ;T is but th e voice that J e sus se nds, And private counse l stil l affordTo cal l them to his arms . In sorrow ’ s dismal night .

Why shoul d w e trembl e to convey I strive e ach action to approveThe ir bodies to th e tom b ? To his al l-se e ing e ye ;The re once th e fle sh of Je sus lay, N o danger shal l my hope s remove ,And le ft a. long pe rfum e . Be cause h e s ti l l i s ni gh.

T h e grave s of al l his saints h e b lest, There fore my he art al l grie f defie s,Andsoft en ’

d eve ry b ed M y glory doe s rej oiceWhere should th e dyingm embers re st M y fle sh shal l re st, in hope to r ise ,But wi th the ir dying H ead ? Wake d by his powe rful voice .

Thence h e arose,ascending high

,Thou

,Lord

,whe n I re sign my bre ath ,

And show ’ d our fe e t th e w ay M y soul from he l l shal t fre e ;Up to th e Lord our fle sh shall fly N or le t thy H oly O n e in d e athA t th e great r is ing day. T h e l east corruptionse e .

H isB on esn ot B r ok e n .

T ea cher . H e ke epe th a ll his bone s ; not one of them isbroken . Ps. xxxiv . 2 0.

S chola rs. T hen cam e the soldiers, and brak e the legs ofth e first

,and of the othe r which was crucifie d with him . But

when they cam e to Je sus,and saw that h e was dead already

,

they brake not h is legs. T hese things we re ddn e that th escripture should be fulfil led

,A bone of him shal l not be

broken . John xix . 32,33

,36 .

P i e r c in g h isS id e .

T . And I wil l pour upon the house of David,and upon the

inhabitants of Je rusalem,th e spirit of grace and of supplica

47

48 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M ANUA L .

tions. And they shal l look upon m e whom they have pie rced,

and they shal l m ourn for him,as one m ourne th for his on ly

son,and shal l be in bitte rn ess for him ason e that is in bitte r

ness for h is first-born . Ze ch . xii . 10.

S . But on e of the soldie rs with aspear pierced his side,

and forthwith came the re out blood and wate r. John xix. 34.

H isS i d e P ier ce d d u r in g th e D a r k n ess.T . It shal l be on e da y

,which shal l be known to the Lord

,

not day nor night ; but i t shall come to pass that at eveningt im e i t shall be light. And it shal l be in that day that livingwate rs shal l go out from Je rusalem . Zech . xiv. 7

,8 .

S . But on e of the soldiers with a spe ar pie rced his side,

and forthw ith came there out blood and wa ter . John xix . 34.

P a r t in g of h isG a rm e n ts.T . T h ey part my garm e nts among them

,and cast lots

upon my v e sture . Ps. xxi i . 1 8 .

S . T he n the soldie rs,when they had crucified Je sus

,took

his garm e nts,and m ade four parts

,to every soldie r a pa rt ;

a nd also his coat : now the coat was without se am,wove n from

the top throughout . T he y sai d the re fore among them se lve s,

L e t us not rend it,but cast l ots for i t whose i t shal l be : that

the scripture m ight be fulfil led,which saith

,T hey parted my

raiment among them,and for my ve sture they did cast lots.

John xix . 2 3,2 4.

H isB u r i a l.

T . And h e made his grave with th e wicked, and with the

rich in his de ath ; because he had don e no violence , ne ithe rwas any de ce i t in his m outh . Isa. l i ii . 9 .

S . And behold,th e re was a man named Jose ph , a coun

se l or,and he was a good m an

,and a just. T his m a n went

unto Pilate,and begged the body of Je sus . And he took it

down and wrapped it in l inen,and laid it in a sepulchre that

was hewn in stone,whe re in n eve r man before waslaid . Luke

xxiii . 5 0,5 1

,53.



shal l they arise . Awake and sing, ye that dwe l l in dust : for

thy dew is as the dew of he rbs,and the e arth shal l cast out

the de ad. Isa . xxvi . 19 .

S . And the e arth did quake,and th e rocks re nt ; and the

grave s we re opene d,and m any bodie s of the saints which sl ept

arose ; and cam e out of the grave afte r his resurrection . Matt.xxvii . 51

,52

,53 .

T h e H op e of a F u tu r e R esu r r e c t ion .

T . I know that my Re de eme r l ive th,and that h e shal l

stand at th e latte r day upon the e arth . And though afte r myskin worm s de stroy this body, ye t in my fle sh shal l Ise e God .

Job xix . 2 5,2 6.

S . Je sus said unto h er,I am the re surre ction and the life

h e that be l ie ve th in m e,though h e we re dead

, ye t shal l helive : and whosoe ve r l ive th

,and be l ieve th in m e

,shal l neve r

die . John xi . 2 5,2 6.

H isAsc e nsion .

T . T hou hast ascended on high , thou hast led captivitycaptive : thou hast re ce ived gifts for m en . Ps. lxvii i . 1 8 .

S . And he led them out as far as to Be thany : and he liftedup his hands

,and ble ssed them . And it cam e to pass

,while

he ble sse d them,he wasparte d from them

,and carried up into

he aven . Luke xxiv. 50, 5 1 .

D esc e n t of t h e H oly Gh ost .T . And it shall com e to pass afte rward

,that I wil l pour

out my spi ri t upon al l fle sh and your sons and your daughte rs shal l prophe sy

,your old m en shal l dre am dre am s

,your

young m en shal lse e v isions : and also upon th e se rvants andupon the handmaids in those days wil l I pour ou t my S pirit.Joe l i i . 2 8

,2 9.

S . And suddenly the re came a sound from h e aven,as of a

rushing mighty wind,and it fi l led al l the house where they

we re sitting. And the re appeared unto them clove n tongue sl ike as of fire

,and i t sat upon e ach of them . And they we re

al l fil led with the H oly Ghost,and began to speak with othe r

tongue s,as the S piri t gave th em utte rance . Acts i i . 2

,3,4.

GODHEAD AND HUMANITY OF CHRIST .

Eleven th Sunday in th e Ye ar . Even ing .

H YM N 43 . L . M . H YM N 44 . P . M .

C leavela nd . S nmvfie ld .

T O us a child of royal bi rth , H ARK ! th e he ral d ange ls sing,End of th e prom ise s, is give n ; Glory to t h e n ew-born King ;

T h e Invisibl e appears on e arth Peace on e arth , an d m e rcy m i ld ;T h e Son of m an

,th e God of he aven . God and sinners re conci led .

A S avi our born , in l ove suprem e,

Joyful al l ye nations ri seH e com e s , our fal l e n souls to raise ; Join th e tr iumphs of th e ski e s ;

H e come s , his pe opl e to rede em ,W i th ange l ic hosts proclaim

,

W i th al l his plenitude of grace . Christ i s born in Be thlehem .

T h e Chr ist, by rapture d se ers fore told, Christ, by highe st he aven adore dFill

’d with th e H oly S pir it ’ s power , Christ, th e e verlasting L ord ;

Prophe t a n d Prie st and King b ehold , Ve il ’d i n fle sh th e Godheadse e ;And Lord of al l th e worl d adore . H ail

,i ncarnate De ity !

T h e Lord of hosts , th e God m ost high , H ai l th e heaven-born Pri nce ofpeace !Who quits h isth ron e

,on earth to l ive

,H ail th e S un of righte ousne ss !

W ith joy w e we l come from th e sky,

L ight and l ife to al l h e brings,

W ith faith into our he arts re ce ive . R isen with healing in his wings .

T ea cher. God,who at sundry tim e s and in dive rs man ne rs

spake in tim e s pa st unto the fathers by the prophe ts,hath in

the se last days spok en unto us by his S on,whom he hath ap

pointed h e ir of al l things,by whom also he made the wor lds.

H eb. i . 1,2 .

S chola rs. Who be ing the brightne ss of his glory,and the

expre ss image of his person,and upholding al l things by the

word of his powe r,whe n he had by him se lf purged our sins

,

sa t down on th e right hand of the Maj e sty on high . H eb. i . 3 .

T . In the beginning was the Word,and the Word was

with God,and the Word was God . John i . 1 .

51

52 S A B B A TH -S CH O O L M A NUAL .

S . And the Word was made fle sh,and dwe l t among us

,

and we behe ld his glory, th e glory as of the only -begotten ofth e Fathe r

,ful l of grace and truth . John i . 14.

T . H e re ce ive d from God the Fathe r,h onor and glory

,

whe n the re came such a voice to h im from the exce l le nt glory,

T his is my be loved S on,in whom I am we l l pl eased . 2 Pe t .

i . 17 .

S . Unto us a child is born,unto us a S on is gi ven and the

governm ent shall be upon hisshoulde r ; and his name shal lbe cal led Wonderful

,Counse lor

,T he Mighty God

,T he Eve r

lasting Fathe r,T he Pr ince of Peace . Isa. ix . 6 .

T . A l l things were made by him ; and without h im wasnot anything made that was made . John i . 3 .

S . And thou,Lord

,in the beginning hast laid the foun

dation of the e arth ; and the he avens are the works of thyha nds . H eb. i . 10.

T . At th e nam e of Je sus e ve ry kne e shal l bow,of things

in he aven and things in e a rth,and things under the earth ;

and e ve ry tongue shal l confe ss that Je sus Christ is Lord,to

the glory of God the Fathe r. Phil . i i . 10,1 1 .

S . Je sus answe red them,my Father worke th h itherto

,and

I work . T he refore the Jews sought the more to kil l him,be

cause h e not only had brok e n the S abbath,but said also that

God was his Fathe r,m aking h imse lf e qual with God . John

v. 17,18 .

T . L e t this m ind he in you,which was also in Christ

Je sus ; who, be ing in th e form of God, thought it not robbe ryto be equal with God . Phi l . i i . 5

,6 .

S . But made himse lf of no reputation, and took upon h imthe form of a se rvant

,and was made in the l ike ne ss of m en .

Phil . i i . 7 .

T . H e was rich, ye t for y our sake s he be came poor

,that

ye through his pove rty might be rich . 2 Cor: viii . 9 .

S . For ve ri ly he took not on h im the nature of ange l s ; buth e took on h im the se ed of Abraham . H eb. i i . 16.

T . For in that he him se lf hath suffe red , be ing tempted, heis able tosuccor them that a re tempted . H eb. i i . 18 .

INCARNATION OF CHRIST .

Tw e lf th Sunday in th e Ye ar . M orn ing .

H YM N 45 . c . M . H YM N 46 . P . M .

Conway . R ivers.O

’ERmountain-tops th e mount ofGod H A IL ! thou lon g-exp e cte d Je sus !In latter days shal l r i se Born tose t thy people fre e :Above th e summ its of th e hil ls, From our sins and fears re lease us

,

And draw th e wonder ing eye s. L e t us find our re st in the e .

To this th e j oyful na tions round,

Israe l ’ s stre ngth and consol ation ,A l l tribe s and tongue s

,shal l flow ; H ope of al l th e saints thou art ;

Up to th e mount of God,they ’ l l say

,Long de sire d of e ve ry nation ,

And to his house we ’ l l go. Joy of e very waiting heart .

T h e b eam s that shine from Zion ’ s hil l Born thy peopl e to de l iver ,Sha l l lighte n ev ery land ; Born 3 child

, ye t God our King,T h e King who re igns in S alem ’ s towers Born to re ign in usfor ever,S hall a ll th e worl d command. N ow thy gracious k ingdom bring .

Among th e nations h e sh al l judge ; By thine own e tern al SpiritH isjudgm ents truth shal l guide ; Rul e i n al l our he arts al one ;

H issceptr e shal l prote ct th e just,

B y thine al l-sufficie n t m eri tAnd crush th e sinner ’s pride . Raise us to thy glorious throne .

T ea cher . And in the sixth month th e ange l Gabrie l wasse nt from God unto a city of Galile e

,n am e d N azare th

,to a

virgin e spoused to a man whose nam e was Joseph,of the

house of David ; and the Virgin’ s name was Mary . Luke i .

2 6,2 7 .

S chola rs. And th e ange l came in unto h er,and said

,H ail

,

thou tha t a rt highly favored,the Lord is with the e : ble sse d

art thou am ong wome n . And whe n sh e saw him,sh e was

troubl ed at his saying,and cast in h e r m ind what manne r of

salutation this should be . Luke i . 2 8,2 9.

T . And the ange l said unto her,Fe ar not

,Mary : for thou

5 as 53


h ast found favor with God . And behold,thou shal t conce ive

in thy womb,and bring forth a son

,and shal t cal l h is n ame

Je sus. H e shall be great,and shal l be cal led the S on of the

H ighe st ; a nd the Lord God shal l give unto h im the throneof his father David . Luke i . 30—33.

S . And Mary said,Behold th e handmaid of the Lord

,be

i t unto m e according to thy word . And the ange l departedfrom h e r

, and we nt into the hil l-country with haste , into acity of Juda . Luke i . 38

,39.

T . And e nte re d into th e house of Zacharias,and saluted

El isabe th . And El isabe th was fi l led with the H oly Ghost .Luke i . 40

,41 .

S . Andshe spake out with a loud voice,and sa id

,Bl e sse d

art thou among women,and ble sse d is the fruit of thy womb.

A nd whe n ce i s th is to m e,that the m othe r of my Lord should

come to m e ? Luke i . 42,43 .

T . And ble sse d issh e that be l ie ved : for the re shal l be ape rformance of those th ings which we re told her from the

Lord . And Mary said,My soul doth magnify the Lord .

Luke i . 45,46.

S . And my spiri t hath rejoiced in God my S aviour. Forhe hath regarded th e low e state of his handmaide n : for behold

,from he nce forth al l gene rations shal l cal l m e ble ssed .

Luke i . 47,48 .

T . For h e that is mighty hath done. to m e gre at th ings ;a nd holy is h is nam e . And his mercy is on them that fe arh im

,from ge ne ration to ge ne ration . Luke i . 49

,50.

S . H e hath show e d strength with his a rm ; he hath scatte red the proud in the imagination of the i r h earts . H e hathput down the m ighty from the ir seats

,and exa lted them of

low degre e . Luke i . 5 1,52 .

T . H e hath fil led the hungry w ith good things, and therich h e hath sent empty away . H e hath holpe n his se rvantIsrae l

,i n remembrance of his me rcy . Luke i . 53, 54.

S . As he spake to our fa the rs,to Abraham , and to his

se ed,for e ve r. And Mary abode with h e r about thre e m onths,

and re turned to her own house . Luke i . 55, 56 .

B IRTH OF CHRIST .

Tw e lfth Sun day in th e Ye ar . Even ing .

H YM N 47 . c. M . H YM N 48 . c . M .

B ethlehem . Gillett.

A S shephe rds w a tch ’d th e ir flocks by H ARK

, th e glad sound ! th e S aviourA l l seate d on th e ground , [night, T h e S aviour prom ise d l ong ; [com e s

,

T h e ange l of t h e L ord cam e down , L e t eve ry heart prepare a throne ,And glory shone around . And eve ry voice a song .

Fe ar not , said b e (for m ighty dread H e come s,th e pris’n er to r e le ase ,

H a d se iz e d the ir trouble d m ind) ; In S atan ’ s bondage h e ld ;Glad tidings of great joy I br ing T h e gat e s of brass be fore h im burst

,

To you and a ll mankind . T h e iron fe tte rs yie l d.

To you,i n David’ s town

,this day H e com e s

,th e broke n he art to bind

,

Is born of David ’ s l ine , T h e wounded soul to cure,

T h e S aviour,who is Christ th e Lord ; And with t h e tre asure s of his grace ,

And this shal l b e t h e sign T’ e nr ich th e humble poor .

T h e heavenly babe you there shal l find O ur gla d hosannas, Prin ce of peace ,To human View display ’

d , Thy we lcom e shal l proclaim,

A llm e a n lywrapp’d in swathing-bands

,And he ave n ’ s e ternal arche s ring

And in a m anger laid . W i th thy be love d nam e .

T ea cher . N ow when Jesus was born in Be th lehem of Jude a,

in th e days of H erod th e king,behold

,the re cam e wise m e n

from th e Ea st to Je rusa lem,saying

,Whe re is h e that is born

King of the Jews? for we have se en hisstar in the East, anda re com e to worship h im . Matt . ii . 1

,2 .

S chola rs. Whe n H e rod the king had he ard the se things,he

was troubled,and al l Je rusalem w i th h im . Matt. ii . 3 .

T . And whe n h e had gathe red al l the chie f prie sts andscribe s of the pe ople toge the r

,he

' demanded of them WhereCh rist should be born . Matt . ii . 4.

S . And they said unto h im,In Be th le hem of Jude a ; for

thus it is writte n by th e prophe t : And thou,Be thle hem

,in

55

56 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M A N UAL .

the land of Jude a,art not the least among the prince s of Juda ;

for out of the e shal l come a Gove rnor,that shal l ru le my

pe ople Israe l . Matt . i i . 5 , 6 .

T . T he n H e rod,whe n he had privily cal led th e wise m en ,

i nqu ired of them diligently what tim e the star appe are d : andh e se nt them to Be th lehem ; and said, Go, and se arch di l igently for th e young child

,and when ye have found him ,

bring me word again,that I m ay come and worship him also.

Matt . i i . 7,8 .

S . When they had he ard the king,they departe d ; and lo,

th e star,which they saw in th e East, went be fore them ,

til l i tcame and stood ove r whe re th e young child was . Matt . i i . 9 .

T . Whe n they saw th e star, they rejoice d with exce edinggre at joy ; and whe n the y were come into the house , they sawthe young chi ld with Mary his mothe r

,and fe l l down , and

worshiped him . Matt . i i . 10,1 1 .

S . And whe n th ey had opene d the ir tre asure s,th ey pre

sente d un to him gifts ; gold, and frankinc ense and my rrh .

And be ing warne d of God in a dre am,that they should not

re turn to H e rod,th ey departed into the ir own country an othe r

Way . Matt. i i . 1 1,1 2 .

T . And the re were i n th e same country,sheph e rds abiding

in the fie ld,keeping watch ove r the ir flocks by n ight. Luke

ii . 8 .

S . And 10,the ange l of the Lord came upon th em

,and the

g l ory of the Lord shone around about th em ,and they we re

sore afraid . Luke i i . 9 .

T . And the ange l said unto them,Fe a r not ; for behold, I

bring you good tidings of great joy,which shal l be to al l

pe ople : for unto you is born this day, i n th e city of David, aS aviour

,which is Christ the Lord ; and this shal l be a sign

unto you ; ye shall find the babe wrapt in swaddling-clothe s,lying in a mange r . Luke i i . 10—1 2 .

S . And sudde nly,the re was with the ange l a multi tude

of the h eaven ly host,praising God

,and saying

,Glory to God

in the highe st,and on e arth pe ace

,good wil l to m en . Luke

ii. 13,14.


58 S AB B A TH -S CH O O L M A NUAL.

S . Ble ssed are the me rciful : for th ey shal l obtain me rcy .

Matt. v . 7 .

T . Ble ssed are the pure i n he art : for they shal l see God .

Matt . v . 8 .

S . Ble ssed are the pe ace -m ake rs : for they shal l be cal ledthe childre n of God . Matt . v . 9.

T . Ble ssed a re they which are pe rse cuted for righte ousne ss’ sake : for the i rs is the kingdom of he aven . Matt. v . 10.

S . Ble sse d are ye when m en shal l revi le you,and pe r

se ca te y ou,and shal l sa y al l manne r of e vi l against you

false ly for my sake . M att. v . 1 1 .

T . Rejoice,a nd be exce eding glad : for gre a t i s your

reward in he aven for so pe rse cuted thev the proph e ts whichwe re be fore you . Matt. v . 1 2 .

S . Y e a re the salt of the e arth : but if th e sal t have losth is savor

,whe rewithsha ll i t be sal ted ? i t is thence forth good

for nothing,but to be cast out

,and to be trodden unde r foot

of m e n . Ma tt . v . 13 .

T . Y e a re th e l ight of the world . A city that is se t onan hil l canno t be hid . N e ithe r do m en l ight a candle

,and

put it unde r a bushe l,but on a candl e stick : and i t give th

l ight unto al l that a re in the house . L e t your l igh t so sh inebe fore m e n

,tha t th ey m ayse e your good works, and glorify

your Fa the r which is in heave n . Matt . v . 14—16 .

S . T hink not that I am come to de stroy the l aw,or th e

prophe ts : I am not com e to de stroy,but to fulfi l l . For ve ri ly

I say unto y ou,T il l he ave n and e arth pa ss

,on e jot or on e

tittle shal l in n o wise pass from the l aw,ti l l all be fulfi l led .

Matt. v . 1 7,18 .

T . Whosoe ve r the re fore shal l break on e of th e se l eastcommandments

,a nd shal l te ach m en so

,he sha l l be cal le d

th e le ast in the kingdom of he ave n : but whosoeve r shal l do,and teach them

,th e sam e shal l be cal led grea t in the kingdom

of he ave n . Matt . v . 19.

S . For I say unto you,T hat except your righte ousne ss shal l

exce ed the righte ousne ss of th e scribe s and Pha rise e s, ye shal lin no ca se ente r into the kingdom of h eaven . Matt. v . 20.

MINISTRY OF CHRIST.

T hirte en th Sunday in th e Ye ar . Evening .

H YM N 5 1 . c. M . H YM N 52 . c. M .

Wa rwi ck .

T H E earth,th e ocean and th e sky O U R God is love

,and all his saints

To form on e worl d agre e ; H isimage be ar be lowWh ere al l that walk , or swim ,

or fly T h e heart w i th love to God inspire dCompose on e fam i ly. W i th l ove to man wil l glow .

In on e fraterna l bond of l ove , None who are truly born of GodO n e fe l lowship ofm ind , Can l ive i n enm ity ;

T h e saints be l ow and saintsabove The n may w e l ove e ach oth er,Lord

,

Th e ir bliss and glory find . As w e are love d by the e .

H ere,i n the ir house of pi lgr image , H e irs of th e sam e immortal bl iss

,

Thy statutesa re the ir song ; O ur hope s and fears th e sam e,

There,through on e bright

,e ternal age , W ith bonds of love our h earts unite ,

Thy praise s they prolong W ith mutual love inflam e .

Lord . m ay our union fornr a part S o m ay th e unbe l ieving worl dO f that thrice happy whol e ; S e e how true Chri stians love ;

Derive i ts pulse from the e,th e heart

,And glorrfy our S aviour ’s grace

,

Its life from the e , th e soul . And se ek that grace to prove .

T ea cher. Y e have he ard that i t was said by th em of oldtim e

,T hou shal t not kil l : and whosoever shal l k i l l , shal l be

in danger of the judgm ent. But I say unto you,T hat whoso

e ver is angry with his brothe r without a cause , shal l be indange r of the judgm e nt : and whosoe ver shal l say to hisbrothe r

,Raca

,sh a ll be in danger of the coun cil : but whoso

e ve r shal l say,T hou fool

,shal l be in dange r of he l l-fire . Matt.

v . 2 1,2 2 .

S cholars. T h e re fore,if thou bring thy gift to th e altar

,and

there rem embe re st that thy brothe r hath aught again st the e ,leave the re thy gift be fore the altar

,and go thy way ; first be

59


re conci led to thy brothe r, and then come and offe r thy gift.Matt . v . 2 3

,2 4.

T . Agre e with th ine adve rsary quickly,while thou art in

the way with him ; le st at any time th e adve rsary de l iver the eto the judge

,and the j udge de l ive r the e to the office r

,and thou

be cast into prison . Veri ly,I say unto the e

,T hou shal t by no

me ans com e out thence,til l thou hast paid the utte rmost far

tlring. Matt. v . 2 5,2 6 .

S . Ye have heard that it wassaid by them of old time,

T hou shal t not comm i t adulte ry ; but I say unto you, T hatwhosoever looke th on a woman to lust afte r h er

,hath com

m itted adul te ry with he r already in his heart. Matt . v . 2 7,2 8 .

T . And if thy righ t eye offend the e , pluck it out, and casti t from th e e : for i t i s profitabl e for the e that on e of thy m em

be rs should perish,and not that thy whole body should be

cast into he ll. Matt . v . 2 9.

S . And if thy right hand offend the e,cut it off, and cast it

from the e : for it i s profitable for the e that on e of thy m em

bers should perish,and not that thy whole body should be cast

into he l l . M a tt . v . 30.

T . I t hath be e n said,VVhosoeve r shal l put away his wife

,

le t h im give he r a wri ting of divorcem ent ; but I say unto you,T hat whosoe ve r shall put away his wife , saving for the causeof fornica tion

,cause th h er to commit adulte ry : and whosoeve r

shal l m arry h e r that is divorced,committe th adultery. Ma tt.

v . 31,32 .

S . Again, ye have he ard that it hath be e n said by them of

old time,T hou shal t not forswear thyse l f, but shal t perform

unto the Lord thine oaths. Matt. v. 33 .

T . But I say un to you,Swe ar not at a ll : n e ithe r by b eav

e n ; for i t is God’ s throne . N or by the e arth ; for it is h is

footstool : ne i the r by Je rusalem ; for i t is the city of the gre atKing. N e ithe r shal t thou swear by thy head

,because thou

canst not mak e on e hair white or black. Matt. v . 34,35

,36.

S . But le t your communication be,Ye a

, ye a ; N ay, nayfor whatsoe ver is more than the se come th of evil . Matt.v. 37 .

MINISTRY OF CHRIST .

Fourte en th Sunday in th e Year . M orn ing.

H YM N 53. c . M . H YM N 54. s . M .

Downs. L ansda le .

GIVER of concord,Prince of peace

,BL EST be th e t ie that binds

M e ek,lamb-l ike S on of God ! O ur he arts i n Christian love

B id our unruly passions ce ase T h e fe l lowship of kindre d m indsBy thy atoning blood . Is l ike to that above .

Subdue i n us th e carnal m ind, B e fore our Fathe r’ s throne ,Its enm i ty de stroy W e pour our arde nt prayers ;W ith cords of love our spiri tsbind, O ur fe ars,our hope s, our sins a re on e

And m e l t us into joy . O ur com forts and our care s .

Us into close st union draw,

W e share our mutual woe s ;And in our i nward parts O ur m utual burdens bear ;

L e t kindne ss swe e tly write h er law,And ofte n for e ach other flows

And love command our hearts. T h e sympathizing tear.

S aviour, look down with pitying eye s, When w e at death must part ,O ur jarring will s control ; H ow ke en

,how de e p th e pain !

L e t cordial,kind affe ctions rise , But w e shal l sti l l be join ’

d in heart,And harmonize th e soul . And hope to m e e t again.

T ea cher . Y e have he ard that it hath be en said,An eye for

an e y e,and a tooth for a tooth ; but I say unto you, T hat ye

re sist not e vil : but whosoeve r shal l sm ite the e on thy rightcheek, turn to h im the othe r also . Matt . v . 38

,39.

S cholars. And if any m an wil lsue the e at th e law,and take

away thy coat,le t him have thy cloak also . And whosoeve r

shal l compe l the e to go a mile,go with him twain . Matt. v .

40,41 .

6 61


T . Give to h im that aske th the e , and from h im that wouldborrow of the e

,turn not thou away. Matt. v . 42 .

S . Y e have he ard that it hath be e n said , T hou shal t lovethy ne ighbor, and hate th ine e nemy ; but I say unto y ou, Loveyour e nem ie s

,ble ss them that curse you

,do good to them that

hate you,'

a nd pray for them which de spite ful ly use you,and

perse cute you . M att. v . 43,44.

T . T hat ye may be th e chi ldre n of your Fathe r which isin he aven : for he m ake th his sun to rise on the e vi l and onthe good

,and sendeth rain on the just and on the unjust.

M a tt. V . 45 .

S . For if ve love them which love you, what reward haveye ? do not e ve n the publ icans the sam e Matt. v . 46.

T . And if ye salute y r bre thre n only,what do ye m ore

than othe rs ? do not e venq'

t

lhé publ icans so ? be ye the re fore

pe rfect, e ve n asyour Fa the r which is in heaven is pe rfe ct.Matt. v . 47

,48 .

S . T ake h e e d that ye do not your alms before m en,to be

se en of them : othe rwise ye have no reward of your Fathe rwhich is in he aven . Matt . vi . 1 .

T . T he refore,when thou doe st th ine alm s

,do not sound a

trumpe t be fore the e,as the hypocrite s do

,in the synagogue s,

and in the stre e ts,that they may have glory of m en . Ve ri ly

I say unto you,T hey have the ir reward . Matt . v i . 2 .

S . B ut whe n thou doe st a lm s, le t not thy le ft hand knowwhat thy righ t hand doe th ; that thine alms m a y be in secre t :and thv Fathe r, which se e th in secre t, himse lf shal l rewardth e e openly . Ma t t. vi . 3

,4 .

T . And whe n thou praye st, thou shal t not be as the hypocrite s a re : for they love to pray standing in the synagogue s

,

and in the corne rs of the stre e ts, that they may be se e n of m en .

Ve ri ly I say unto you, T hey have the ir rewa rd . Matt . vi . 5 .

S . But thou,when thou pray e st, ente r in to thy close t, and

whe n thou hast shut thy door, pray to thy Fathe r which is inse cre t ; and thy Fathe r, which se e th in se cre t, shal l rewardthee openly . Matt. vi . 6.

MINISTRY OF CHRIST.

Four te en th Sun day in th e Year . Even ing .

H YM N 55 . c. M . H YM N 56 . s . M .

Downs. L isbo n.O U R Father

,God

,who art i n he aven, O U R he avenly Fathe r , hear ,

A ll hal low ’d b e thy n am e ; T h e praye r w e offer n ew

Thy kingdom com e ; t hy will b e done T hy nam e b e hallow ’ d far and near ;In he aven and earth th e same . To the e al l nations bow .

Give us this day our daily bread ; T hy kingdom com e ; thy w i l lAnd as w e those forgive O n earth be done in love ,

Who sin against us, so may w e As saints and se raphim fulfi l lForgiving grace re ce ive . Thy perfe ct law above .

Into temptation lead us not ; O ur da i ly bread suppl yFrom evi lse t us fre e ; Whil e by thy word w e l ive ;And thine th e kingdom

,thine th e T h e gui l t of our in rquity

And glory,e ver b e . [powe r, Forgive , as w e forgive .

Thus humbly a re w e taught to pray In dark temptation ’ s hourBy thy be love d S on ; From S atan ’ s wi le s de fend ;Through h im w e com e to th e e

,and say

,And thine th e kingdom b e

,a nd powe r,

A l l for his sake b e done . A nd glory without e nd .

T ea cher . But when ye pray, use not vain repe titions, as theheathe n do for they think that they shal l be heard for the irm uch speaking . B e not ye the re fore l ike unto them : for yourFathe r knowe th what th ings ye have ne ed of before ye askh im . Matt. vi . 7 , 8 .

S chola rs. Afte r this manne r th e re fore pray ye : O ur Fathe rwhich a rt in he aven H allowed be thy name ; T hy kingdomcome ; T hy wil l be done on e arth as it is in he ave n G ive us

63

64 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M ANUA L.

this day our daily bre ad ; And forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors ; And le ad us not into tem ptation ; But del ive r usfrom e vi l For th ine is the kingdom

,and the powe r

,

and the glory,for e ve r. Amen . Matt. vi . 9

,10

,1 1

,1 2

,13 .

T . For if ye forgive m en the ir tre spasse s,your he ave n ly

Fathe r wil l also forgive you but if ye'

forgive not m en the irtre spasse s

,n e ithe r wi l l your Fathe r forgive your tre spasse s.

Matt. vi. 14,15 .

S . More over,whe n ye fast. be not as th e lrvpocrites, of a

sad counte nance : for they disfigure the ir face s, that they m ay

appe ar unto m e n to fast. Ve ri ly I say unto you,T hey have

the ir reward . Matt . vi. 16.

T . But the n,whe n thou faste st, anoint th ine head, a nd

wash thy face ; that thou appe ar not unto m en to fast,but unto

thy Fathe r,which is in secre t : and thy Father

,which se e th in

secre t,shal l reward the e ope nly. Matt. vi . 17

,18 .

S . Lay not up for yourse lve s treasure s upon e arth,whe re

moth and rust doth corrupt,and where thie ve s bre ak through

and ste al . Matt. vi. 19 .

T . But lay up for yourse lve s treasure s i n h eave n , whe rene ithe r m oth nor rust doth corrupt

,and where th ie ve s do not

bre ak through norste al ; for whe re your tre asure i s, the re wil lyour he art be also . Matt. vi . 2 0

,2 1 .

S . T he l ight of the body is the eye : if the re fore thine eye

be single,thy whole body shal l be ful l of l ight. But if thine

eye be e vil,thy whole body shal l be full of darkne ss . If

the re fore the l ight tha t is in the e be darkne ss, how gre at isthat darkne ss ! Matt. vi . 2 2

,2 3 .

T . N o man can se rve two maste rs for e ithe r h e wil l h atethe on e

,and love the othe r ; or e lse he wil l hold to the one

,

and de spise the othe r. Ye cannot se rve God and mammon .

Matt. vi . 2 4.

S . T he re fore I say unto y ou,T ake no though t for you r

l ife,what ye shal l e a t, or what ye shal l drink ; nor ye t for

your body,what y e shal l put on . Is not the l ife more than

m ea t,and the body than raime nt ? Matt . vi . 2 5 .



T . Whe re fore,if God so clot-he th e grass of the fie ld

,which

to-day is,and to-morrow is cast in to the oven

,shal l he not

much more clothe you,O ye of l i ttle fai th ? Matt. vi . 30.

S . T he re fore take no thought,say ing, What shal l we e a t ?

or,What shal l we drink or

,t e rewi tha l shal l w e be clothe d

(For afte r al l the se th ings do the Ge ntile s se ek :) for yourh e avenly Fathe r knowe th that ye have ne e d of al l the sethings . Matt. vi . 31

,32 .

T . But se ek ye first the kingdom of God, and its righteousn e ss

,and al l the se things shal l be added unto you . T ake

the re fore no thought for th e m orrow : for the m orrow shal lt ake thought for the th ingsof itse l f. S ufficie nt unto the dayis the evil the reof. Matt. vi . 33

,34.

S . Judge not that ye be not judged . For wi th What judgmen t ye judge , ye shall be judge d and with what me a sure yem e te

,i t shal l be measure d to you again . Matt. vii . 1

,2 .

T . And Why beholde st thou the mote that is in thy brotlre r

’seye , but conside re st not the beam that is in thine owneye ? or how wil t thou say to thy broth e r, L e t m e pu l l out themote out of thine eye ; and be hold, a beam is in th ine owneye ? T hou hypocr ite , first cast out the be am out of thine owne ve ; and the n shal t thouse e cle arly to cast out the mote outof thy brothe r’ s eye . Matt . vii. 3 , 4, 5 .

S . Give not that which is holy un to the dogs,n e ithe r cast

ye your pe arls be fore swine , le st th ey trample them unde rthe ir fe e t

,and turn again and re nd you . Matt. V1 1 . 6 .

T . A sk , and it shal l be given you se ek, and ye shal l findknock

,and it shal l be ope ned unto you . For e ve ry on e that

aske th,re ce ive th ; and he that se eke th, finde tlr ; and to him

that knocke th,i t shal l be opened . Matt. vii . 7 , 8 .

S . O r what man is the re of you, whom if his son ask bread ,wil l he give him a stone ?

or i f he ask a fish , wil l he give hima serpent ? If ye then be ing evil know how to give good giftsunto your childre n , how m uch m ore shal l your Father, whichis in he ave n

,give good things to them that ask h im ? Matt.

vii. 9, 10, 1 1 .

MINISTRY OF CHRIST .

Fi ft e en th S un day in th e Ye ar . Evening .

H YM N 5 9 . c. M. H YM N 60. c . M.

Iddo. B olton .

T RY us,O God, and se arch th e ground 0 GOD,our strength , to the e our song

O f e ve ry sinful he art ; W ith grate ful he artsw e raise ;Wha te ’

e r of sin in us is found,

T o the e,and thou alone . be long

O h bid it al l de part . A l l worship,love and praise .

If to the right, or le ft w e stray,

In trouble ’ s dark and s tormy hourLeave usnot com fortle ss ; Thine e ar hath he ard our praye r ;But gu ide our fe e t into th e way And graciously thine a rm of powe rO f e verlasting pea ce . H ath save d us from d espa rr.

H e lp usto he lp each other,Lord, And thou

, 0 e ve r gracious L ord,Each othe r’ s cross to bea r ; W i l t ke ep thy prom ise sti l l,

L e t e ach his frie ndly aid afford, If,m e e kly h e a rk ’

n ing to thy word ,And fe e l his broth er ’ s care . W e se e k to do thy w i ll .

Up into the e,our l iving H ead

,L ed by th e light thy grace imparts,

L e t us in al l things grow,

Ne ’ e r m ay w e bow th e kne eT i l l thou hast mad e us fre e inde ed , To idols, which our wayward heartsAnd S potle ss here be low. S e t up inste ad of the e .

T ea cher . T he re fore al l th ingswhatsoe ve r ye would thatm e n should do to you

,do ye e ve n so to them : for th is is th e

l aw and the prophe ts . Matt. vii . I 2 .

S chola rs. Ente r ye in at the strait gate ; for wide is th egate

,and broad is the way that le ade th to de struction

,a nd

many the re be which go in the re at ; be cause strait is the gate ,a nd narrow is th e way

,which leade th unto l ife

,and few the re

be that find it. Matt. vii . 1 3, 14 .

T . Beware of false prophe ts,which come to you in she ep’ s

67


cloth ing,but inwa rdly they are ravening wolve s . Y e shal l

know them by the ir fruits : Do m e n gathe r grape s of thornsor figs of th istle s Matt . vii . 15

,16.

S . Even so e ve ry good tre e bringing forth good fruit ; buta corrupt tre e bringe th forth e vi l fruit. A good tre e cannotbring forth evi l fruit

,n e ithe r can a corrupt tre e bring forth

good fruit . Eve ry tre e that bringe th not forth good fruit i shewn down

,and cast into the fire ; whe re fore by the ir fruits ye

shal l know them . Matt. vii . 17,18

,19

,20.

T . N ot e ve ry on e tha t saith unto m e,Lord

,Lord

,shal l

e nte r into the kingdom of he ave n ; but h e that doe th the w i l lof my Fathe r wh ich is in he ave n . Ma tt. vii. 2 1 .

S . Many wil l say to m e in that day,Lord

,Lord

,have we

not prophe sie d in thv name ? and in thy name have cast outde vils ? and in thy name done many wonde rful works ? Matt.v ii . 2 2 .

T . And then wil l I profe ss unto them ,I n e ve r knew you

depart from m e,y e that work iniquity . Matt. vii . 2 3 .

S . T he re fore,whosoe ver he are th the se sayings of mine ,

nd doe th them,I wil l l ike n him unto a wise man

,which

bu i l t hishouse upon a rock . Matt. vii. 2 4.

T . And the rain de scended,and the floods cam e

,and the

winds blew,and be at upon that house , and it fe l l not : for i t

was founde d upon a rock . Matt. v ii . 2 5 .

S . And e ve ry on e that h e are th the se sayings of mine , a nddoe th them not

,shal l be l ikened un to a fool ish m an

, whichbui lt h is house upon th e sand . Matt. v ii . 2 6 .

T . And the rain de scended, and th e floods cam e,and the

winds blew,and be at upon that house , and it fe l l ; and great

was the fal l of i t . Matt . vii . 2 7 .

S . And it came to pass whe n Je sus had ended the sesayings

,the people were astonished at his doctrine . Matt. vii . 2 8 .

T . For h e taught them as on e having authority, and not.

as the scribes . Matt. vii. 2 9.

MIRACLES OF CHRIST .

S ixte en th Sunday in t h e Ye a r . M orning.

H YM N 61 . P . M . H YM N 62 . P . M .

CO M E, thou conde sc ending Je sus, CO M E,thou high and lofty Lord ,

De ign to be our honore d gue st ; Lowly , m e ek,i ncarnate Word ;

Com e,and with thy pre sence ble ssus

,H umbly stoop to e ar th again ;

Grant us al l thy pe aceful re st. Com e and v isi t abj e ct m e n .

O nce at Cana’ s happy vi l lage , Je sus,de ar e xpe cted gue st

,

Th ou didst he avenly j oy impart ; Thou art hidde n to th e fe ast ;H e re

,unse e n

,may thy ble st image For thyse l f our h e arts prepare ;

B e i nscribe d on e v ery heart . C ome andsit and banque t the re .

T hou canst change th e course of nature , Je sus, w e thy prom ise claim :

Turning water into wine ; W e a re m e t in thy gre at nam eBut w e ask a gre ater favor [thine . In th e m idst do thou appe ar ;Change our he ar ts, and make them M anife st thy pre se nce here .

Com e,thou conde sce nding Je sus

, S anctify us , L ord, and ble ssFi l l our hearts with songs of praise ; Breathe thy Spiri t, give thy peace ;Come

,and with thy pre sence bl e ss us

,Thou thyse lf within us move

M ake us subj e cts of thy grace . M ake our feast a fe ast of l ove .

F i rst M i r a c le . Wa t e r C h a ng e d i n to Wi n e .

T ea cher . And th e third day the re was a marriage in Canaof Gal i le e ; and the m other of Je sus was the re . And bothJe sus was cal led

,and his disciple s

,to the m arriage . John ii . 1

,2 .

S chola rs. And when they wanted wine , th e mothe r of Je sussaith unto him

,T hey have no wine . Je sus saith unto he r

,

Woman,what have I to do with the e ? mine hour is not ye t

com e . John i i. 3,4 .

T . H ism othe r saith unto the se rvants,Whatsoe ve r h e

sai th unto you,do it. John i i . 5 .

S . And the re we re se t the re six wa te r-pots of stone,afte r

the manne r of the purifying of th e Jews,contain ing two or

thre e firkinsapie ce . John i i . 6 .

T . Je sus saith unto them,Fi l l the wate r-pots with wate r.

And they fi l led th em up to the brim . And h e saith untothem

,Draw out now

,and be ar unto the gove rnor of the fe ast.

And they bare it . John ii . 7,8 .


S . When the rule r of the fe ast had taste d the wate r thatwas made wine

,and knew not whence i t was (but th e servan t s

which drew the wate r knew ) , the governor of the fe ast cal le dthe bridegroom . John ii . 9 .

T . And saith unto h im , Eve ry man at the begi nn i ng dothse t forth good win e ; and whe n m en have we l l drunk

,the n

that which is worse : but thou hast kept the good wine unti ln ow . John ii . 10.

S . T his beginning of miracle s did Je sus in Cana of Galile e

,and m anife ste d forth h is glory ; and his disciple s be lieved

on h im . John ii . 1 1 .

H e a l in g of th e N oblem a n’sS on .

T . T he n whe n h e was com e in to Gal il e e,the Gal ile ans

rece ived h im,having se e n al l the th ings that h e did at Jcrusa

lem at the fe ast,for they also went unto the feast . John i v . 45 .

S . S o Je sus came again unto Cana of Gal i le e whe re hemade th e wate r wine . And the re was a ce rtain nobleman

,

whose son was sick at Cape rnaum . John iv . 46.

T . When he he ard that Jesus was come out of Judea intoGal ile e , he we nt unto h im ,

and be sought him that he wouldcom e down and heal h is son : for he was at the point of de ath .

John iv . 47 .

S . T he n said Je sus un to him ,Except ye se e signs and

wonde rs, ye wil l not be l ie ve . John iv. 48 .

T . T he nobleman saith unto him,S ir

,com e down

,e re mv

chi ld die . John iv. 49.

S . Je sus sa ith unto him,Go thy way ; thyson li ve th . And

the man be l ieved the word that Je sus had spoken unto h im,

a nd he we nt h is way . John iv . 50.

T . A nd as h e was now going down,his servants m et him

,

and tol d h im,saying

,T hy son l ive th . John iv. 51 .

S . T hen inquired he of them the hour wh e n h e began toam e nd . And they said unto him ,

Ye ste rday at the seventhhour th e feve r left him . John iv . 52 .

T . S o the fathe r knew that i t was at the same hour inthe which Je sus said unto him ,

T hy son l ive th : and him se lfbe l ieved

,and his whole house . John iv . 53 .

MIRACLES OF C H RIST .

S ixte en th Sunday in th e Ye ar . Even ing .

H YM N 63. L . M . H YM N 64 . C . M .

N OW le t our m ingling voicesrise JESUS , th e Nam e high over all ,In grateful rapture to th e skie s ; I n he l l , or e arth, or skyL e t songs of joy th e day proclaim Ange l s and m en be fore i t fal l

,

Whe n Je sus al l-triumphant cam e . And devi ls fear and fly.H e cam e to bid th e we ary r e st

,Je sus

,th e N am e to sinners dear

To he al th e sinner’ s wounde d breast, T h e Nam e to sinners give n ;To spre ad th e l ight of truth around, It scatters al l the ir guil ty fear ;Throughout th e world ’ s remote st bound . It turns the ir he l l to heaven .H e cam e our trembling soul s to save Je sus th e pris’n er ’sfe tte rs bre aks ,From sin

,from sorrow

,and th e grave ; And bruise s S atan ’s he ad ;

Victor ious over de ath and time , Powe r in to str engthle ss souls h eTo le ad us to a happier cl im e . And life i nto th e dead . [speaks,Then le t our m i ngling voice s rise O h that th e worl d m ight taste andIn grate ful rapture to th e skie s ; T h e r ich e s of his grace ; [se eL e t songs of joy th e day proclaim T h e arm s of love that compass m e

,

Wh en J e sus al l-tr iumphant cam e . W ould al l mankind embrac e .

I m p ot en t M a n H e a te d .

T ea cher. N ow the re is at Je rusalem,by the she ep-m arke t

,

a pool,which is cal led in the H ebrew tongue

,Be the sda

,hav

ing five porche s. In the se l ay a gre at m ul titude of impotentfolk

,of blind

,hal t

,withered

,waiting for the m oving of th e

wate r . John v . 2,3 .

S chola rs. For an ange l went down at a certain season intoth e pool

,and troubled the water : whosoeve r th e n first afte r

the troubling of the wate r stepped in,was m ade whole of

wha tsoe ve r disease h e had . John v . 4.

T . And a ce rtain mari was the re,which had an infirmity

thirty-and-e ight ye ars . Whe n Je sus saw him lie,and knew

t hat he had be e n now a long tim e in that case,he saith unto

h im,Wi lt thou be made whole ? John v . 5

,6.

S . T he impote nt man answe red h im,S ir

,I have no man

,

7 1

7 2 S A B B ATH -S C H O O L M ANUAL .

when the wate r is troubled,to put me into the pool but while

I am coming,anothe r steppe th down be fore me . John v . 7 .

T . Je sus saith unto him,Rise

,take up thy bed

,and walk .

A nd immediate ly the man was made whole , and took up h isbed and walked : and on the same day was the sabbath . Johnv . 8

,9 .

S . T he Jews the re fore said unto him that was cured, It isthe sabbath-day : i t isnot lawful for the e to carry thy bed .

H e answe red them,H e tha t made me whole

,the same said

unto me,T ake up thy bed , and wa lk. John v . 10

,1 1 .

T . T he n aske d they him,What ma n is that which said

unto th e e,T ake up thy bed, and wa lk ? And he that was

h e aled wist not who i t was: for Je sus had conve y ed himse lfaway

,a mul titude be ing in that place . John v. 12

,13 .

S . Afte rward Je sus finde th h im in the temple,and said

unto him,Behold

,thou a rt m ade whole : sin no more

,le st a

worse th ing com e unto th e e . John v . 14 .

T . T he man departed,and told the Jews that it was Je sus

wh ich had made h im whole . John v . 15 .

S . And the re fore did the Jews pe rse cute Je sus, and soughtto slay him

,be cause he had done the se th ings on the sabbath

d av . But Je sus answe red them,My Fath e r worke th hithe rto

,

and I work . John v . 16,17 .

T . T he re fore the Jews sought the more to ki l l h im,be

cause he not only had broke n the sabba th,but said also, thatGod

washis Fathe r,making him se lf equal with God . John v . 18 .

S . T he n answe red Je sus,and said unto them

,Ve ri ly

, ve r

i ly,Isay unto you , T he S on can do nothing of himse lf

,but

w hat he se e th the Fathe r do : for what. things soe ve r he doe th,

th e se also doe th the S on l ikewise . John v . 19.

T . For the Fath e r love th the S on,and showe th him al l

things that himse l f doe th : and he wil l show him greate rworks than the se

,that ye may marve l . Joh n v. 20.

S . For as the Fathe r raise th up the dead, and quickene ththem ; e ven so the S on quickene th whom he wi ll . For theFa the rjudge th no man : but hath comm itted a lljudgme n t untothe S on . John v. 2 1, 2 2 .


74 S AB B A TH -S C H O O L M ANUAL.

T . And he commanded them to make al l sit down by compau le s upon the gre en grass . And they sat down in ranks

,by

hundre ds,and by fiftie s. Mark vi . 39

,40.

S . And when h e had taken the five le aves,and th e two

fishe s,he looked up to he aven

,and blessed

,and brake the

le aves,and gave them to h is disciple s to se t before them ;

and the two fishe s divided h e among them all . Ma rk vi . 41 .

T . And they did al l e a t,and we re fi l led . And they took

up twe lve baske tsfull of the fragme nts, and of thefishe s . Andthey that d id e a t of the le aveswe re abou t five thousand m en .

M ark vi. 42,43

,44 .

S . And straightway h e constrained his disciple s to ge t intoth e sh ip

,and to go to the

'

othe r side be fore unto Be thsaida,

whi le he sent away the pe ople . Mark vi . 46 .

T . And when he had sent them awar , h e departe d into am ountain to pray. And when e ven was com e

,the sh ip was in

th e midst of the sea , and h e alone on the l and . Mark vi .

46,47 .

S . A nd he saw them toil ing in rowing ; for the wind wasc on trary unto them : and about the fourth watch of the nighthe com e th unto them . walking upon thesea , and would havepassed by them . Mark vi . 48 .

T . But wh e n they saw him walking upon the se a, they

supposed it had be e n a spirit,and cr ied out (for they al l saw

h im,and we re troubled ) . And imm ediate ly he ta l ked with

them,and saith unto them

,B e of good che e r : it is I ; be not

afraid . Mark vi . 49, 50.

S . And h e went up unto them into the ship ; and the windceased : and they we re sore amaze d in themse lve s beyondm e asure

,and wonde red . For thev conside red not th e m iracle

of the loave s : for the ir heart was harden ed . Mark vi . 51 . 52 .

T . And when they had passed ove r, the y cam e into th el and of Ge nne sare t

,and drew to the shore . Mark vi. 53 .

S . And when they we re com e out of the ship, straigh twayth ey knew him,

and ran through that whole region roundabout

,and began to carry about in beds those that we re sick,

whe re they heard he was . Mark vi . 54, 55 .


S even teen th Sunday in th e Year . Even ing.

H YM N 67 . C . M . H YM N 68 . P. M .

O ra n .

JESUS , Re de eme r of mankind,

S INNER, rouse th e e from thy sl e ep,Display thy saving powe r ; Wake

,and o ’

er th y folly we ep ;T hy me rcy le t th e sinner find , Raise thy spiri t dark and deadAnd know his gracious hour . Je sus waits his l ight to she d .Who the e ben eath the ir fe e t have trod Wake from sle ep

,arise from death

,

And crucifie d afre sh, S e e th e bright and l iving pathTouch with thine al l-victorious blood

,Watchful tread that path ; b e wise

And turn th e stone to fl esh . Le ave thy fol ly,se ek th e skie s .

O pe n the ir e ye s thy cross tose e , Leave thy foll y,ce ase from crime

,

The ir e ars to hear thy cr ie s : From this hour red e em thy tim e ;

S inner,thy S aviour we eps for the e ; L ife se cure without de lay

For the e h e w e eps and di e s. Evil is th e mortal day.A l l th e day l ong h e m e ekly stands

,B e n ot bl ind and fool ish stil l ;

H isrebe ls to re ce ive ; C a ll’

d of Je sus,le arn his wil l

And shows his wounds,and spreads his Jesus cal ls from de ath and n ight

And bids you turn and l ive . [hand, Je sus wa its to she d his light.S i g h t Gi ve n to a M a n bor n B lin d .

T ea cher . And asJe sus assed bv he saw a m an whichP a

was bl ind from his birth . And his disciple s asked h im,say

ing,Maste r

,who did sin

,this m an

,or his parents, that h e was

born bl ind ? John ix . 1,2 .

S chola rs. Je sus answe red,N e ithe r has th is m an sinned

,

nor his pare nts : but that th e works of God should be madem anife st in h im . I m ust work the works of him that sentm e

,whi le i t is day : the n ight com e th

,whe n no 11 1 can work .

A s long as I am in the world,I am the l ight of the world .

John ix . 3,4,5 .

T . Whe n he had thus spoke n,h e spat on the ground

,and

m ade clay of th e spittle,and h e anointe d th e eye s of the blind

man with the clay,and said unto h im

,Go

,wash in the pool

of S iloam (which is by inte rpre tation , S ent) . H e went hiswa y the re fore

,and washed

,and came se e ing . John ix . 6

,7 .

S . T he ne ighbors there fore,and they which be fore had

75


se en him that h e wasbl ind,said

,Is not this he that sat and

begged John ix . 8 .

T . S ome said,T his is he : oth ers said

,H e is l ike h im : but

h e said,I am h e . T he refore said they unto him

,H ow we re

thine eye s ope ned John ix . 9,10.

S . H e answe red and said,A man that is cal led Je sus ,

m ade clay,and anoin ted mine eye s

,and said unto m e

,Go to

the pool of S i loam,and wash : and I we nt and washed

, and Ire ce ived sigh t. John ix . 1 1 .

T . T hen said thev unto him . Whe re is he ? H e said,I

know not . T hey brought to the Pharise e s h im that afore timewas blind . And it was the sabbath-day when Je sus made thec lay

,and opene d his eye s . John ix . 12

,13

,14.

S . T he n again the Phari se e s also asked him how he hadre ce ived h is sight . H e said un to them

,H e put clay upon

mine eye s,and I washed

,and dose e . John ix . 15 .

T . T he re fore said some of th e Pharise e s,T his man is not

of God,because he ke epe th not the sabbath -day . Othe rs said ,

H ow can a man that is a sinne r do such m iracle s ? And the rewasa divi sion among them . John ix . 16 .

S . T hey say unto the bl ind man again, “That say e st thou

of h im,that he hath opened thine eye s ? H e said

,H e is a

prophe t. John ix . 17 .

T . But the Jews did not be l ie ve concerning him,that he

had be e n bl ind,and re ce ive d his sigh t

,until they cal led the

parents of h im that had re ce ived his sight. And they askedthem

,saying

,Is this your son

,who ye say was born bl ind ?

H ow th e n doth he nowse e ? John ix . 18,19.

S . H isparen tsanswe red them and sa id,W e know that

this is our son,and that h e was born blind

,but by what m eans

he now se e th , we know not ; or who hath opened his eye s, weknow not : h e is of age ; ask him : he shal l spe ak for himse lf.John ix . 20

,2 1 .

T . T he se wordsspake his parents,because they feared th e

Jews for the Jews had agre ed alre ady,th at if any m an did con

fe ss th at he was Christ,he should be put out of the synagogue .

T he re fore said h is pare nts,Ask him . John ix . 2 2

,2 3.


Eigh te en th Sun day in th e Year . M orn ing .

H YM N 69 . C . M . H YM N 70. s . M .

Rochester . S hir-la nd .

JESUS l— th e Nam e that charm s our ENTH RONED is Je sus n owThat bids our sorrows ce ase ; Bears, Upon h ishe avenly se a t ;

’Ti s music in t h e sinne r’ s e ar s,

T h e kingly crown is on his brow,’Ti s l ife and he alth and p eace . T h e saints are at h isfe e t .

H e bre aks th e power of ca nce l ’d sin, In shining white they stand,H e se ts th e pris’n er fre e ; A great a n d countl e ss throng ;

H isblood can m ake th e foule st cl ea n ; A pa lmy sceptre i n e ach hand ,H isblood ava il’d for me . O n eve ry l ip a song.

H e spe aks— and , list ’ n in g to hisvoice , They sing th e Lamb of God ,N ew l ife th e de ad re ce i ve O nce slain on earth for them

T h e m ournful,broke n he artsrejoice ; T h e L amb

,through whos e aton ing

T h e humble poor be l i eve . Each wears his diadem . [blood,IIe ar h im . ye deaf ; his praise ,ye dumb, Thy grace , O H oly Ghost,Your loose n ’

d tongue s employ ; Thy blessed h e lp supply,Ye bli nd, behold your S aviour com e ; That w e ma y join that radiant host,And le ap , ye lam e

,for joy. Triumphant i n th e sky.

L a z a r usR a ise d f r om th e D e a d .

T ea cher . T he n said Je sus unto them plain ly,Lazarus i s

de ad . And I am glad for your sake s that I was not the re , tothe intent ye m ay be l ieve ; neverthele ss, le t us go unto him .

John xi . 14,15 .

S chola rs. T hen wh en Je sus came,h e found that h e had

la in in th e grave four days a lre adv . And many of th e Jew scam e to Martha and Mary

,to com fort them concerning the ir

brothe r . John xi . 17,19 .

T . T hen Martha,as soon asshe heard that Je sus was com

ing,wen t and m e t him : but Mary sat sti l l in the house . John

xi . 20.

S . T hen said Ma rtha unto Je sus,Lord

,if thou hadst be en

he re , mv brothe r had not died . But I know that e ve n n ow,

whatsoe ve r thou wilt ask of God,God wil l give it the e . John

xi . 2 1,2 2 .

T . Jesus saith unto her,T hy brothe r shal l r ise again .

7 if 7 7


Martha saith unto h im,I know that h e shal l rise again in the

re surre ction at the last day . John xi . 2 3,2 4.

S . Je sus said un to h e r,I am the re surre ction and th e l ife

h e that be lie ve th in m e,though he we re de ad

, ye t shal l hel ive . And whosoeve r l ive th

,and be l ie ve th in m e

,shal l neve r

die . Be l ie ve st thou this ? John xi . 2 5,2 6 .

T . S he saith unto him,Y e a

,Lord : I be l ieve that thou art

the Christ,the S on of God

,which should come i nto the world .

And whe n she had so said,she went h e r way

,and cal led

Mary he r siste r se cre tly,saying

,T he Maste r is com e

,and

cal le th for the e . John xi . 2 7,2 8 .

S . A s soon assh e h e ard that,she arose quickly

,and came

unto him . T he n whe n Mary was com e whe re Je sus was,and

saw him,she fe l l down at his fe e t

,saying unto him

,Lord

,i f

thou hadst be e n he re,my brothe r had not died . John xi . 2 9—32 .

T . Whe n Je sus the re foresaw h er we eping,and th e Jews

also we eping which cam e with he r,he groane d in the spiri t

,

and was troubled,and said

,Where have ye laid him T hey

said unto h im,Lord

,com e andse e . Je sus wept . John xi . 33—35 .

S . Jesusthe re fore again groaning in himse l f,com e th to

the grave . It was a cave,and a stone lay upon it . John xi . 38 .

T . Je sus said,T ake ye away the stone . Martha

,the siste r

of h im that was de ad,sai th unto him

,Lord

,by this time he

stinke th,for he hath be e n de ad four days . John xi . 39.

S . Je sus saith unto h e r,S aid I not unto the e

,that if thou

woul dst be lieve,thou shoulde stse e th e glory ofGod? John x .4O .

T . T he n they took away th e stone from the pla ce whe rethe de ad was l aid . And Je sus l ifte d up his e y es

,and said

,

Fathe r,I thank the e that thou hast he ard m e . John xi . 41 .

S . And I know that thou h eare st m e always : but be causeof the pe ople which stand by

,I said it that they may be l i eve

that thou hast se nt m e . And whe n he thus had spoken,he

crie d with a loud voice,Lazarus

,com e forth . John xi . 42

,43 .

T . And he that was dead cam e forth , bound hand and footw i th grave -clothe s : and his face was bound about with a napkin . Je sus saith unto them

,Loose him

,and le t him go.

John xi . 44.

PARABLES OF CHRIST.

Eigh te en th Sun day in th e Ye ar . Even ing .

H YM N 7 1 . L . M . H YM N 72 . P . M .

Wa tchma n . O lmutz .

S O W in th e m om thy se e d ; LO RD, if at thy commandAt eve hold not thy hand ; T h e word of life w e sow ,

To doubt and fe ar give thou no he ed Wa te r’d by thy alm ighty hand

,

Broadcast it o’

er th e lan d . T h e se e d shal l sure ly grow :Thou k now ’st not which shal l thrive

,T h e virtue of thy grace

T h e late or early sown ; A large incre ase shal l give ,Grace ke eps th e pre cious ge rm al ive And mult iply th e faithful raceWhe n and wherever sti own Who to thy glory live .

And duly shall appe ar, N ow then th e ce ase l e ss showe r

In verdure,beauty , strength , O f gospe l bl e ssings send ,

T h e te nder blade , th e stalk, th e e ar,And le t t h e soul-conve rt l ng power

And th e ful l corn at l ength . Thy m inisters attend .Thou canst n ot toil i n vain O n multitude s confe rCold

,he at and moist and dry T h e he ar t-re n ewm g l ove ,

Shall foste r and m ature th e grain And by th e j oy of grace prepareFor garne rs i n th esky . For ful le r joys above .

T h e S e w e r a n d t h e S e ed .

T ea cher . T he sam e day went Je sus out of th e house,and

sat by the se aside . Matt. xii i . 1 .

S chola rs. And gre at m ultitude s we re gath ered toge therunto him

,so that he went into a ship

,and sat ; and the whole

multitude stood on the shore . Matt . xiii . 2 .

T . And he spake many things unto them in parabl e s,say

ing, Behold , a sowe r went forth to sow : and whe n he sowed,

some se eds fe l l by th e wavside,and the fowls cam e and de

voured them up . Matt. xiii . 3,4 .

S . S om e fe l l upon stony pla ce s,where they had not m uch

e arth : and forthwith th ey sprung up, be cause the y had node epne ss of e arth : and whe n the sun was up

,they we re

scorche d ; and because they had no root, they withe red away .

Matt. xiii . 5,6.


T . And some fe l l am ong thorns ; and the thorns sprungup, and choked them . But othe r fe l l into good ground

,and

brought forth fruit,some an hundred-fold

,some six ty-fold

,

som e th irty—fold . Who hath ears to hear,le t him hear. Matt.

xii i . 7—9 .

S . And the disciple s cam e,and said unto him

,Why speak

est thou unto th em in parable s ? Matt. xii i . 10.

T . H e answe re d and said unto them,Because it is give n

unto you to know the myste rie s of the kingdom of he aven,

but to them it is not give n . Matt. xii i .S . For whosoe ve r hath , to him shal l be given , and he shal l

have more abundance : but whosoeve r hath not,from him

shal l be take n away even tha t he hath . Matt. xiii . 1 2 .

T . T he re fore spe ak I to them in parable s : be cause theysee ing

,se e not ; and he aring, they hear not ; ne ithe r do they

unde rstand . Matt. xiii . 13 .

S . And in them is fulfil le d the prophe cy of Esaias,which

saith,By he aring ye shal l he ar, and shal l not unde rstand ;

and se e ing ye shal lse e , and shal l not pe rce ive . Matt. xiii . 14.

T . H e ar ye th e re fore the parable of the sowe r . Whe nany on e heare th the word of the kingdom ,

a nd unde rstande thi t not

,the n come th th e w icke d on e , and catche th away that

which was sown in h is he art. T his is he which rece ive d se edby the wayside . Matt . xiii . 18

,19.

S . But he th at rece ived the se ed into stony place s, thesam e is he that heare th the word

,a nd anon with joy rece ive th

it ; ye t hath h e not root in himse l f, but dure th for a while ;for whe n tribula tion or persecution arise th be cause of the word,bv a nd by h e is offended . Matt . xii i . 2 0

,2 1 .

T . H e a l so that rece ived se e d among the thorn s is he thath ea re th the word ; and the care of this world , and th e de ce i tfulne ss of riche s

,choke the word

,and he become th unfruitful .

Ma tt . xiii . 2 2 .

S . But he that re ce ived se ed into the good ground is hethat he are th the word

,and unde rstande th i t : which also he ar

e th fruit,and bringe th forth

,some an hundred-fo ld, some sixty,

some thirty . Matt. xiii . 2 3.


82 S A B B ATH -S CH O O L M ANUAL .

3. And he would fain have fi l le d his be llv with the husksthat the swine did e a t ; and no man gave unto him . Lukexv . 16.

T . And when he came to himse lf,h e said

,H ow manv

h ire d se rvants of my fathe r’ s have bre ad e nough and to spare,

and I pe rish with hunge r ! Luke xv . 17 .

S . I‘ wi l l arise and go to my fathe r,and wil l say unto h im

,

Fathe r,I have sinned against he ave n

,and be fore th e e

,a nd

am no m ore worthy to be cal le d thy son : make m e as on e ofthy hired se rvants . Luke xv. 1 8

,19 .

T . And he arose,and cam e to his fathe r. But whe n he

was ye t a gre at way off,his fathe r saw him,and had com

passion,and ran

,and fe l l on his ne ck

,and kissed h im . Luke

xv . 2 0.

S . And the son said unto him,Fathe r

,I have sinne d

against he ave n,and in thy S ight

,and am no more worthy to

be calle d thy son . Luke xv . 2 1 .

T . B ut the fath e r said to his se rvants,Bring forth the be st

robe,and put it on h im ; and put a ring on his hand, and

shoe s on h is fe e t. Luke xv . 2 2 .

S . And bring h ithe r th e fatte d calf,and k il l i t ; and le t us

e a t,and be me rry . For this my son was dead , and is al ive

aga in : he was lost, and is found . And they began to beme rry. Luke xv . 2 3

,2 4.

T . N ow his e lde r son wasi n the fie ld : and as he cam e

and drew nigh to the house,h e he ard m usic and dancing.

And he cal le d on e of the servants and aske d what the se thingsme ant. Luke xv . 2 5

,2 6 .

S . And he said unto him,T hv brothe r is come ; and thv

fathe r hath ki lled the fatted calf,because he hath re ce ive d him

safe and sound . Luke xv . 2 7 .

T . And h e was angry,and would not go in ; there fore

came h is fathe r out,and e ntreated him . Luke xv . 2 8 .

S . And h e answ e ring,said to h is fathe r

,L O

,the se many

ve a rsdo I se rve th e e,ne i the r transgre ssed I at any time thy

commandm ent ; and ye t thou n ever gave st me a kid, that Im ight make me rry with my friends . Luke xv. 2 9.

PARABLES OF CHRIST .

N in e te en th Sunday in th e Year . Evening .

H YM N 75 . s . M . H YM N 76 . c . M .

L ane . Gi llet .

A CH ARGE to ke ep I have , A N D must I be to judgm ent brought,A God to glorify ; And answer in that day

A ne ver-dying soul to save , For eve ry vain a nd idl e thought,

And fit i t for th e sky . And e very word Isay ?To se rve th e pre sent a ge , Yes

,e very se cre t ofmy he ar t

M y calling to fulfi ll S hal l shortly b e m ade known,

O h may i t a ll my powe rs engage And I re ce ive my just de se r tTo do my M aste r ’s W i l l . For a ll that I have don e .

A rm m e with je alous care,

H ow care ful the n ought I to l ive,

As in thy sight to live ; Wi th what re l igious fe ar,

A n d oh , thy se rvant , Lord, prepare , Who such a stri ct account must giveA stri ct account to give . For my behavior he re !

H e lp m e to watch and pray, Thou awful Judge of quick an d de ad,

And on thyse lf re ly. T h e watchful powe r be stowAssure d

,if I my trust be tray, So shal l I to my ways take he e d

I shal l for e ver d ie . To all I speak or do.

P a r a ble of th e T a le n ts.T ea cher . T he k ingdom of he aven is asa m an trave l ing into

a far country,who ca lled '

h isown servants, and de l ive red un tothem h is goods . Matt. xxv . 14.

S chola rs. And unto on e he gave five ta lents, to anoth e rtwo

,and to anothe r on e ; to eve rv m an according to his seve ral

abil ity ; and straightway took ll l S j ourney. Ma tt . xxv . 1 5 .

T . T he n h e that had re ce ive d the five talents,went and

traded with th e sam e,a nd m ade them other five talents .

Matt. xxv . 16 .

S . And l ikewise h e tha t had rece ived two , he also gainedothe r two . But h e that h ad rece ived on e , went and digged inthe e arth

,and hid his lord ’ s money . Matt. xxv . 1 7

,18 .

83


T . Afte r a long time th e lord of those se rvants com e th,

and re ckone th with them . Matt. xxv . 19 .

S . And so he that had re ce ived five talents,came and

brought othe r five tale nts,saying

,Lord

,thou de l ivere dst un to

m e five talents : behold, I have gained be side s them five

tale ntsm ore . Mat t . xxv. 20.

T . H islord said unto him,We l l done

,thou good and

faithful se rvant ; thou hast be en faithful ove r a few things, Iwil l make th e e rule r ove r many things : ente r thou into thejoy of thy lord . Matt . xxv . 2 1 .

S . H e also that had re ce ived two talents came,and said

,

Lord,thou de l ive redst unto m e two talents : behold

,I have

gained two oth e r tale nts be side s them . Matt. xxv . 2 2 .

T . H isl ord said unto him,We l l done

,good and faithful

servant ; thou hast be e n fai thful over a few things,I wil l make

the e ruler ove r m any things : e nte r thou into the joy of thylord . Matt . xxv . 2 3 .

S . T he n be which had re ce ived the on e tale nt cam e,and

said,Lord

,I knew the e that thou a rt an hard man

,re aping

where thou hast not sown, and gathe ring whe re thou hast notstrewed . M a ttsxxv . 2 4.

T . And I was afraid, and went and h id thy talent in theearth : 10 , there thou hast that is thine : Matt. xxv . 2 5.

S . H islord answe re d and said unto h im,T hou wicke d

and sl othful se rvan t,thou knowe st that I re ap whe re I sowed

not,and gathe r where I have not strewed. Matt. xxv. 2 6 .

T . T hou oughte st the re fore to have put my mon ey to th eexchange rs

,and the n at my coming I should have re ce ived

mine own with usury. Matt. xxv . 2 7 .

S . T ake the re fore the tale nt from him,and give it unto

h im which hath ten talents . Matt . xxv . 2 8 .

T . For unto e ve ry on e that hath shal l be given,and h e

shall have abundance : but from him that hath not,sha l l be

taken away e ven that wh ich he hath . Ma tt . xxv . 2 9.

S . And cast ye the unprofitable servant into oute r darkne ss : the re shal l be we eping and gnashing of te e th . Matt.xxv. 30.

PARAB LES OF CHRIST .

Tw e n ti e th Sunday in th e Year . M orn ing .

H YM N 77 . s. M . H YM N 78 . s . M .

H enshaw .

L O RD of th e harve st, hear A N D le t our bodie s partThy ne edyse rvants’ cry ; To diff ‘re n t clim es repair ;Answer our faith ’ s e ffe ctual praye r, Inseparably join ’

d in heartA nd al l our wants supply. T h e friends of Je sus are .

O n the e w e humbly wait O h let us stil l proce edO ur wants are in thy vi ew ; In Je sus’ work be low ;

T h e harve st truly,L ord

,is great

,And

,foll

’w mg our triumphant H ead

,

T h e laborers are few . To further conquests go.

Conve rt and se nd forth more T h e vineyard of th e LordInto thy Church abroad

,Be fore his lab ’

rersl i e s ;And le t them speak thy word ofpower, And l o w ese e th e vast rewardAs workers with the ir God . Which waits usin th e sk i e s .

O h le t them spread thy name O h le t our he art and m indThe ir m ission fully prove ; Continually ascend

,

Thy universal grace proclaim That haven of repose to findThine al l-rede em ing love . Where al l our labors e nd .

T ea cher . But what think ye ? A ce rtain man had twosons ; and he came to the first

,and said

,S on

,go work to-day

in my vineyard . Matt . xxi . 2 8 .

S cholars. H e answe re d and said,I wil l not ; but afte rward

he repented,and went. And he cam e to the se cond

,and said

likewise . And h e answe red and said,I go

,sir : and we nt

not . Matt . xxi . 2 9,30.

T . Wh e the r of them twain did th e wi l l of his father ?T hey say unto h im , T he first . Je sus saith unto them

,Ve rily

I say unto you , T hat the publicans and the harl ots go into thekingdom of God be fore you . Matt . xxi . 31 .

S . For John came unto you in the way of righteousness,

8 85


and ye be l ie ve d him not : but th e publicans and the harlotsbe l ie ve d him : and ye , whe n ye had se e n it, repented notafte rward

,that ye m ight be l ie ve him . Matt . xxi . 32 .

T . H e ar anothe r parable : T he re was a ce rtain householde r

,which planted a vineyard

,and hedged it round about

,

and digged a wine -pre ss in i t,and built a towe r

,and le t i t out

to husbandmen,and we nt into a fa r country . Matt . xxi . 33 .

S . And whe n the tim e of the frui t drew ne ar,he sent his

se rvants to th e husbandme n,that they might re ce ive the fruits

of it. Matt. xxi . 34.

T . And th e husbandm e n took h is se rvants,a nd be at on e

,

and kil led ano the r,a nd ston ed another. Matt. xxi . 35 .

S . Again he sent othe r servants more than th e first : andthey did unto them l ikewise . Matt . xxi . 36.

T . B ut .last of al l,he sent unto them his son

,saying

,T hey

wil l re ve rence myson . Ma tt . xxi . 37S . But whe n the husbandm en saw the son

,th e y said

among th em se lve s,T his is th e h e i r

,com e

,le t us kil l him

,and

le t us se ize on his inher itance .

\Matt . xxi . 38 .

T . And they caught him,and cast h im out of th e v ine

yard,and slew him . When the lord the re fore of the vin e

yard come th,what wil l h e do unto those husbandmen ? Matt.

xxi . 39,40.

S . T hey say unto h im ,H e wil l mise rably de stroy those

wicke d m e n,and wil l le t out hisvineyard unto othe r hus

bandmen,which shal l re nde r him the fruits in the ir season s.

Matt. xxi . 41 .

T . Je sus sa ith unto th em,Did ye neve r re ad in the scrip

ture s,T h e stone which the bui lders rej e cted, the sam e i s

become the head of th e corne r : this is the Lord’ s doing, andi t is marve lous in our eye s ? Matt. xxi . 42 .

S . T he re fore say I unto you,T he k ingdom of God shal l

be take n from y ou,and give n to a nation bringing forth the

fruits the reof. Matt . xxi . 43 .

T . And whosoeve r shal l fal l on this stone sh a l l be brokenbut on whomsoeve r i t shal l fal l

,i t wil l grind him to powde r ,

Matt. xxi . 44.

PARABLES OI‘

CHRIST .

Tw en ti e th Sunday in th e Year . Even ing .

H YM N 7 8 . L . M . H YM N 7 9 . L . M .

Efiingham. B ethel.

GO , preach my gospe l , saith th e Lord 0 S PIRIT of th e l iving God,Bid th e whole worl d my gra ce re ce ive : I n al l thy pl enitude of grace ,H e shal l b e save d who trusts my word , .

Whe re '

er th e foot of ma n hath trod,And h e con demn

’

d who won ’ t be l ieve . De sce nd on our apostate race .

[known ;I ’ l l make your great comm issw n G ive tongue s of fi re and hearts of loveAnd ye shal l prove my gospe l tr ue , To pre ach th e re conci ling word ;By al l th e works that I have done , Give powe r and unction from above ,By all th e w onders ye shal l do. Wh e re ’

er th e joyful sound is heard .

Go, h eal th e sick ; go , raise th e dead ; B e darkne ss, at thy com ing, l ight ;Go

,cast out devils in my nam e ; Con fusion orde r

,i n thy path ; [m ight

N or le t my prophe ts b e afraid, S ouls without strength inspire w i thThough Gre eks reproach . and Jews Bid m ercy triumph ove r wrath.

[blaspheme

T each all th e nations my commands ; Convert th e n ations ; far a nd nighI’

m with you ti l l th e worl d shal l e nd ; T h e triumphs of th e cross re cord ;Al l powe r is truste d in my hands T h e nam e of Jesus glorify

,

I can de stroy, and I de fend. Til l e very pe ople cal l h im Lord .

T h e L a bor ersi n th e Vin ey a r d .

T ea cher . For th e kingdom of he aven is l ike unto a m an

that is an householde r,which went out e arly in the morning

to h ire labore rs into his vineyard . Matt . xx . 1 .

S chola rs. And when h e had agre ed with the labore rs for apenny a da y

,he sent them into his vineyard . Matt. xx . 2 .

T . And h e we nt out about the th ird hour,andsaw othe rs

standing idle in the m arke t-place,and said unto them

,Go ye

a lso into the vineyard ; and whatsoever is right,I wil l give

you. And they went the ir way . Matt. xx . 3,4.


S . Again he went out about the sixth and n inth hour, anddid likewise . Matt. xx . 5 .

T . And about th e e le venth hour he went out,and found

othe rs standing idle,and saith unto them

,Why stand ye h e re

all the day idle ? Matt. xx . 6 .

S . T hey say unto him,Because no m an hath hired us.

H e saith unto them,Go ye also into the vineyard ; and what

soever is right,that shal l ye rece i ve . Matt. xx . 7 .

T . S o when e ven was come,th e lord of the vinevard

saith unto his steward,Cal l th e labore rs

,and give them the ir

hire,beginning from the last unto the first. Matt . xx . 8 .

S . And whe n they came that we re hired about the e le venthhour

,they re ce ive d e very man a penny . Matt . xx . 9 .

T . But whe n the first cam e,they supposed that th ey

should have re ce ived more ; and they likewise re ce ive d e ve ryma n a penny . Matt. xx . 10.

S . And whe n they had re ce ive d it,they murmure d against

th e good man of th e house,saying

,T he se last have wrought

but one hour, and thou hast m ade them equal unto us,which

have born e th e burden and he at of the day . Matt. xx .

1 1,1 2 .

T . But h e answere d on e of them,and sa id , Friend, I do

th e e no wrong : didst not thou agre e with m e for a penny ?Matt. xx . 13.

S . T ake that th ine is,and go thy way : I wil l give unto

this last, e ve n as unto the e . Matt. xx . 14.

T . Is it not l awful for m e to do what I wil l with m ineown ? is th ine eye e vi l be cause I am good ? S o the last shal lbe first

,and th e first last : for many be cal led, but few chosen .

Matt. xx . 15,16 .

S . And Je sus going up to Je rusalem,took the twe l ve dis

ciplesapart in the way, and said unto them . Matt. xx . 17

T . Be hold,we go up to Je rusa lem ; and the S on of man

sha l l be be trayed unto the chi e f prie sts, and unto the scribes,and th ey shall condemn h im to de ath , and shal l de l ive r himto the Ge nti le s to mock

,and to scourge

,and to crucify and

the third day he shal l rise again . Matt. xx . 18,19.



S . T he n re leased h e Barabbas unto them ; and when hehad scourged Jesus

,he de l ivered him to be crucifie d . Matt.

xxvii . 2 6 .

T . T he n the soldie rs of the gove rnor took Je sus into thecommon hal l

,a nd gath e red unto him the whole band of

soldiers. And they strippe d h im,and put on him a sca rle t

robe . Matt. xxvi i . 2 7,2 8 .

S . And whe n they had platted a crown of thorns,they put

it upon his head,and a re ed in his right hand : and they

bowed th e kne e before him,and m ocke d h im

,saying, H ail,

King of the Jews . And they spit upon him,and took the

re ed and smote him on the he ad . Matt. xxvii . 2 9,30.

T . And afte r that they mocked h im,th ey took the robe

off from h im,and put h is own raim ent on him

,and led h im

away to crucify him . Matt. xxvii . 31 .

S . And when they we re come unto a place calle d Golgotha,

that is to say,a place of a skull

,they gave h im vinegar to

drink,mingled wi th gal l : and whe n he had taste d the re of

,he

would not drink . Matt. xxvii . 33,34.

T . And they crucified h im ; and parted his garm ents,cast

ing lots : that it m ight be fulfi l led which was spoke n by theprophe t : T hey parted my garm ents among them

,and upon

my ve sture did they cast lots. Matt. xxvii . 35 .

S . And sitting down,they watched him the re : andse t up

ove r his h ead his a ccusation written,T H IS I S JEsU S

,T H E KIN G

O F T H E JEW S . Matt. xxvii . 36,37 .

T . T he n we re the re two thie ve s crucified with h im : one

on the right hand,and anothe r on the le ft . Matt. xxvii . 38 .

S . And th ey that passe d by,revile d h im ,

n agging the irhe ads

,and saying

,T hou that de stroye st the templ e

,and

builde st it in thre e days,save thy se l f. If thou be the S on of

God,com e down from the cross. Ma tt. xxvii . 39

,40.

T . Likewise also the chie f prie sts mocking him,with the

scribe s and e lde rs,said

,H e saved othe rs ; himse lf he cannot

save . If he be King of Israe l,le t h im now com e down from

the cross . Matt. xxvii . 41, 42 .

DEATH AND BURIAL OF CHRIST .

Tw en ty-first Sunday in th e Ye ar . Even ing .

H YM N 83. C . M . H YM N 84 . C . M .

C ollister . Doddridge .

FRO M whence these awful om e ns round,ALAS ! and did my S aviour bl e ed ?

Which heaven and earth amaze ? And di d my S ov ’re ign d i e ?

And why do earthquake s cl eave th eWou ld h e devote that sa cre d headWhy hide s th e sun his rays ? [ground For such a worm as I ?

W e l l may th e e arth aston ish ’d shake

,Wasit for crim e s that I have done

And natur e sympathize H e groan’d upon th e tre e ?

T h e sun , as darke st night, be black ; Amazing pity ! grace unknownThe ir M aker

,Je sus

,die s ! And love b eyond degre e !

B ehold,fast stream ing from th e tre e

,We l l m ight th e sun i n darkne ss hide ,

H isall-atoning blood And shut his glor ie s in,

Is this th e Infinite ? ’ tis h e When Christ, th e m ighty M ak er, diedM y Saviour and my God. For m an

,th e creature ’ s sin .

For m e the se pangs his soul assail ; Thus m ight I hide my blushing faceFor m e this de ath is borne ; While his dear cross appe ars ;

M y sins gave sharpn e ss to th e nail , Di ssolve my heart in thankfuln e ss,And pointe d eve ry thorn . And m e l t mi ne eye s to te ars .

T ea cher . N ow,from the sixth hour the re was darkne ss

ove r al l th e land unto th e n inth hour. Matt. xxvii . 45 .

S chola rs. And about the ninth hour Je sus cr ied with a loudvoice

,saying

,E l i

,El i

,lama sabachthan i ? that is to say. M v

God,my God

,why hast thou forsaken me ? S om e of them

that stood the re,when they heard that

,said

,T his m an cal le th

for El ias . Matt. xxvii . 46,47 .

T . And straightway one of th em ran,and took a sponge

,

and fi lled it with vinegar,and put it on a re ed

,and

-

gave h imto drink . T h e re st said

,L e t be

,le t usse e whe the r El ia s wil l

come to save h im . Matt. xxvii . 47,49.

S . Je sus,whe n he had cried again with a loud voice

,

yie lded up the ghost. Ma tt. xxvii . 50.

91

92 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M A NUAL .

T . And behold,th e ve i l of th e temple was rent in twain

,

from th e top to the bottom : and the e arth did quake,and the

rocks ren t. Matt. xxvii . 51 .

S . And the grave s we re opened,and many bodie s of the

saints which slept,arose

,and cam e out of the grave s afte r h is

re surre ction,and went in to the holy city

,and appe ared unto

many . Matt. xxvii . 52,53.

S . N ow,Whe n the ce ntur ion

,and they that were with him

,

watching Je sus,saw th e earthquake

,and those things that

we re don e,th ey feare d gre atly

,saying

,T ruly

,this was the

S on of God . Matt . xxvii . 54.

S . And m any wom en we re there (beholding afar off )which fol lowed Je sus from Gali le e

,m inistering unto him .

Matt . xxvii . 55 .

T . Among which was Mary Magdalen e,and Mary the

mothe r of Jam e s and Jose s,and the m othe r of Ze bede e ’ s

childre n . Matt. xxvii . 56.

S . When the e ve n was come,the re cam e a rich man of

Arimathe a,nam ed Joseph

,who also himse lf was Je sus’ disciple .

Matt . xxvii . 57 .

T . H e went to Pilate and begge d th e body of Je sus . T he nPilate commanded th e body to be de l ive red . Matt. xxvii . 58 .

S . And whe n Joseph had take n the body,h e wrapped i t

in a cle an l inen cloth . Matt . xxvii . 59.

T . And laid it in his own n ew tomb,which he had hewn

out in th e ‘rock ; and h e rol led a great stone to the door ofthe sepulchre

,and departed . Matt . xxvi i . 60.

S . And there was Mary Magdalene,and the othe r Mary

,

sitting ove r against the sepulchre . Matt . xxvii . 61 .

T . And th e wome n also,which came with h im from

Galile e,fol lowe d afte r

,and behe ld the sepulchre

,and how

his body was l aid . Luke xxiii . 55 .

S . And they re turn ed,and preparedspice s and ointments ;

and re sted the sabbath day . Luke xxii i . 56 .

T . And when the sabbath was past,Mary Magdalen e , and

Mary the mothe r of Jam e s,and S alom e

,had bought swe e t

spice s,that they might come and anoint him . Mark xvi . 1 .

RESURRBGTION OF CHRIST .

Twen ty-se con d Sunday in th e Ye ar . M orn ing .

H YlVIN 85 . L . M . IIYM N 8 6.

D resden . T eleman .

H E d ies ! th e Frie nd of si nners dies ! T H E L ord is ri sen inde e dL o ! S al em ’ s daughte rs we ep around ; T h e grave h asl ost its prey ;A solemn darkn e ss ve ils th e skie s, Wi th him shall rise th e ra nsom ’

d se edA sudden trembl ing shake s th e ground : To re ign in e ndl e ss day.

Come,saints

,and drop a tear or two T h e L ord is r isen inde e d ;

For h im who groa n ’d ben e a thyour loa d ; H e l ive s to d ie no m ore

H e she d a thousand drops for you H e l ive s,h ispe opl e ’ s cause to ple ad

,

A thousand drops of richer blood . Whose curse and sham e h e bore .

H ere’ s love and grie f beyond degre e : T h e Lord is ri sen inde ed

T h e Lord of glory die s for man ! Attending ange l s he arB ut 10 ! what sudden j oys w ese e Up to th e courts of h e ave n

,wi th spe e d ,

J e sus,th e dead

,revive s again . T h e joyful tidings be ar.

T h e rising God forsake s th e tomb The n tak e your golden lyres,(In vain th e tomb forbids his r ise ); And strike e ach che erful chord ;Cher ubic l egions guard h im horn0, Join

,al l ye bright ce le stial choirs,

And shout h im we lcom e to th e skie s . To sing our rise n Lord .

T ea cher . I de l ivered unto y ou first of all,that wh ich I

also rece ived,how that Christ die d for our sins according to

the scripture s ; and that h e wasburied, and that he rose againthe third day, according to the scripture s. 1 C or . xv . 3

,4 .

S chola rs. In the end of the S abbath,as it began to dawn

toward th e first day of the we ek,cam e Mary Magdalene

,and

the othe r Mary tose e th e sepulchre . Matt. xxvii i . 1 .

T . T hey had bought swe e t spice s,th at they migh t com e

and anoint him ; and ve ry e arly in th e m orning they cameunto the se pulchre at the rising of th e sun . Mark xvi . 1 , 2 .

S . And th ey said among them se lve s,Who shal l rol l us

away th e stone from the door of the sepulchre (and wh e n they93

94 S A‘

B B ATH -S CH O O L M ANUAL .

looked theysaw that th e stone was rol le d awav ) for it wasve ry great. Mark xvi . 3

,4 .

T . And e nte ring in to the se pulchre they saw a young m an

sitting on th e righ t side,cl othe d in a long white garment ;

and they we re affrighted . Mark xvi . 5 .

S . And h e saith unto them,B e not affrighted ; ye se e k

Je sus of N a zare th,which was crucified he is r isen h e is n ot

he re : be hold the place where th ey laid him . Mark xvi . 6 .

T . B ut go your way,te l l his disciple s and Pe te r, that he

goe th before you into Gal ile e ; th ere ye shal l se e him,as h e

said unto you . Mark xvi . 7 .

S . And they we nt out quickly,and fled from the sepulchre ;

for they trembled,and were am azed ; ne ithe r said they any

thing to any m an ; f or th ey we re afra id . Mark xvi. 8 .

T . And as they wen t to te l l h is disciple s,behold

,Je sus

m e t them saying,A l l hai l . Matt. xxviii . 9.

S . T he n said Je sus unto them,B e not afraid : go te l l my

bre thre n that they go into Gali le e,and the re shal l theyse e

m e . Matt . xxviii . 10.

T . N ow whe n Je sus was risen e arly,the first day of the

we ek,h e appe ared first to Mary Magdalene . Mark xvi . 9 .

S . Afte r that h e appe are d in anothe r form unto two ofth em

,as they walke d and went into the coun trv. Mark xvi .

1 2 .

T . Afterward he appe are d unto th e e l even,as they sat at

m eat,and upbraided them with the ir unbe l ie f and hardne ss

of he art,be cause they be l ie ve d not them which had se en him

afte r h e was risen . Mark xvi . 14 .

S . Christ be ing rise n from the de ad,die th no more ; de ath

hath no more dom in ion ove r h im . For in that he died,he

d ied untosin once : but i n that he l ive th , h e l ive th unto God.

Rom . vi . 9,10.

T . Likewise re ckon ye also yourse l ve s to be dead inde edunto sin

,but alive unto God through Je sus Ch rist our Lord .

L e t not sin the re fore re ign in your mortal body,that ye

should obey it in the lusts thereof. Rom . vi . 1 1, 1 2 .

LORD ’S SUPPER .

Tw en ty-se cond Sunday in the Year . Even ing .

H YM N 87 c. M . H YM N 88 . s . M .

Wa rw ick . C ranbrook .

TH AT dol e ful night b e fore his de ath, GL O RY to God on high ,T h e Lamb , for sinne rs slain , O ur peace i s made with H eaven

Did , almost with his dying bre ath, T h e Son of God cam e down to die,

This solemn fe ast proclaim . That w e m ight b e forgiven .

To k e ep th e feast, L ord ,w e have m e t,H ispre cious blood was she d

And to remembe r the e ; H isbody br uise d for sinH e lp e ach poor trembler to repeat

, Rem ember this in e ating bre ad,

For m e h e die d, for m e ! And this in drinking wine .

Thysuff ’rings, L ord, each sacre d sign Approach his royal board ,To our r emembrance brings In his ri ch garm ents clad ;

W e e a t th e bread,and dr ink th e wine

,Join e ve ry tongue to praise th e Lord

,

But think on nobler things . And e very he art be glad.

oh tune our tongue s , andse t in fram e T h e Fathe r give s th e Son ;Each he art that pants for the e

,T h e S on , his fle sh and bl ood

To sing— H osanna to th e Lamb,

T h e S piri t se als and faith putsonT h e L amb that died for m e ! T h e righte ousne ss of God .

T ea cher. I have re ce ive d of the Lord,that which also I

de l i vere d unto you,tha t th e Lord Je sus

,the sam e night in

which h e was be trayed,took bre ad . 1 C or . xi . 2 3 .

S chola rs. And whe n h e h ad give n thanks,h e brake i t

,and

said , T ake , e a t ; th is is my body, which is broken for you :this do in rem embrance of m e . 1 Cor . xi . 2 4.

T . After the same m anne r also,h e took th e cup

,wh en he

had supped, saying, T his cup is the n ew te stam ent in myblood ; this do ye , as often as ye drink it, in rem embrance ofm e . 1 Cor. xi . 2 5 .

96 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M ANUA L .

S . For as ofte n as ye e at this bre ad,and drink this cup

, ye

do show th e Lord’ s de ath ti ll he com e . 1 Cor. xi . 2 6 .

T . And they con tinued ste adfastly in the apostle s’ doctrineand fe l l owship

,and in bre aking of bread

,and in praye rs .

Acts i i . 42 .

S . And they continue d daily with on e accord in the tem

ple , and bre aking bre ad from house to house,did e a t th e ir

meat with gladne ss and singlene ss of h e art,praising God

,and

having favor with al l the pe ople . And the L ord added to theChurch daily such as shou ld be saved . Actsi i . 46

,47 .

T . Purge out there fore the old le aven,that y e may be a.

new lump,as ye a re un le ave ned . For eve n Christ our pass

ove r is sacrificed for us . 1 Cor. v . 7 .

S . L e t us ke ep the fe ast, not with old l e aven , ne ithe r withthe le ave n of m alice and wickedne ss ; but with the un le av

ened bread of since ri ty and truth . 1 Cor. v . 8 .

T . O ur fathe rs did al l e a t th e same spiritual m e at,and did

drink th e same spiritual drin k (for they drank of that spiritua l Rock that fol lowe d th em : and that Rock was C hristi.1 Cor. x . 3

,4 .

S . T he cup of ble ssing wh ich we ble ss,i s i t not the com

mumon of the blood of Christ ? T he bre ad which we bre ak,

is it not the communion of the body of Chri st ? 1 C or . x . 16.

T . For we,be ing many

,are on e bread and on e body : for

we are al l partak e rs of that on e bre ad . 1 Cor. x . 17

S . Y e cannot drink the cup of the Lord and the cup ofde vil s : ye cannot be partake rs of th e Lord

’ s table and of thetabl e of devils . 1 Cor. x . 2 1 .

T . Whosoeve r shal l e a t this bread, and dr ink this cup ofthe Lord

,unworthi ly

,sha l l be gu il ty of the body and blood

of the Lord . L e t a man examin e himse l f,and so le t him ea t

of that bread,and drink of that cup . 1 Cor. xi . 2 7

,2 8 .

S . For he that e ate th and drinke th unworthily,e ate th and

drinke th damnation to himse l f,not disce rning the Lord ’ s

body. 1 Cor. xi . 2 9.


98 S A B B ATH -S CH O O L M ANUAL .

S . When the ful lne ss of time had come,God sent forth h is

S on,made of a woman

,made unde r th e law

,to re de em them

that we re unde r the law, that we might re ce ive th e adoptionof sons. Gal . iv . 4 .

T . H e gave him se lf for us,tha t he might rede em us fr om

a ll iniquity,and purify unto himse lf a pe culiar pe ople , ze al

ousof good works . T it . i i . 14.

S . W e a re justified fre e ly,by his grace

,through the re

demption that is in Je sus Christ . Rom . ii i . 2 4 .

T . But of h im a re ye in Chr ist Je sus, who of God is madeunto us wisdom and righte ousne ss

,and sanctifica tion and re

demption . 1 Cor . i . 30.

S . H e was wounded for our transgre ssions,h e was bruised

for our in iquitie s,th e

k

chastisem en t of our pe ace was upon him,

and with h is str ipe s a re we h ealed . Isa. l ii i . 6 .

T . Forasmuch as ye know that ye we re not rede emed withcorruptible things

,as si lve r and gold

,from your vain conve r

sation re ce ived by tradition from your fathe rs ; but with the

pre cious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish andwithout spot. 1 Pe t . i . 18 , 19.

S . By his own blood h e e nte re d in once into the holy place ,having obtained e te rnal re demption for us. H eb . ix . 1 2 .

T . Chr ist hath rede em e d us from the curse of the law,

be ing made a curse for us : for it is written,Cursed is e ve ry

one that hange t'h on a tre e . T hat the ble ssing of Abrahammight com e on the Gentile s through

,Je sus Christ : that w e

m ight re ce ive th e promise of the S pirit through faith . Gal . i i .

S . T hou art worthy : for thou wast slain, and hast re

de emed usto God by thy blood,out of e ve ry kindred and

tongue,and people and nation. Rev. v . 9 .

T . Grace b e to you,and peace from God the Fathe r, and

from our Lord Je sus Christ. Gal . i . 3.

S . Who gave himse l f for our sins, that h e might de l ive rusfrom this pre sent evi l world

,according to the wil l of God

and of our Fathe r : to whom be glory for e ve r and e ve r.A men . Gal . i . 4

,5 .

CHRIST AS SAVIOUR .

Twen ty-th ird Sunday in th e Ye ar . Eveni ng.

H YM N 91 . s . M . H YM N 92 . L . M .

Tha tcher . Clin ton .

JESUS,thou S ource divine , JESUS

,and shall i t e ver be

,

Whe nce hope and comfort dow,A m ortal ma n asham e d of the e ?

Je sus,no other nam e than thine Asham e d of the e

,whom ange ls praise

,

Can save from e ndle ss woe . Whose glori e s shine through e ndl ess[days

None e lse wil l heave n approve Asham e d of Je sus l— that de ar Frie nd,

Thou ar t th e only way, O n whom my hope s of he aven d epend ;O rda in

’d by e ver lasting love , N o l— whe n I blush,b e this my sham e ,

To realms of e ndle ss day. That I no m ore r evere his name .

H ere le t our fe e t abide , Asham e d of Je sus l— yesI may,

N or from thy path depart When I ’ve no guil t to wash away ;Dire ct our steps, thou gracious Guide ! N o tear to wipe , no good to crave ,And che er th e fainting he art . N o fe ars to que l l , no soul to save .

S afe through this wor ld of night T il l the n— nor is my boasting vainLead to th e blissful plains Ti l l the n I boast a Savi our slain

T h e regions of uncloude d light, And,oh may this my glory b e

Wh ere joy for e ver re igns . That Christ is not ashamed ofm e .

T ea cher . T he Fathe r sent the S on to be the S aviour of theworld . 1 John iv . 14.

S chola rs. For th e S on of man is come to save that which islost . Luke xviii . 1 1 .

T . T his is a faithful saying,and worthy of al l acceptation

,

that Christ Jesus cam e into the wor ld to save sinne rs. 1 T im .

i . 15 .

S . Our S aviour,Je sus Christ

,hath abolish ed de ath

,and

brought l ife and immortali ty to light. 2 T im . i . 10.

T . Whe re fore he is able also to save them to the uttermostthat com e unto God by him

,se e ing he e ve r l ive th to make

interce ssion for them . H eb. vii. 2 5 .

100 S AB B A TH -SCH O O L M ANUAL .

S . For if,whe n we we re enemie s

,w e we re re conci le d to

God by the de ath of hisSon ; much more , be ing re conciled,we shal l be saved by his l ife . Rom . v . 10.

T . Fear not,for behold

,I bring you good tidings of gre at

j oy, which shal l be to al l pe ople . For unto you isborn thisday, in the city of David, a S aviour, which is Christ the Lord .

Luke i i . 10,1 1 .

S . H imhath God exalted with his right hand to be aPrince and a S aviour

,to give repentance -to Israe l

,and for

given essof sins. A cts v . 31 .

T . Of this m an ’ s se e d hath God,according to his promise

,

raised unto Israe l a S aviour,Je sus . Acts xi ii . 2 3 .

S . T hou shal t cal l h is nam e Je sus,for he shal l save his

pe ople from the ir sins. Matt. i . 2 1 .

T . H e wil l swal low up de ath in victory ; and the LordGod wil l wipe away te ars from off al l face s ; and the rebuk eof his people shal l he take away from off al l the e arth . Isa.

xxv . 8 .

S . And it shal l be said in that day, Lo, T his is our God ;we have waited for h im ,

and h e wil l save us : this is the Lord ;we have waited for h im,

we wil l be glad and rejoice i n hissalvation . Isa. xxv . 9.

T . T he S on of man is not come to de stroy me n ’ s live s, butto save th em . Luke ix . 56.

S . And if any man he ar my words, and be l ie ve not, Ijudge him not : for I came not to judge the world, but to savethe world . John xi i . 47 .

T . We be l ie ve that through th e grace of the Lord Je susChrist we shal l be save d . Acts xv . 1 1 .

S . Our conve rsation is in he ave n , from whence we look forthe S aviour

,the Lord Je sus Christ. Phil . i ii . 2 0.

T . Grace,me rcy and pe ace from God th e Fathe r, and the

Lord Je sus Christ our S aviour. T it . i . 4.

S . T o the only wise God,our S aviour

,be glory and ma

j e sty,dom inion and powe r

,both now and ever . Amen !

Jude 2 5.



se e ing that there a re prie sts that offe r giftsaccording to thelaw. H eb. viii . 4 .

T . But now hath h e obtaine d a more exce l lent min istry,

by how much also h e i s the mediator of a be tte r cove nant,

which was establ ished upon be tte r promise s. H eb. viii . 6.

S . T hat h e might be a m e rciful and faithful H igh Prie stin th ings pe rtain ing to God

,to make re conciliation for the

sins of the people . H eb. i i . 17 .

T . B ut Christ be ing com e a high priest of good things tocome

,by a greate r and more pe rfe ct tabe rnac le

,not made

with hands,that is to say

,not of this bui lding . H eb. ix . 1 1 .

S . N e i the r by the blood of goats and calves,but by his

own blood,he e nte re d in once into the holy place

,having

obtained e te rnal redemption for us . H eb. ix . 1 2 .

T . For if the blood of bulls and of goats,and the ashe s

of a he ife r sprinkl ing the uncle an,sanctifie th to th e purifying

of the fle sh . H eb. i x . 13.

S . H ow much more shal l the blood of Christ,who through

the e te rnal S pirit offe red him se lf without spot to God,purge

your con scie nce from dead works to se rve the l iving God ?H eb. ix. 14.

T . And for this cause h e is th e mediator ofth e n ew te stament,that by means of de ath

,for the redemption of.the transgre ssions

that we re unde r the first testam ent,they which a re cal led might

re ce ive the promise of e te rnal inhe ritance . H eb. ix . 15 .

S . Whe re fore h e is able to save them to the utte rmost thatcome unto God by him

,se e ing he e ve r l ive th to make inte r

ce ssion for them . H eb. vii. 2 5 .

T . For such a high priest be came us,who is holy

,harm

le ss,undefiled

,separate from sinne rs

,and m ade highe r than

the heavens. H eb. vii . 2 6.

S . Who ne ede th not daily,as those high prie sts, to offe r

up sacrifice first for his own sins,and then for the people ’ s

for this he did once,whe n he offe red up himse lf. H eb. vii . 2 7 .

T . S ee ing then that w e have a great H igh Prie st, that ispassed into the heavens

,Je sus the S on of God

,le t ushold

fast our profe ssion . H eb. iv . 14.

GOD ’S LOVE IN THE GIFT OF CHRIST.

Tw en ty-fourth Sun day in th e Ye ar . Even ing .

H YM N 95 . c. M . H YM N 96 . s . M.

A lva .

FATH ER,to the e my soul I lift ; GREAT God

,accept a heart

M y soul on the e depends ; That pants to sing thy pra iseConvince d that every perfe ct gi ft Thou who without beginning a rt

,

From the e alone de scends . And without end of days :

M ercy and grace are thin e alone , Thy goodne ss is display’d,And powe r and wisdom too : O n al l thy works impress'd ;W ithout th e Sp iri t of thy S on T hou

'

lovest al l thy hands have made ,W e nothing good can do. But man thou love st best .

W e cannot speak on e use ful word,Gracious art thou to al l

O n e holy thought conce ive , Who truly turn to the e ;Unle ss

,in answe r to our L ord, O h he ar m e the n for pardon cal l

,

Thyse l f th e ble ssing give . And show thy grace to m e .

H isblood demands th e purchased Through m ercy re concile d,H isblood ’ s availing ple a [g i a ce , For Je sus ’ sake forg ive n

O btaine d th e he lp for al l our race , Re ce ive , 0 L ord, thy fa vor‘d child,And sends it down to me . To sing thy praise i n he ave n .

T eacher . T he Fathe r sent th e S on to be the S aviour of theworld . 1 John iv . 14.

S chola rs. God sent h ison ly-begotten S on into the world,that we m ight l ive through him . 1 John iv . 9.

T . Burnt-offe ring and sin-offering hast thou not required .

T hen said I, Lo , I come : in the volum e of the book i t iswritte n of m e

,I de light to do thy wil l , 0 myGod : ye a , thy

law is with in my he art. Ps. x1. 6, 7 , 8 .

S . I have pre a ched righte ousne ss in th e gre at congregationlo

,I have not re fra ined my lips, OLord, thou knowe st. Ps. xl . 9 .

T . Whe n th e ful lne ss of time had come,God sent his

S on,made of a woman , m ade unde r the l aw,

to rede em th emthat were under the law

,that we might rece ive the adoption

ofsons. Gal . iv. 4.

1 03


S . For i t ple ased the Fathe r,that in him should al l ful l

n e ss dwe l l ; and, having made peace through the blood ofhis cross

,by him to re conci le al l th ings unto him se l f. Col .

i . 19,2 0.

T . For God so love d the world,that he gave his only

begotten S on,that whosoeve r be lie ve th in h im should not

pe rish,but have e verlasting l ife . John i ii . 16.

S . H e re in is love,not that we love d God

,but that h e

love d us,and sent his S on to be the propitiation for our sins.

1 John iv . 10.

T . In th is was manife sted the love of God toward us, because that God sent h is only-begotten S on into th e world, thatwe m ight l ive through him . 1 John iv . 9 .

S . If God so loved us,we ought also to love on e another .

1 John iv . 1 1 .

T . T h e God of our Lord Je sus Christ, the Fathe r of glory,give unto you the spiri t of wisdom and re ve lation in the

knowledge of him . Eph . i . 17 .

S . Ble ssed be the God and Fathe r of our Lord Je susChrist

,which

,according to his abundant me rcy

,hath

'

be

gotten ' us again unto a l ive ly hope by the re surre ction ofJe sus Christ from the de ad . 1 Pe t . i . 3 .

T . Ble sse d be the God a nd Fathe r of our Lord Je susChrist

,who hath ble sse d us with al l spiritual ble ssings in

heavenly place s in Christ. Eph . i . 3.

S . In whom we have redemption through his blood,the

forgive ne ss of sins,according to the riche s of his grace .

Eph . i . 7 .

T . Of which salvat ion the proph e ts have inquired andse arched diligently

,who prophesied of the grace that should

come unto you . 1 Pe t. i . 10.

S . S earching what,or what manne r of tim e the S piri t of

Christ which was in them did sign ify,when it te stified be fore

hand thesufleringsof Christ, and the glory that should fol low.

1 Pe t . i . 1 1 .

T . T hanks be unto God for his unspeakable gift. 2 Cor.ix . 15 .


106 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M A NUA L .

from which they could not 'be j ustified by the law of Mose s.Acts xii i . 39.

S . Be ing justified by faith,we have peace with God

,

through our Lord Je sus Christ . B orn . v .

T . T he grace of God that bringe th salvation hath appearedto al l m en . T it . i i . 1 1 .

S . Unto e ve ry on e of us is give n grace according to them e asure of the gift of Christ. Eph . iv . 7 .

T . T he grace of God,and the gift by grace

,which is by

on e m an,Je sus Chri st

,hath abounded unto many . Rom . v . 15 .

S . Of h isful lne ss have we al l re ce ived,and grace for

grace . John i . 16 .

T . God se nt his on ly-begotte n S on into the world that wem ight l ive through h im. 1 John iv . 9.

S . In him wasl ife,and the life was the l ight of m en .

John i . 4 .

T . For th e l ife was manife sted,and we have se en it

,and

be ar witne ss,and show unto you that e ternal l ife which was

Wit-h the Fathe r, and was man ife sted unto us . 1 John i . 2 .

S .. H e that ba th th e S on hath life

,and he that hath not

the S on of God hath not life . 1 John v . 1 2 .

T . Lord,to whom shal l we go ? thou hast the word of

e te rnal life . John v . 68 .

S . Je sus saith,I am the way

,and the truth and the l ife ;

no man com e th unto the Fathe r but by m e . John xiv. 6 .

T . Whosoeve r drinke th of the wate r that I shal l givehim

,shal l n eve r th irst

,but the wate r that I shal l give h im

shal l be in h im a we l l of wate r springing up into e ve rlastingl ife . John iv . 14.

S . I am the l iving bre ad,wh ich came down from heaven

if any man e a t of this bre ad,he sha l l l ive for eve r. John

vi . 51 .

T . Labor not for the meat that pe rishe th, but for thatm e at which endure th unto e ve rlasting l ife

,which the S on of

man shal l give unto you . John vi . 2 7 .

S . T hanks be unto God for his unspeakable gift. 2 Cor.ix . 15 .

B ENEFITS OF THE DEATH OF CHRIST .

Tw en ty-fifth Sunday in th e Ye ar . Evening.

H YM N 99 . c . M . H YM N 100. s . M .

Foun ta in . L a throp .

TH ERE is a fountai n fi ll’d with bl ood, N O T al l th e blood of beastsDrawn from Immanue l ’s ve i ns ; O n Jewish altars slain

,

And sinne rs,plunge d ben eath that Could give th e gui l ty consci ence peace ,

L ose al l the ir guil ty stains. [flood O r wash away th e stain .

T h e dying thie f rejoice d tose e B u t Chri st, th e he avenly Lamb,That fountain i n his day ; Take s al l ou r sins awayAnd there may I, though vile as be , A sacrifice of nobl er nam e ,

Wash al l my sins away. And richer blood than they.

Thou dyingLamb ! thy pre cious blood M y faith woul d lay h er handS hal l never lose i ts power , O n that de ar he ad of thineT i l l al l th e ransom ’

d Church of God Whi l e l ike a pe nitent I stand,

A re save d, to sin -no m ore . And there confe ss my sin.

E’er since

,by fai th

,I saw th e stream M y soul looks back tose e

Thy flowing w ounds supply,

T h e burdens thou didst be ar,

Re de eming love h asbe e n my theme,

‘Whe n hanging on th e accursed tre e,

And shall b e ti l l I die . And hope s h er gui l t was the re .

T ea cher. I de l ive red unto you first of al l that which I alsore ce ived

,how that Christ d ie d for our sins

,according to th e

S cripture s. 1 C or . xv. 3 .

S chola rs. Whe n we we re ye t without strength, in due timeChrist died for th e ungodly . Rom. v . 6 .

T . God comm ende th h is love toward us,in that while we

we re ye t sinne rs, Christ died for us . Rom . v . 8 .

S . I am the good S hephe rd ; the good shephe rd give th h isl ife for the she ep . John x . 1 1.


T . Christ also hath loved us,and hath give n himse lf for

us . Eph . v . 2 .

S . T h e Lord Je sus Christ gave himse lf for our sins,that

h e might de l ive r us from this pre se nt evil world . Gal . i . 3,4 .

T . H e gave himse lf for us,that he might re de em us from

al l iniquity,and purifyunto himse lf a pe culiar pe ople , ze alous

of good works. T it . i i . 14.

S . H e waswounded for our transgressmns, he was bruisedfor our iniquitie s ; the chastiseme nt of our peace was uponh im and with h is stripe s we are he aled . Isa. l ii i . 5 .

T . For Chr ist also hath once suffered for sins,th e just for

the unjust,that h e m ight bring us to God

,be ing put to death

in the fle sh,but quicke ned by the S pirit. 1 Pe t . i i i . 18 .

S . H e die d for al l,that they which l ive should not hence

forth live unto themse lves,but unto him ,

which die d for them,

and rose again . 2 Cor. v . 15 .

T . T he l ife which I now l ive in the fle sh,I l ive by faith

in th e S on of God,who love d m e

,and gave himse lf for m e .

Gal . i i . 2 0.

S . W ithout shedding of blood is no remission . H eb. ix . 2 2 .

T . T he blood of Je sus Christ cle anse th us from al l sin .

1 John i . 7 .

S . H e is th e propitiation for our sins ; and not for ourson ly

,but also for the sins of the whole wor ld . 1 John ii . 2 .

T . W e also joy in God,through our Lord Je sus Christ

,by

whom w e have now re ce ived the atonement. Rom . v . 1 1 .

S . In whom we have redempt ion through his blood, theforgivene ss of sins

,according to the riche s of his grace .

Where i n he hath abounde d toward us in all wisdom and prudence ; having m ade known unto us the myste ry of his wi l l,according to h is good ple asure

,which he hath purposed in

h imse l f. Eph . i . 7,8, 9.

T . Unto him that loved us,and washed us from our sins

in his own blood,and hath m ade us kings and prie sts unto

God and his Fathe r, to him be glory and dominion for e ve rand eve r . Amen . Re v. i . 5

,6.


1 10 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M ANUA L.

T . And , behold , I se nd the prom ise of my Fath e r uponyou ; but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem un ti l ye be e ndue dwith power from on high . Luke xxvii . 49 .

S . I wil l pour upon the house of David,and upon th e

inhabitants of Je rusalem,the spirit of grace and of suppl ica

tion and they shal l look upon m e whom they have pie rced,

an d they sh al l m ourn for h im,as on e that mourne th for h is

only son,and shal l be in bitte rn e ss for him

,as on e that is in

bitte rne ss for his first-born . Zech . xii . 10.

T . And it shal l come to pass afterward,that I wil l pour

out my S pirit upon al l fle sh ; and your sons and your daughters sha l l

"

prophe sy,your old m en shal l dre am dream s

,and

your young m en shal lse e visions . Joe l i i . 2 8 .

S . And also upon the servants and upon the handmaids inthose days wil l I pour out my S pir it . Joe l i i . 2 9 .

T . T here fore,be ing by th e right hand of God exal ted

,and

having re ce ived of the Fath e r the prom ise of the H oly Ghost,

h e hath she d forth th is,which ye nowse e and hear. Acts ii .

33 .

S . T h is i s my cove nant with them,saith th e Lord ; My

S pirit that i s upon the e,and my words which I have put in

thy mouth,shal l not depart out of thy mouth, nor out of

the m outh of thy se ed, n or out of the mouth of thy se ed’ s

se ed,saith the Lord

,from he nce forth and for e ve r. Isa. l ix .

T . T he Com forte r,which is the H oly Ghost

,whom the

Fathe r wil l send in my name,he shal l teach you al l things

and bring al l things to your remembrance , whatsoeve r I havesaid to you . John xiv . 2 6.

S . When h e , th e S pirit of truth , is com e,he wil l gu ide you

into al l truth : for he shal l not spe ak of himse lf : but whatsoe ve r h e shal l he ar

,that shal l he speak and he wil l show you

things to come . John xvi . 13.

T . T he grace of our Lord Je sus Christ, and the l ove ofGod

,and the commun ion of th e H oly Ghost

,be with you al l .

Amen . 2 Cor. xiii . 14.

GII‘

T OI‘ THE HOLY GHOST .

Tw en ty-sixth Sun day in th e Ye ar . Even ing .

H YM N 103 . P. M .

S olitude .

S INN ERS,l ift up your hearts

,To mak e an en d of sin,

T h e prom ise to re ce ive ; And S atan ’ s work d e stroy,Je sus him se lf imparts H e brings his kingdom inH e com e s in m an to l ive Peace

,r ighte ousness an d joy :

T h e H oly Ghost to m a n i s give n ; T h e H oly Ghost to man i s give n ;Rejoice in God se nt down from he ave n Rejoice i n God sent down from heaven .

Je sus is glorifie d , From he aven h e shal l once moreAnd give s th e Com forter

,Triumphantly de scend

,

H isSp irit,to re side And al l hi s saints re store

In all his m embe rs he re ; To joys that ne ver e nd :

T h e H oly Ghost to m an i s given ; The n,th e n ,w h e n al l our j oys ar e given ,

R ejo ice in God sent down from h e ave n .Rejoice i n God , rejoice i n he ave n .

T ea cher. Except a man be born of water and of the S pirithe cannot enter into th e kingdom of God . T hat which is bornof th e fle sh is fle sh

,and that which is born of th e S pir it i s

Spirit. John iii . 5,6 .

S cholars. God also hath give n unto us his H oly S pirit .1 T he ss . iv . 8 .

T . T he l ove of God is sh ed abroad in our he arts,by th e

H oly Ghost which is give n unto us . Rom . v . 5 .

S . God hath sent forth the S piri t of his S on into our

hearts,crying Abba, Fathe r . Gal . iv . 6 .

T . T h e God of our Lord Je sus Christ,the Fathe r of Glory

,

give unto you th e spirit of wisdom and reve lation in the knowledge of h im . Eph . i . 17 .

S . H e reby w e know that we dwe l l in h im,and he in us

,

because he hath give n us of his S pirit. 1 John iv . 13 .

1 1 1

1 1 2 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M ANUAL .

T . S e e ing y e have purifie d your soul s in obeying the truththrough the S pirit unto unfe ign ed love of the bre thren

,se e

that ye love on e anothe r with a pure he art ferve ntly . 1 Pe t.

i . 2 2 .

S . H e that love th not his brothe r whom he hath se en,how

can he l ove God whom h e hath not se e n 1 John iv . 2 1 .

T . T his commandment have we from h im,T hat h e who

l ove th God,love his brothe r also . 1 John iv . 2 1 .

S . H e reby we know that h e abide th i n us,by the S piri t

which he hath give n us . 1 John iii . 2 4 .

T . But not asthe offence,so al so is the fre e gift . For if

through tli e ._offe nce of on e m any be de ad ; much m ore thegrace of God

,and the gift by gra ce

,which is by on e man

,

Je sus Christ,hath abounded unto m any . Rom . v . 15 .

S . And not as it was by on e that sin ned,so i s th e gift ; for

the judgment was by on e to condemnation ; but th e fre e giftis of many offence s unto justification . Rom . v . 1 6.

T . God hath n ot give n us the spiri t of fear,but of powe r

,

and of love,and of a sound m ind . 2 T im . i . 7 .

S . T he re i s n o fe ar in love ; but pe rfe ct l ove caste th outfe ar : be cause fe ar hath torm ent. 1 John iv. 18 .

T . God is love ; and h e that dwe lle th in l ove , dwe l l e th inGod, and God in h im . 1 John iv . 16 .

S . T h e fle sh luste th against th e S pirit,and th e S pirit lust

e th against th e fle sh,and the se a re contrary

,the on e to the

othe r. Gal . v . 17 .

T . But if ye be led by th e S piri t, ye a re not unde r the law .

Gal . v . 18 .

S . God hath not cal led us unto uncleanne ss,but unto holi

n e ss. H e the re fore that de spise th, de spise th not m an,but

God,who hath also give n us his H oly S pirit. 1 T he ss . iv.

7,8 .

T . Quench not the S pirit. De spise not prophesyings .Prove al l th ings hold fast that which is good . Abstain fromal l appearance of e vil . 1 T he ss . iv . 1 9, 2 0, 2 1 , 2 2 .



to fear ; but ye have re ce ived the S pirit of adoption,whe reby

we cry, Abba, Fathe r . Rom . vi ii . 15 .

S . A s many as are led by the Spiri t of God, they a re the

sons of God . Rom . viii . 14 .

T . If th e S piri t of him that raised up Je sus from the

dead dwe l l in you,h e that raised up Christ from the dead

shal l al so quicke n your mortal bodie s by his S pirit thatdwe l le th in you . Rom . v i i i . 1 1 .

S . But ye a re wa shed,but ye are sanctifie d

,but ye a re

justified in th e name of the Lord Je sus,and by the S pirit of

our God . L C or . vi . 1 1 .

T . Eve ry spiri t that confe sse th that JesusChri st iscomein th e fle sh

,i s of God . 1 John iv. 2 .

S . God according to his me rcy save d us,by the washing

of regeneration and renewing of the H oly Ghost. T it . i ii . 5 .

T . God hath from the beginning chose n you to salvation ,through sanctifica tion of the S pirit and be l ie f of the truth .

2 T he ss . i i . 13.

S . For th e fruit of th e S piri t is in .a ll goodness,and right

eousn ess, and truth . Eph . v . 9 .

T . W e through the S piri t wait for the hope of righte ousn e ss by faith . Gal . v . 5 .

S . If we’ l ive in the spirit

,let usalso walk in the spirit.

Gal . v . 5 .

T . For if ye l ive after th e fle sh, ye shal l die : but if ye

through the S pir it do mort ify the de eds of the body, ye shal l

live . Rom . v i ii . 13 .

S . T he re fore,bre thre n

,we are debtors

,not to the fle sh

,to

l ive afte r th e fle sh . Rom . v ii i . 1 2 .

T . T he fruit of the S pirit is love , joy, peace , l ong-suffe ring,gentlene ss

,goodn e ss

,faith

,me ekn e ss

,tempe rance . Gal . v . 2 2 .

S . H e that sowe th to the fle sh shall of the fle sh re ap corruption : but he that sowe th to the S piri t shal l of the S piri treap l ife e ve rlasting. Gal . vi. 8 .

T . N ow the God of hO pe fi l l you with a ll joy and pe acei n be lieving

,that ye may abound in h0pe , through the powe r

of th e H oly Ghost. Rom . xv. 13.

SOURCE OF WISDOM .

Tw en ty-seven th Sun day in th e Ye ar . Even ing.

H YM N 106 . L . M . H YM N 107 . L . M .

Rockinglzam . M endon .

T O us th e voice of Wisdom cries, GOD,in th e gospe l of his S on

,

H earken, ye children , and b e w ise ; M ake s his e ternal counse ls known ;

B e tter than gold th e fru it I h e ar, "l

‘

ishe re his riche st m e rcy shine s,Rubi es with m e may not compare . A nd truth isdrawn in faire st line s.

H appy th e m an who daily wait-s H ere sinn ers of an humble frame

To hear m e,wa tching at my gate s M ay taste his grace and l e arn his name ;

Wre tche d is h e who se em s my voice , ’Tis shown in chara ct e rs of blO od ,Death and de struc t ion a re his choice . S evere ly just

,imme nse ly good.

To them that love m e,I am k ind

,H e re Je sus

,in t en thousand ways

,

And those who se ek m e early,find ; H issoul-attracting charm s d isplays

M y son , give m e thine he art,and learn Re counts his pove rty and pa ins

,

W isdom from folly to d isce rn . And te l ls his love in m e lting strains.

M ar k th e beginning of my l aw, Wi sdom i ts dictate s here impart s,Fear ye th e L ord with sacre d a w e ; To form ourm inds

,to che e r our hearts ;

M ark th e fulfi l lment of th e whol e,Its influence make s th e sinn e r live ,

Love ye th e Lord with al l your soul .” It bids th e drooping sa int revive .

T ea cher . Wisdom is the principal thing ; th e re fore ge t

w isdom : and with al l thy ge tting ge t unde rstanding. Prov .

iv . 7 .

S chola rs. For wisdom is be tte r than rubie s ; a nd al l theth ingstha t m ay be de sire d a re not to be compare d to it .Prov . viii . 1 1 .

T . Exalt h e r,andshe shal l promote the e :sh e shal l bring

the e to honor,when thou dost embra ce he r . S he shal l give

to thy he ad an ornament of grace : a crown of glory shal lshed e l iver to the e . Prov . iv . 8

,9 .

S . If any of you lack wisdom,le t him ask of God

,that

1 1 5

1 16 S AB B A TH -S CH O O L M ANUAL .

give th to al l m en l iberally,and upbraide th not ; and it shal l

be give n h im . Jam e s i . 5 .

T . T he Lord give th wisdom ; out of his mouth come thknowledge and unde rstanding ; he laye th up sound wisdomfor th e r ighte ous . Prov . ii . 6

,7 .

S . For God give th to a m an that is good in h issight,

wisdom,and knowledge

,and joy . Eccle s . i i . 2 6 .

T . Behold,th e fe ar of the Lord

,that is wisdom ; and to

depart from e vi l is understanding . Job xxvii i . 2 8 .

S . T he fe ar of th e Lord is to hate e vi l : pride and a rm

gan cy, and th e e vil way,and the froward m outh

,do I hate .

Prov . vii . 13 .

T . Counse l is m ine,and sound wisdom : I am unde rstand

ing ; I have strength . Prov . vii . 14.

S . Evi l m en unde rstand not judgment ; but. they that se ekthe Lord unde rstand al l things. Prov . xxviii . 5 .

T . T he n spake Je sus unto them,saying

,I am the l ight

of the world : h e that followe th m e shal l not walk in darkne ss

,but shal l have th e ligh t of l ife . John vii i . 1 2 .

S . Behold,thou de sire st truth in th e inward part ; and in

the hidde n part thou shalt m ake m e to know wisdom . Ps. l i . 6 .

T . Good and upright is th e Lord, the re fore wil l he teachsinne rs in th e way . Ps. xxv . 8 .

S . H e wil l teach us of h is way s, a nd we wil l wal k in hispaths ; for out of Zion shall go forth the law,

and the wordof the Lord from Je rusalem . Isa. i i . 3 .

T . T e ach m e,O Lord

,the way of thy statute s ; and I shal l

k e ep it unto th e e nd . Ps. cxix , 33 .

S . I wil l instruct the e,and te ach th e e in th e way which

thou shalt go ; I wil l guide thee with m in e eye . Ps. xxxii . 8 .

T . Lead m e in thy truth,and te ach m e ; for thou art the

God of my salvation . Ps. xxv . 5 .

S . T e ach m e to do thy wi l l ; for thou a rt my God : thvpirit is good ; le ad m e in to the land of uprightne ss. Ps.cxl i ii . 10.

T . My son,ke ep my words

,and lav up my hommand

ments with thee . Prov vii . 1 .


1 18 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M ANUAL.

uprightly . H e ke e pe th the path s of judgment . and prese rve ththe way of h is saints . Prov . i i . 6—8 .

T . T he n shalt thou unde rstand righte ousn e ss,and judg

m ent,and e quity ; ye a , e ve ry good path . Prov . i i . 9 .

S . Whe n w isdom e nte re th into thy h eart,and knowledge

is ple asant unto thy soul ; discre tion shal l pre se rve the e ,unde rstanding shal l ke ep the e . Prov . ii . 10, 1 1 .

T . H appy is the man that finde th wisdom,and the m an

th at ge tte th unde rstanding. Prov. ii i . 13 .

S . For th e me rchandise of it is be tte r than th e m e r

chandise of sil ve r, and the gain thereof than fin e gold . Prov.

i ii . 14.

T . S he i s more precious than rubie s ; and al l the th ingsthou canst de si re a re not to be compared unto h er . Prov .

i ii . 15 .

S . Length of days is in he r right hand ; and in h e r lefthand riche s and honor . Prov . i ii . 16 .

T . H e r ways a re ways of ple asantne ss,and a ll he r paths

are pe ace . Prov . ii i . 17 .

S . S he is a tre e of l ife to them that lay hold upon herand happy ise ve ry on e that re ta in e th h er . Prov . i ii . 18 .

T . T he Lord by wisdom hath founded the e arth ; by um

de rstanding hath h e e stabl ish ed th e he avens . Prov . i ii . 19.

S . By his knowledge the depths a re brok e n up,and th e

clouds drop down the dew . Prov . iii . 2 0.

T . My son,le t not them depart from thine eye s : ke ep

sound wisdom and discre tion . Prov . iii . 2 1 .

S . 8 0 shal l they be l ife unto thy soul, and grace to thyn e ck . Prov . i ii . 2 2 .

T . T he n shalt thou walk in thy way safe ly, and thy footshal l not stumble . Prov. i ii . 2 3.

S . When thou l ie st down , thou shal t not be afra id : ye a ,thou sha l t lie down

,and thy s le ep shal l be swe e t . Prov .

i i i . 2 4 .

T . For the Lord shal l be thy confidence , and shal l ke epthy foot from be ing take n . Prov . iii . 2 6.

NEGLECT OI‘ WISDOM .

Tw en ty-e igh th Sunday in th e Ye ar . Even ing.

H YM N 1 10. P. M . H YM N 1 1 1 . s . M .

Spr ing. Dover .

H ASTEN , sinne r, to be wise , M Y son,know thou th e Lord ;

S ta y not for t h e morrow ’s sun Thy fa ther ’s God obeyWisdom

,if you sti l l de spise

, S e ek his prote cting care by night,H arde r is i t to be won . H isguardian hand by day.

H a sten , m ercy to implore ! Call,while h e m ay b e found ;

S tay not for th e morrow ’s sun,

S e ek h im whil e h e is near ;L e st thy se ason should b e o’ e r S erve h im with al l thy he art and mind

,

Ere this e vening ’s stage b e run . And worship h im w i th fe ar .

H asten,sinne r

,to re turn ! If thou wil t se ek his face

,

S tay not for th e morrow ’ s sun,

H ise ar will he ar thy cry ;Lest thy lamp should fail to burn The n shalt thou fi nd his mercy sure ,Ere salvation’ s work‘

be done . H isgrace for ever nigh .

H asten,sinne r

,to b e bl e st ! But if thou l eave thy God

,

S tay not for th e morrow ’ s sun",

N or choose th e path to heave n ;Le st perd ition the e arre st The n shalt thou perish in thy sins

,

Ere th e morrow is begun . And neve r b e forgiven .

T eacher . Wisdom cri e th without ; she uttere th h er voicein the stre e ts . Prov . i . 2 0.

S chola rs. S he crie th in th e chie f place of concourse,in the

O penings of th e gate s : in the city sh e uttere th h e r words.Prov. i . 2 1 .

T . S aying,H ow long

, ye simpl e one s, wil l ye love simplicity ? and the scorners de light in the ir scorning, and foolshate knowledge . Prov . i . 2 2 .

S . T urn you at my reproof : behold I wil l pour out myS pirit unto you

,I wil l m ake known my words unto you .

Prov . i . 2 3.

T . Be cause I have ca l led and ye re fused ; I have stre tchedout my hand

,and no m an regarded . Prov . i . 2 4.

1 20 S AB B ATH —S CH O O L M ANUA L .

S . But ye have se t at naught al l my counse l, and wouldnone ofmy reproof. Prov . i . 2 5 .

T . I also wi l l laugh at your calamity : I wil l mock whe nyour fear com e th . Prov . i . 2 6.

S . When your fe ar com e th as de sola tion,and your de struo

tion come th as a whirlwind when distre ss and anguish com

e th upon you . Prov . i . 2 7 .

T . T hen shal l they cal l uponm e,but I wil l not answer they

shal l se e k m e e arly,but they shal l not find m e . Prov. i . 2 8 .

S . For that they hated knowledge , and did not choose thefe ar of th e Lord . Prov. i . 2 9.

T . T hey would none of my counse l : they de spised al l myreproof. Prov . i . 30.

S . T he re fore shal l they e a t of the fruit of the ir own way,

and be fi l led with the ir own de vice s . Prov . i . 31 .

T . For the turning away of the simple shal l slay them,and

the prosperity of fools shal l de stroy them . Prov. i . 32 .

S . But whoso hearken e th unto m e shal l dwe l l safe ly,and

shal l be quie t from fe ar of e v il . Prov . i . 33.

T . Ble sse d is th e m an that heare th m e,wa tching daily at

my gate s,waiting at the posts of my doors. Prov . viii . 34.

S . For whoso finde th mefinde th life , and shal l obtain favorof th e Lord . Prov . viii . 35 .

T . But h e that com e th against m e wronge th h is own soulal l they that hate m e love de ath . Prov . viii . 36.

S . Woe unto the wicke d ! it shal l be i l l wi th him : for thereward of his hands shal l be give n him . Isa. ii i. 1 1 .

T . T he fe ar of the Lord prolonge th days : but the ye arsof the wicked shall be shorte ned . Prov . x . 2 7 .

S . T he hope of the righteous shal l be gladne ss : but theexpectation of the wicke d shal l pe rish . Prov . x . 2 8 .

T . T he way of the Lord is strength to the upright : butdestruction shal l be to the worke rs of in iquity. Prov. x . 2 9 .

S . T he righteous shal l ne ve r be removed : but the wickedshal l not inhabit the e arth . Prov. x . 30.

T . T he mouth of the just bringe th forth wisdom : but thefroward tongue shal l be cut out. Prov. x . 31 .



S . Ble ssed is h e that reade th,and th ev that hear the words

of th is prophe cy,and ke ep those things which a re writte n

the re in . Re v. i . 3 .

T . For the word of God is quick,and powe rful

,and sh arpe r

than any two-edged sword,pie rcing eve n to the dividing

asunde r of soul and spiri t,and of the joints and m arrow

,and

i s a discerne r of the thoughts and intents of the he art . H eb.

iv. 1 2 .

S . For as th e rain come th down,and the snow from b e av

e n,and re turne th not th ith e r

,but watere th the e arth

,and

make th it br ing forth and bud , that it m ay give se e d to thesowe r

,and bre ad to the e a te r ; so shal l my word he , that goe th

forth out of my m outh it sh all n ot re turn unto m e void,but

i t sha l l accomplish that which I please,and i t shal l prospe r

in the thing whe re to I sent i t. Isa. lv. 10,

T . T hy word is a lamp un to my fe e t, and a light unto mypath . Ps. cxix . 105 .

S . Every word of God is pure : h e is a shie l d unto themthat put the ir trust in him . Prov. xxx . 5 .

T . T hy word is ve ry pure : the re fore thy se rvant love th it .Ps. cxix. 140.

S ; T he grass withe re th,th e flowe r fade th : but the word

of our God shal l stand for e ve r . Isa. vi. 8 .

T . T hy word is true from the begrnn rng ; a nd e ve ry on e

of thy righ teousjudgm e n tsendure th for e ver . Ps. cx ix . 1 60.

S . T his book of th e lawshall not depart out of thy mouth ,but thou shalt meditate the re i n day and night

,that thou mav

est obse rve to do according to al l that is writte n the re in : forthe n thou shal t make thy way prospe rous

,and the n thou shalt

have good succe ss. Josh . i . 8 .

T . Un le ss thy law h ad be en my de l igh t,I should then

have pe rished in m in e affl iction . Ps. cxix . 92 .

S . Ble ssed is the man that walke th not in the counse l ofthe ungodly

,norstande tlr in the way of sinne rs, nor sitte th in

the se at of the scornful . Ps. i . l .

T . But his de l ight is in the law of the Lord ; and m hisl aw doth he meditate day and night. Ps. i . 2 .

THE TEN COMMANDMENTS .

Tw en ty-n in th Sunday in th e Year . Even ing.

HYMN 1 14 . c . M . HYMN 1 1 5 . s . M .

D edham . Wa tchman .

T H Y law is pe rfe ct, L ord of l ight H OW perfe ct is thy word !T hy te stimoni e s sure ; Thy judgm e nts all ar e just

T h e statute s of thy realm are right,

A n d e ve r in thy prom ise , L ord,And thy commandments pure . M ay man se cure ly trust.

L e t the se,0 God , my soul conve rt, I hear thy word in l ove

And make thy servant wise ; In faith thy word obey ;L e t the se b e gla dne ss to my ears O h send t hy Spir1t from above ,T h e day

-spring to nn n e eye s . To teach m e,L ord, thy way.

By the se m ay I b e waru ’ d betim e s ; Thy counse l s al l are plain,Who knows th e guil e W ithi n ? Thy pre cepts all are pure ;Lord

,save m e from presumptuou s And long ash e ave n and e ar th remain

Cleanse m e from se cre t sin . [crime s Thy truth shal l sti l l e ndure .

So may th e words my l ips expre ss, O h may my soul , with joy,T h e thoughts th at throng my m ind , Trust in th y faithful word ;

0 L ord,my strength and righteous B e i t through life my gla d employ

W i th the e acceptance find . [ne ss, To ke ep thy pre cepts, L ord.

T ea cher . God spake th e se words,and said

,I am th e Lord

th y God : T hou shalt have none othe r gods but m e . Ex . xx .

1,2,3 .

S chola rs. Lord,have mercy upon us

,and give usgrace to

ke ep this law .

T . T hou shalt not make to thyse lf any graven image,nor

th e l ike ness of anything that is in he aven above,or in the

e arth bene a th , or in the water unde r the e arth . T hou shal tnot bow down to th em

, _nor worship them : for I

,the Lord

thy God am a jealous God ; and visit the sins of th e fath e rsU pon th e children

,unto the third and fourth ge ne ration of

th em that ha te m e ; and show mercy unto thousands of themtha t love m e

,and ke ep my comm andments . Ex . xx . 4

,5,6.

1 2 3

1 2 4 S AB B A TH -S CH O O L M ANUAL .

S . Lord,have me rcy upon us

,and give us grace to keep

this law.

T . T hou shal t not tak e the name of the Lord thy God invain : for the Lord wilt not hold him guil tle ssthat take thh isnam e in vain . Ex . xx . 7 .

S . Lord, have m e rcy upon us,and give us grace to ke ep

this law .

T . Remembe r that thou k e ep holy th e S abbath-day . S ix

days shal t thou labor,and do al l th at thou hast to do ; but the

se ven th day is th e S abbath of the Lord thy God . In it thoushalt

"

do no manner of work ; thou, and thy son , and thydaughte r

,thy man-se rvant

,and thy maid-se rvant

,thy cattle

,

a nd the strange r that is within thy gate s. For in six days th eLord made he ave n and e arth

,th esea

,and al l that in them is

,

and re ste d th e se venth day ; whe re fore the Lord ble ssed these ve nth day and hal lowed it. Ex . xx . 8

,9,10

,1 1 .


,and give us grace to keep

th is law .

T . H onor thy fathe r an d thy moth e r ; that thy day s may

be long in the land which the Lord thy God give th the e . Ex .

xx . 1 2 .


,e tc .

T . T hou shal t not kil l . Ex . xx . 13 .

S . Lord,have m e rcy upon us

,e tc.

T . T hou shalt not comm i t adulte ry . Ex . xx . 14.


,e tc .

T . T hou shal l not ste al . Ex . xx . 15 .


,e tc .

T . T hou shal t not bear false witne ss against thy ne ighbor.Ex . xx . 16.

S . Lord have m e rcy upon us,e tc .

T . T hou shal t not cove t thy ne ighbor’ s house , thou shal tnot cove t thy ne ighbor’ s wife

,nor his se rvant

,nor his maid

,

nor his ox, nor his ass, nor anything that i s his. Ex . xx . 17 .


,and write all the se thy laws

in our hearts,we be se ech the e .



thy ground,and th e fruit of thy cattle , th e increase of thy

kine,a nd the flocks of thy she ep . Den t. xxvii i . 4.

T . Ble sse d shal l be thy baske t and thy store . Dent .

xxviii . 5 .

S . Ble ssed shalt thou be whe n thou com e st in,and ble ssed

shalt thou be whe n thou goe st out. Den t . xxvii i . 6 .

T . T h e Lord shal l cause th ine enem ie s that rise up againstthe e to be sm i tten be fore thy

-

face : they shal l come out againstthe e on e way

,and fle e before the e se ven ways . De n t . xxviii . 7 .

S . T he Lord shal l command the ble ssing upon the e in thystorehouse s, and in a ll tha t thou se tte st thy hand unto : andh e shal l ble ss the e in the land which the Lord thy God give ththe e . Den t. xxviii . 8 .

T . T he Lord shall e stablish the e a holy people unto himse lf

,as he hath sworn unto the e , if thou shal t ke ep the com

m andm en tsof the Lord thy God,and walk in his ways. Den t.

xxvii i . 9 .

S . And all people of the e arth shal lse e that thou art cal l edby the nam e of the Lord ; and they shal l be afraid of the e .

Dent . xxviii . 10.

T . And th e Lord shal l make th e e ple nteous in goods, inthe fruit of thy body, and in the fruit of thy cattle , and in thefruit of thy ground

,in th e l and which th e Lord sware unto

thy fathe rs to give the e . De n t . xxvi ii . 1 1 .

S . T h e Lord shal l ope n unto the e his good tre asure , theh e aven to give the rain un to thy land in his season , and toble ss al l the work of thy hand and thou shal t lend unto manynations

,and thou shal t not borrow . De n t . xxviii . 1 2 .

T . And the Lord shall make the e the he ad, and not thetai l ; and thou shalt be above on ly , and thoushalt not be ben eath

,if that thou he arke n unto the commandments of the

Lord thy God,which I command the e th is day

,to obse rve

and to do them . Den t . xxviii . 13.

S . And thou shal t not go aside from a ny of the wordswhich I command the e th is day, to the right hand or to thele ft

,to go afte r other gods to serve them . De n t. xxviii . 14.

PUNISHMENT OF DISOBEDIEN GE.

T hirtie th Sunday in th e Ye ar . Eve n ing .

H YM N 1 1 8 . c. M . H YM N 1 19 . s . M .

B olto n. T eleman .

S IN NERS , th e voice of God regard ; O H that I could re pe nt !’Tis m e rcy spe aks to-day ; O h that I could be li eve !

H e call s you by his sacre d word Thou, by thy voice , th e marbl e rend,From sin’ s de structive way. T h e rock in sun der cl eave .

Why wil l you in th e crooke d ways Thou , by thy two-e dged sword,O i sin and fol ly go ? M y soul and spiri t part ;In pain you trave l al l your da ys S trike , with th e hamm er of thy word

,

To re ach e te rnal woe . And bre ak my stubborn hear t .

But h e that tu rns to God shal l live , S aviour and Prince of peace !Through his abounding grace : T h e double grace be stow ;

H ism ercy wil l th e guilt forgive Unloose th e bands of w ickedne ss,

O f those that se ek his face . And le t th e captive go .

Bow to th e sceptre of his word, Grant m e my sin s to fe e l ,Renouncing eve ry sin ; And the n th e load remove ;

S ubm it to h im ,yoursov’

re ign Lord, Wound, and pour in , my wounds toAnd l earn his wil l divine . T h e balm of pard ’

n ing love . [h en] ,

T ea cher . But it shal l come to pass, if thou wil t not he arke nunto the voice of the Lord thy God

,to obse rve to do al l his

comm andments and his statute s which I comm and th e e th isday

,that al l the se curse s shal l com e upon the e

,and ove rtake

the e . Den t. xxviii . 15 .

S chola rs. Cursed shal t thou be in th e city, and cursed shal tthou be in the fie ld ; curse d shal l be thy bask e t an d thy store ;curse d shal t be the fruit of thy body, an d “

the fruit of thy land,

th e increase of thy kine,and the flocks of thy sheep . Dent .

xxviii . 16,17

,18 .

T . Cursed shal t thou be when thou com e st in,and cursed

shal t thou be when thou goe st out . Dent . xxviii . 19.

S . T he Lord shal l send upon the e cursing, vexation andrebuke

,in all that thou se tte st thine hand unto for to do, until

1 2 7

1 2 8 S A B B A TH -S CH O O L M A NUAL .

thou be de stroyed,and until thou pe rish qu ickly

,because of

the wickedn e ss of thy doings whe reby thou hast forsaken m e .

Dent . xxviii . 2 0.

T . T he Lord shal l make th e pe stilence cleave unto thee,

unti l h e have consum ed the e from off th e land,Whithe r thou

goe st to posse ss it . De n t . xxviii . 2 1 .

S . T he Lord shal l sm ite the e with a consumption,and with

a fe ve r, and with the sword, and with blasting, and with m ildew : and they shal l pursue the e unti l thou per ish . Den t.

xxviii . 2 2 .

T a And thy he aven that is ove r thy he ad shall be brass,

and the e arth that is under th e e shal l be iron . De n t. xxvii i . 2 3 .

S . T h e Lord shal l m ake the rain of thy land powde r anddust : from he aven shal l it come down upon the e

,unti l thou

be de stroyed . Den t . xxviii . 2 4.

T . T h e Lord shal l cause the e to be smitte n be fore th inee nem i e s : thou shal t go out on e way against them

,and fle e

se ve n ways be fore them ; and shal t be removed into al l thekingdom s of the earth . Den t. xxvi ii . 2 5 .

S . And thy carcase shal l be meat unto al l fowls of th e air,

and unto th e beasts of th e e ar th,and no m an shal l fray them

away . Den t . xxviii . 2 6 .

T . T he Lord shal l bring a nation against the e from fa r,

from th e e nd of the e arth,as swift as the e agle flie th

,a nation

whose tongue thou shal t not unde rstand . De ut . xxv i ii . 49 .

S . A nation of fie rce countenance,which shal l not regard

the pe rson of th e o ld,nor show favor to the young . De n t.

xxviii . 50.

T . And h e shal l e a t-th e fruit of thy ca ttle , and the fruit of thvl and

,unti l thou be de stroyed which al so shall not le ave the e

e i the r corn,wine

,or oi l

,or th e i ncre ase of thy kine

,or flocks of

thy she ep,unti l he have destroyed the e . Den t . xxvii i . 51 .

S . And he shal l be sie ge the e in al l thy ga te s,unti l thy

h igh and fenced wal ls com e down,whe re in thou trustedst

,

throughout al l thy land ; and h e shal l be siege the e in al l thygate s throughout a ll thy land which the Lord thy God hathgiven the e . Den t. xxviii . 52 .



m e with al l your heart,and with fasting

,and with we eping

,

and with mourning. Joe l i i . 1 2 .

S . L e t the wicked forsake his way,and the unrighteous

m an his thoughts ; a nd le t h im re turn unto th e Lord,and he

w ill have mercy upon him,and to our God

,for he wil l abun

dautly pardon . Isa. l v . 7 .

T . AsI l ive,saith the Lord God

,I have no ple a sure in

the de ath of the wicked,but that the wicked turn from his

way and l ive . T urn ye , turn ye from your e vi l ways,for why

wi l l ye die , 0 house of Israe l . Ezek . xxxiii . 1 1 .

S . If th e wicked wil l turn from al l h is sins that he hathcomm itted

,and ke ep al l my statute s, and do tha t which is law

ful and r igh t,h e shal l sure ly l ive

,he shall not die . Ezek .

xviii . 2 1 .

T . T hus saith th e Lord : behold,I fram e e vi l against you,

and de vise a de vice against you re turn ye now e ve ry on e fromh ise vi l way

,and m ake y our ways and your doings good . Je r.

xviii . 1 1 .

S . Come and le t us re turn un to the Lord,for h e ha th torn

,

and h e wil l he al us,h e hath smitten

,and he wil l bind us up .

H os. vi . 1 .

T . O Israe l,re turn unto th e Lord thy God, for thou hast

fa l le n by thin e 1n 1qu1ty ; take with you words, and turn to theLord : say unto h im ,

T ake away al l iniquity,and re ce ive us

graciously . H os. xiv . 1,2 .

S . T urn us,0 God of our salvation, and cause thine ange r

toward us to ce ase . Ps. lxxxv . 4 .

T . I wil l h eal th e ir backsl iding, I wil l love th em fre e ly,for mine anger is turned away from him . H os. xvi . 4 .

S . T h e time s of this ignorance God w inked at, but nowcomm e nde th al l m e n

,e ve rywhere , to repent. A cts xvii . 30.

T . Repent, and be baptized, eve ry on e of you,in the n ame

of Je sus Christ, for the remission of sins, and ye shal l rece ivethe gift of the H oly Ghost . Acts i i . 38 .

S . Repe nt the re fore of th is thy wickedne ss, and pray God,

if pe rhaps the thought of thine he art may be fd’rgiven the e .

Acts vi ii . 2 2 .

NATURE OF FAITH .

Th irty-first Sunday in th e Year . Even ing .

H YM 1\T1 2 2 . s. M . H YM N 1 2 3. C . M .

FAITH — T isa pre cious gift,Where ’

e r it is be stowe d ;It boasts a high ce l e stial birth ,And is th e gift of God .

Je sus i t owns as King,

And all-atoning Prie st ;It claims no m e rit of itsown,But looks for al l in Christ .

To him i t le ads th esoulWhe n fil led wi th d e ep distre ssF l ie s to th e founta in of his blood

,

A n d trusts hisrighteousne ss.

S ince ’ tis thy work alone,

And that divine ly fre e,

Lord,send th e Spirit of thy Son

To work this faith in m e .

T ea cher. Without faith it 1s1mpossible to please God .

H eb. xi . 6 .

S cholars. By grace a re ye saved, through faith ; and thatnot of yourse lve s ; it is th e gift of God . Eph . i i . 8 .

T . We having th e same spiri t of faith,according as it is

writte n,I be l ieved

,and the re fore have I spoken ; we also be

l ieve,and th e re fore spe ak . 2 C or . iv . 13 .

S . T he scripture hath concluded al l under sin,that th e

prom ise by faith of Je sus C hrist m ight be given to them thatbe l ieve . Gal . ii i . 2 2 .

T . Christ hath rede em ed us from the curse of th e law ;that we m ight rece ive the promise of the S pirit through faith .

Gal . iii . 13,14.

131

M ISTAKEN souls ! that dream of h e aAnd make the ir empty boast [ve n ,

O f inward joys, and sins forgiven ,While they are slave s to lust .

Vain are our fanci e s,a iry fl ights ,

If fa i th b e cold and dead ;None but a living power uni tesTo Chris t

,th e l iving H ead .

’Tis fai th that change s a ll th e heart,’Tis fai th that works by love ,That bi ds al l sinful joys depart

,

And lifts th e thoughtsabove .

’Tis faith that conquers e arth and he l l,

By a ce lestial powe rThis is th e grace that shal l pre va i lIn th e de cisive hour .


S . We through th e S pirit wait for the h0pe of righteousne ss by faith . Gal . v . 5 .

T . Continue in the faith,grounded and se ttled

,and be not

moved away from the hope of the gospe l , which ye haveheard . Col . 1. 2 3.

S . L e t us run with patie nce the race that isse t be fore us,

looking unto Je sus,the author and finisher of our fa ith ; who

for the j oy that was se t be fore him,e ndured the cross

,de

sp ising the shame,and isse t down at the right hand of the

throne of God . H eb. xii . 1,2 .

T . T i l l we al l come in the unity of the faith,and of the

knowledge of the S on of God,unto a perfe ct man

,unto the

me asure of the stature of t h e ful lne ss of Chri st. Eph . iv . 13.

S . T he law was our schoolmaste r to bring us unto Christ,

that we might be justified by faith . Ga l. i i i. 2 4.

T . But that no m an i s justified by the law in the sigh t ofGod

,i t is e vide nt : for

,T he just shal l l ive by faith . Ga l. i ii . 1 1 .

S . Be ing justified by faith,w e have pe ace wi th God through

our Lord Je sus Christ . Rom . v . 1 .

T . Whom God hathse t forth to be a propitiation throughfaith in his blood

,to de clare his righteousne ss for the remis

sion of sins that a re past,through the forbe arance of God .

Rom . i i i. 2 5 .

S . H e that be lie ve th and is baptized,shal l be saved ; but

he that be l ie ve th not, shal l be damne d. Mark xvi . 16.

T . Whosoe ve r be l ieve th that Je sus is the Christ is bornof God : and e ve ry on e that love th him that begat

,love th

h im also that is begotten of h im . 1 John v . 1 .

S . For whatsoeve r is born of God ove rcome th the worldand this i s the victory that ove rcome th the wor ld

,e ve n our

faith . Who is he that overcome th th e world, but he that believe th that Je sus is the S on of God ? 1 John v . 4, 5 .

T . As ye have the re fore rece ive d Christ Je sus the Lord,so walk ye in h im : rooted and built up in him,

and e stablishedin the faith

,as ye have be en taught, abounding the re in with

thanksgiving ; for in him dwe l le th al l the fullnessof the Godhead bodily . Col . i i . 6

,7 , 9.


134 SAB B ATH -S CH O O L M A NUAL.

for be fore his tran sl ation he had this te stimony,that h e pl eased

God . H eb. xi . 5 .

T . By faith N oah,be ing warned of God of th ings not

see n as ye t, moved with fe ar, prepared an ark to the savingof his house . H eb. xi . 7 .

S . By fai th Abraham,whe n he wascal le d to go out into a

place which h e shou ld afte r re ce ive for an inheritance,obeyed ;

and he went out,not knowing whithe r he went . H eb. xi . 8 .

4

T . By faith he sojourned in the land of promise,as in a.

strange country,dwe l l ing in tabernacle s with Isaac and Jacob

,

the he irs with h im of the same prom ise : for he looked for acity which hath foundations

,whose bui lde r and make r isGod .

H eb. xi . 9,10.

S . And truly,if they had be en m indful of that country

from whence they came out,they might have had opportunity

to have re turned . H eb. xi . 15 .

T . But now they de sire a be tte r country,that is

,an he a

ven ly ; whe re fore God is not asham ed to be cal led the ir God,for he hath prepared for them a city. H eb. xi . 16 .

S . By faith Abraham,whe n h e was tried

,offered up Isaac ;

and he that had re ce ived the prom isesoffe red up his on lybegotte n son

,of whom it was said

,T hat in Isaac shal l thy

se e d be cal led . H eb. xi . 17 , 18 .

T . Accounting that God was able to raise him up,e ven

from the de ad ; from whence also he re ce ive d h im in a figure .

H eb. xi . 19.

S . By faith Isaac ble sse d Jacob and Esau conce rn ing thingsto come . H eb. xi . 2 0.

T . By faith Jacob,when he was a-dying, ble ssed both the

sons of Jose ph ; and worshiped, leaning upon the top of hissta ff. H eb. xi . 2 1 .

S . By faith Joseph,when he died

,made mention of the

departing of the children of Israe l ; and gave commandmentconce rning his bone s. H eb. xi . 2 2 .

T . By faith Mose s,whe n he was born, was hid three

months of his pare nts,because they saw he wasa proper

child . H eb. xi . 2 3.

HISTORICAL EXAMPLES OF PAITH .

T h irty-second Sunday in th e Ye ar . Even ing.

H YM N 1 2 6 . C . M . H YM N 1 2 7 . c. M.

O rtonm'

lle . M a rlow .

DELUDED souls,that dream of h eav ’

n,O H le t triumphant faith dispe l

And make th e ir empty boast T h e fears of gui lt and woe ;O f inward joys, and sins forgiven , If God b e for us

,God th e L ord

,

While they a re slave s to lust. Who, who shal l b e our foe ?

Vain are our fancie s,vai n our fl ights

,H e who his only S on gave up

If faith be cold and de ad ; To death that w e m ight l ive ,None but a living power unite s Shal l b e not al l things fre e ly grant

,

To Christ, th e l iving H ead. That boundle ss love can give ?

T h e faith which n ew creates th e he art,Who now his peopl e shal l accuse ?

And works by active love , ’T is God hath justified ;W il l bid al l sinful joys depart, Who now his pe opl e shal l condemn ?And lift th e thoughts above . T h e Lamb of God hath die d .

God from th e curse hasse t us fre e And H e who die d hath rise n again,

To m ake uspure within Triumphant from th e graveN or did b e send his Son to b e A t God’ s r ight hand for us h e pleads

,

T h e minister of sin . O mnipote nt to save .

T ea cher . By faith Mose s,when he was come to years

,

re fused to be called th e son of Pharaoh’ s daughte r ; choosingrathe r to suffe r affliction with the pe ople of God

,than to

e njoy the pleasure s of sin for a se ason ; e ste em ing th e re

proach of Christ greate r riche s than th e tre asure s in Egypt ;for he had re spect unto the recompense of the reward . H eb.

xi . 2 4—2 6 .

S chola rs. By faith he forsook Egypt,not fe aring the wrath

of the king : for he endured,asse e ing him who is invisible .

H eb. xi . 2 7 .

T . T hrough fai th he kept th e passover,and the sprinkl ing

1 35


of blood,le st he that de stroye d th e first-born should touch

them . H eb. xi . 2 8 .

S . By faith they passed through th e Red S e a as by dryland : which the Egyptians e ssaying to do

,we re drowned.

H eb. xi . 2 9.

T . By faith the wal l s of Je richo fe l l down,afte r they we re

compassed about seve n days . H eb. xi . 30.

S . By faith the harlot Rahab pe rished not with them thatbe l ie ved not

,when she had rece ive d the spie s with pe ace .

H eb. xi . 31 .

T . And what shal l I more say ? for th e tim e would fa i lm e to te l l of Gide on

,and of Barak

,and of S amson

,and of

Jephth ae , of David also, and S amue l , and of th e prophe ts:who through faith subdued kingdom s

,wrought righ te ousne ss

,

obtained prom ise s,stopped the mouths of l ions

,quenched the

violence of fire,e scaped the edge of th e sword , out of we ak

ne ss were made strong,waxe d valiant in fight

,turne d to flight

the armie s of the aliens . H eb. xi . 32 —34.

S . Wome n rece ived the ir de ad raised to life again : andothe rs we re tortured, not accepting de l ive rance

,that they

m igh t obtain a be tte r re surre ction . H eb. xi . 35 .

T . And othe rs had trial of crue l mockings and scourgings,

ye a , more ove r of bonds and imprisonm ent. H eb. xi . 36 .

S . T hey we re stoned , they we re sawn asunde r,we re

tempted , we re sl ain with the sword : they wande red abou t inshee p-skins

,and goat-skins ; be ing de stitute , afflicted , tor

m en ted (of whom the world wasnot worthy) : they wande redin de se rts

,and in mountains

,and in dens and cave s of the

e arth . H eb. xi . 37 , 38 .

T . And the se al l , having obta in ed a good report throughfaith

,re ce ived not the prom ise : God having provided some

be tte r thing for us, that they without us shou ld not be madepe rfe ct. H eb. xi , 39

,40.

S . But without faith i t i s impossible to please him : for hethat come th to God must be l ie ve tha t h e i s

,and

l

that he i s arewarde r of them that d iligently se ek him . H ebrews xi . 6.



T . Ve ri ly,ve ri ly

,I say unto you

,he that he are th my

word,and be l ie ve th on h im that se nt m e

,hath e ve rlasting

life,and shal l not come into condemnation . John v . 2 4.

S . Y e a re my witnesse s,saith the Lord

,and my se rvants

whom I have chosen,that ye m ay know and be l ie ve m e

,and

unde rstand that I am he . Isa. l iii . 10.

T . Be l ie ve in the Lord your God,so shal l ye be e stab

lished . 2 Chron . xx . 2 0.

S . And Je sus answe ring,saith unto them

,H ave faith in

God . For ve rily I say unto you,T ha t

'

whosoeve r shal l sayunto th is mountain

,B e thou removed

,and be thou cast into

these a ; and shal l not doubt in h is h eart, but shal l be l ie vethat those th ings which he saith shal l come to pass; he shal lhave whatsoe ve r he sa i th . Mark xi. 2 2

,2 3 .

T . For what if some d id not be l ie ve ; shal l the ir unbe l iefmake the faith of God without e ffe ct ? Rom . i i i . 3 .

S . God forbid : ye a , le t God be true , but e ve ry man a l iar ;asit is written,T hat thou mighte st be justified in thv sayings,and m igh te st ove rcom e whe n thou a rt judge d . Rom . mi. 4 .

T . If we rec e ive the witne ssof m en,the witne ss of God is

gre ate r : for th is is the witne ssof God which h e hath te stifiedof h isS on . 1 John v. 9.

S . H e that be l ieve th on the Son of God hath the witn e ssin him se lf : he that be l ie ve th not God

,hath m ade him a l iar

,

because h e be lie ve th not the record that God gave of his Son .

1 John v . 10.

T . And this is the re cord,that God hath given to us e te r

n a l l ife : and thi s l ife is in h is S on . H e that hath the S on,

hath l ife : a nd he that hath not the S on of God,hath not l ife .

1 John v. 1 1,1 2 .

S . H appy is he that hath the God of Jacob for h is he lp,

whose hope is in the Lord his God : which made heave n ande arth

,the se a

,and al l that the re in is : which ke epe th truth

for e ve r. Ps. cxlvi . 5,6 .

T . T he Lord shal l re ign for e ve r,e ven thy God, 0 Zion,

unto al l gene rations . Praise ye the Lord . Ps. cxlvi . 10.

FA ITH IN CHRIST .

Th i rty-th ird S unday in th e Ye ar . Even ing.

H YM N 1 30. s . M .

S PIRIT of faith, com e down ,Reve al th e things of God ;

H YM N 1 31 . P. M .

Rock on es.RO CK of ages! cl e ft for me

,

L e t me hide myse lt' in the e ,And make to us th e Godhead known

,L e t th e water and th e blood

And witness with th e blood .’Ti s thine th e blood to apply

,

And give us eye s tose e ,That h e who d id for sinners die

,

H ath sure ly di ed for m e .

N o ma n can truly sayThat Je sus is th e L ord

,

Unle ss thou take th e ve i l away,

And bre athe th e l iving word ;Then

,only then , w e fe e l

O ur in t’

rest in hi s blood ;A n d cry, w ith joy unspe akabl e ,Thou a rt my Lord , my God !

O h that th e worl d m ight knowT h e a ll-atoning L amb !

Spiri t of fa i th, de sce nd and showT h e virtue of his nam e .

From thy side,a h ealing flood

,

B e of si n th e double cure .

S ave from wrath , and make me pure .

S hould my tears for e ver flow,S hould my ze al no languor know ,

This for sin could not atone ,Thou must sa ve

,and thou alone ;

In my hand no pr ice I bring,S imply to thy cross I cling.

While I draw this fle e ting bre ath,

Whe n m ine eye l ids close i n de ath ,Vi

' h en I rise to wor lds unknovsn ,And behold the e on thy throne ;Rock of age s ! cle ft for m e

,

L e t m e hide myse lf in the e !

T ea cher . Y e be l ieve i n God,be l ie ve also in m e . John xiv . 1 .

S chola rs. I am com e a light into the world,that whosoeve r

be l ie ve th on m e should not abide in da rkne ss. John xii . 46 .

T . H e that be l ie ve th on me hath e ve rlasting life . Johnvi. 47 .

S . H e that be l ieve th on the Son of God ba th the witne ss inh im se lf. 1 John v . 10.

T . T he Fathe r h imse lf love th you, because ye have loved139


m e and have be l ieve d that I came out from God . Johnxvi . 2 7S . T he l ife which I now l ive in th e fle sh

,I live by the

faith of the S on of God,who loved m e

,and gave him se lf for

me . Gal . i i . 2 0.

T . If thou shal t confe ss with thy m outh th e Lord Je sus,

and shal t be l ie ve in th ine heart that God hath raised him fromthe de ad

,thou shalt be saved . Rom . x . 9 .

S . Ver ily,ve ri ly

,I say unto you

,he that he are th my word

,

and be l ie ve th on h im that sent m e,hath eve rlasting l ife

,and

shal l not come into condemnation . John v. 2 4.

T . For with the he art,man be l ieve th unto righteousne ss ;

and with the mouth,confe ssion is made unto salvation . Rom .

x . 10.

S . Who is he that ove rcome th the world,but h e that be

lieve th that Je sus is the S on of God ? 1 John v . 5 .

T . T his is God’ s comm andm ent,that we should be lie ve on

the nam e of his S on Je sus Christ,and love on e anothe r

,as he

gave us commandmen t. 1 John'

iii . 2 3 .

S . Whosoe ve r shall con fe ss that Je sus is the S on of God,

God dwe l le th in him ,and he in God . 1 John iv. 15 .

T . Whosoe ve r shal l de ny m e be fore m en,him wi l l I also

de ny be fore my Fathe r which is in he ave n . Matt. x . 33 .

S . L e t al l the house of Israe l know assuredly,that God

hath made that same Je sus,whom ye have crucified, both

Lord and Christ. Acts i i i . 36 .

T . We be l ieve and are sure that thou art that Christ,the

S on of th e l iving God . John vi . 69.

S . If we be l ieve that Je sus died and rose again, e ve n sothem also which sle e p in Je sus wil l God bring with h im .

1 T he ss . iv. 14.

T . If we be de ad with Christ,we be l ie ve that we shal l also

l ive with h im . Rom . vi . 8 .

S . T he se things have I written unto vou that be l ieve onthe name of the S on of God ; that ye may know that ye havee te rnal l ife

,and that ye may be l ie ve on the name

'

of the Sonof God . 1 John v. 13.


142 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M A NUA L .

the communion of S aints the forgivene ssof sins ; the re surre ction of the body

,and the l ife e ve rlasting. Am en .

T eacher a nd S cholars. I be l ieve in one God,th e Fathe r A l

mighty, Make r of H e ave n and Earth,and of al l things visible

and invisible .

And in on e Lord Je sus Christ,the only-begotten S on of

God, begotten of his Fathe r be fore al l worlds ; God of God,Light of Light

,ve ry God of ve ry God

,begotten

,not made

,

be ing of on e substance with the Father ; by whom al l thingswe re m ade ; who for us m en

,and for our salvation

,came down

from H eaven,and was incarnate by the H oly Ghost of th e

Virgin Mary,and was m ade m an

,and was crucifie d also for

us unde r Pontius Pil ate . H e suffe red and was buried,and the

third day h e arose again , according to the S cripture s, and asce nded into H e ave n

,and sitte th on the right ha nd of the

Fathe r ; and h e shal l come again,with glory

,to judge both

the quick and th e de ad whose kingdom shal l have no end .

And I be l ieve in the H oly Ghost,the Lord and giver of

life,who proce ede th from the Father and th e S on who

,with

the Fathe r and the S on toge the r,is worshiped and glorified ;

who spake by the prophe ts . And I be l ieve in on e Cathol icand Apostol ic Church . I acknowledge one Baptism for therem ission of sins ; and I look for th e re surre ction of the de ad,and the l ife of the world to come . Am en .

T . Cast m e not away from thy pre sence ; and take not thyH oly S piri t from m e . Ps. l i . 1 1 .

S . Create i n m e a cle an heart,0 God and ren ew a right

spirit wi th in m e . Ps. li . 10.

T . T he Lord ble ss the e , and ke ep the e . T he Lord makeh isfa ce sh ine upon the e

,and be gracious un to the e . T he Lord

l ift up his countenance upon the e,and give the e pe ace . N um .

vi . 2 4,2 5

,2 6.

S . God be me rciful un to us,and ble ss us ; and cause his

face to sh ine upon us. Ps. lxvi i . 1 .

PREPARATION FOR PRAYER .

Thirty-four th Sunday in th e Year . Evening.

H YM N 134. s . M. H YM N 135 . P. M.

C haney.

T H E praying spiri t bre athe , O PEN . Lord, thy inward ea r,T h e watching power impart ; And bid my heart rej oice ;From all e ntanglem ents be neath B id my quie t spiri t hearCal l off my peace ful heart ; Thy comfortable voice

,

M y fe eble m ind sustain , Never in th e whi r lwind found, [plac e ;

By worl dly thoughts opprest , N or where e ar thquake s rock th e

Appear and bid me turn again S til l and silent is th e soundTo my e ternal rest . T h e whispe r of thy grace .

Swift to my re scue come,

Thy own this mom ent se ize ;Gather thy wandering spiri t home

,

And ke ep in perfe ct pe ace ;S uff ere d no more to roveO

’

e r all th e earth abroad,Arre st th e prisoner of thy love ,And shut m e up in God .

T ea cher . 0 thou that heare st praye r,unto the e shall a ll

fle sh com e . Ps. lxv . 2 .

S chola rs. Ble ssed is th e m an whom thou choose st,and

cause st to approach unto the e , that h e may dwe ll in thycourts : w e shal l be satisfie d with the goodne ss of thy house

,

e ve n of thy holy temple . Ps. lxv . 4.

T . B e not rash with thy mouth,and le t not thy heart be

hasty to utte r anyth ing be fore God— for God is in heave n,and

thou upon e arth ; the re fore le t thy words be few . Eccle s. v. 2 .

S . T he preparations of th e heart in m an,and the an swe r

of th e tongue,is from the Lord . Prov . xvi . 1 .

T . N o man can come unto me except the Fathe r drawhim . John vi. 44.

From th e worl d of sin and noiseAnd hurry I withdraw ;

For th e smal l and inward voiceI wait with humbl e aw e ;

S ilent am I now and sti ll,

Dare not in thy prese nce move,

To my waiting soul reve alT h e se cre t of my l ove !

144 S A B B A TH -S CH O O L M ANUAL.

S . And thou wilt prepare thy heart : thou wilt cause th inee ar to hear. Ps. x . 17 .

T . H e that come th to God must be l ieve that he i s , andthat he is a rewarde r of them that di l ige ntly se ek him . H eb.

xi . 6 .

S . Quicken us, 0 Lord, and we wil l cal l upon thy name ;turn us again

,0 Lord God of H osts

,cause thy face to shine ,

and we shal l be save d. Ps. lxxx . 18,19.

T . Lord,te ach us to pray. Luke xi . 1 .

S . T he S pirit he lpe th our infirm ities; for we know notwhat w e should pray for as w e ought : but the S pir it make thinte rce ssion for us

,with groanings that cannot be utte red .

Rom . viii . 2 6 .

T . If any of you l ack wisdom,le t him ask of God

,that

give th to al l m e n libe ral ly,and upbraide th not

,and it shal l

be give n him : but le t him ask in faith,nothing wave ring.

Jam e s i . 5,6.

S . For he that wave re th is l ike a wave of the sea drive nwith the wind and tossed . For le t not that m an think thathe shal l re ce ive anything of the Lord . Jam e s i . 6

,7 .

T . I wil l the re fore that m e n pray e verywhe re,l ifting up

holy hands,without wrath and doubting. 1 T im . i i . 8 .

S . If my pe ople,which are cal led by my name , shal l

humble them se lve s,and pray

,and se ek my face

,and turn

from the ir wicked ways ; the n wil l I hear from heave n, andw i l l forgive the ir sin . 2 Chron . vii . 14 .

T . For thou,Lord

,art good ; and ready to forgive ; and

plente ous in me rcy unto al l them that cal l upon the e . Ps.lxxxvi . 5 .

S . If we confe ss our sins,h e is faithful and just to forgive us

our sins,and to cleanse us from a ll unrighteousne ss . 1 John i . 9 .

T . T hou shalt find the Lord if thou se ek him Wi th al l thyheart

,and with al l thy soul . Deut . i v. 2 9.

S . Ble ssed a re they who seek the Lord with the i r wholeheart . Ps. cxix . 2 .

T . Ope n thy mouth wide,and I wil l fi l l it. Ps. lxxxi. 10.



T . With my soul have I de sire d the e in the n ight , yea ,w i th my spiri t within m e wil l I se ek the e e arly . Isa. xxxvi . 9.

S . Mine eye s prevented th e night watc he s,tha t I might .

meditate on thv word . Ps. cxix . 148 .

T . B e m erciful unto m e,O Lord : for I cry unto the e

daily . Ps. lxxxvi . 3 .

S . I have remembered thy name,0 Lord

,in the nigh t,

and have kept thy law .,Ps. cxix . 55 .

T . Rejoice the soul of thy se rvant : for unto the e , O Lord,do I l ift up my soul . Ps. lxxxvi . 4.

S . O Lord God of my salvation,I have crie d night and

d ay unto the e . Ps. lxxxviii . 1 .

T . Continue in praye r,and watch in the sam e . Col . iv . 2 .

S . N igh t and day praying exce edingly . 1 T he ss . i ii . 10.

T . Je sus spake a parable that m e n ought always to praya nd not to faint. Luke xxiii . 1 .

S . Pray i ng always with a ll praye r and supplication,in

the spiri t,and watching the re unto with all perse ve rance and

supplication,for al l saints. Eph . vi . 18 .

T . Watch and pray,that ye e nte r not into temptation .

Matt. xxvii . 41 .

S . In the days of his fle sh Christ offe red up praye rs andsupplications with strong crying and tears, and was heard .

H e b . v . 7 .

T . H e ar my cry, 0 God ; attend unto my praye r. Fromthe end of the e arth wi l l I cry un to thee , whe n my heart isove rwhe lmed : lead me to th e rock that is highe r than I . Ps.lx . 1

,2 .

S . For thou hast be e n a she l te r for m e,and a strong towe r

from th e e n emy . I wil l abide in thy tabe rnacle for ever : Iwil l trust in the cove rt of thy wings . S e lah . For thou

,O

God,hast he a rd my vows : thou hast given m e th e he ritage

of those that fe ar thy nam e . Ps. lx . 3- 5 .

T . Give e a r to my praye r,0 God, and hide not thyse lf

from my supplication . Ps. lv. 1 .

S . H ear my voice according to thv loving-kindne ss ; OLord

,quicken m e according to th y judgment . Ps. cx ix . 149.

AN SWER TO PRAYER .

T h irty-fifth Sunday in th e Ye ar . Even ing .

H YM N 1 38 . P . M . H YM N 139 . L . M .

H ea th . Thorp e .

SAVIO UR, wh en in dust to the e , FRO M e ve ry s tormy wind that bl ows,L ow w e how th e adoring kne e ; From eve ry swe l l ing tide of woe s

,

When,repentant

,to th e ski e s The re is a calm

,a sure re treat

S carce w e l ift our stream ing eye s ; ’Tis found bene ath th e m ercy-se at .O h by al l thy pains and w oe

,

S uffer’d once for m a n be low

,

Bending from thy throne on high ,H e ar our sol emn litany .

By thy birth and early yearsBy thy human grie fs and fe ars ;By thy fa stin g and distre ssIn th e l on e l y wilde rne ss ;By thy victory in th e hourO f th e subtle Tempter ’ s powerJesus

,look with pi ty ing eye

H e ar our solemn litany.

By thine hour of dark de spair ;By thine agony of prayer ;By th e purpl e robe of scorn ;By thy wounds

,thy crown of thorn ; There , the re on e agl e s ’ wings w e soar,

By thy cross,thy pangs and crie s ; Andsin and se nse m ol e st no more ;

B y thy perfe ct sacrifice ; And heave n come s down our souls toJe sus

,look wi th pity ing eye gre e t,

H ear our sol em n l i tany. Whil e glory crowns th e m ercy-seat .

T ea cher . T hou shal t m ak e thy praye r unto him,and he

shall hear the e . Job xxii . 2 7 .

S chola rs. But know that the Lord hathse t apart h im thatisgodly for himse lf : the Lord wi l l he ar whe n I cal l untoh im . Ps. iv . 3 .

T . T his poor m an cried,and the Lord heard h im

,and

saved him out of al l his trouble s. Ps. xxxiv. 6 .

There i s a place where Je sus sh edsT he oi l of gladn e ss on our h eadsA place than al l be side s more sw e e tIt is th e blood-bought m e rcy-seat .

There is a sce ne where spiri ts ble n d,

Where fri end holds fe l lowship w ithfri end ;

Tho’sund e r‘

d far,by faith they m e e t

Around on e common m ercyseat .

Ah ! whithe r could w e fle e for aid ,When tempted, de sola te , dismay ’d ?O r how th e hosts of he ll de featH a dsufl ’

ring saints no m e rcy-seat ?


S . T he eye s of the Lord a re upon the righte ous,and his

e ars a re ope n to,th e ir cry. T he righteous cry, and the Lord

h e are th,and de l ivere th them out of the ir trouble s. Ps. xxxiv.

15,17 .

T . Ca l l upon m e in th e day of trouble,I wi ll de l ive r

the e,and thou shalt glorify m e . 15 .

S . H e wil l fulfi l l th e de sire of them that fear h im : he alsowil l hear the i r cry

,and save th em . Ps. cxiv . 19.

T . T h e Lord is far from the wicked : but h e he are th thepraye r of the righte ous . Prov . xv . 2 9.

S . H e shal l cal l upon m e,and I wil l answe r him . Ps.

xci . 15 .

T . T he Lord is rich in mercy to al l that cal l upon him .

Rom . x . 1 2 .

S . T hey that se ek the Lord shall not want any good thing.

Ps. xxiv . 10.

T . H e wil l be ve ry gracious unto the e a t the voice of thycry : whe n h e shal l hear it

,he wil l answe r the e . Isa . xxx . 19 .

S . T hen shal t thou call,and the Lord shal l answer : thou

sha l t cry,and he shal lsay, H e re I am . Isa . lviii . 9 .

T . T he n shal l ye cal l upon m e,and ye shal l go and pray

unto m e,and I wil l he arke n unto you . J e r . xxix . 1 2 .

S . T h ey shal l cal l on my n am e,and I wil l h e ar them : I

wil lsay, It ismy pe ople , and they shal l say, T he Lord ismyGod . Zech . xii i . 9.

T . A sk,and it shal l be given you . S e ek

,and ye shal l

find . Knock,and i t shal l be opened unto you . Matt. vii . 7 .

S . For eve rv on e that ask e th re ce ive th ; and he tha tse eke th finde th ; and to him that knocke th it shal l be opened .

Ma tt . vii . 8 .

T . And al l th ings whatsoever ye shal l ask in praye r, bel ie ving, yeshal l re ce ive . Matt . xxi . 2 2 .

S . If y e abide in m e,and my words abide in you , ye

shal l ask what ye will , and it shal l be don e unto you . Johnxv . 7 .

T Lord,hear my voice ; le t thine e ar be attentive to the

voice of my supplications . Ps. cxxx . 2 .



pardon our iniquity and our sin,and take usfor thin e inhe ri t

ance . Ex . xxxiv . 9 .

T . H ave m e rcy upon m e,O God

,according to thy l oving

k indne ss ; according unto th e multitude of thy tende r m e rciesblot out my transgre ssions. Ps. l i . 1 .

S . Wash m e thoroughly from mine in iquity,and cleanse

me from my sin . For I acknowledge my transgre ssions, andmy sin i s e ve r be fore m e . Against the e

,thee only

,have I

sinne d,and done this evil i n th y sight : that thou m ighte st be

justified whe n thou spe ake st,and be cle ar whe n thou judge st.

Ps. lv . 2,3,4 .

T . Incl ine your e ar,and come unto m e ; h ear, and your

soul shal l live ; and I wil l m ake an e ve rlasting cove nant w ith'

you,e ven th e sure me rcie s of David . Isa . l v . 3 .

S . A broke n and a contrite he art,0 God

,thou w i l t n ot

de spise . Ps. l i . 17 .

T . T he Lord is nigh unto th em that a re of a broke n heart ;and save th such as be of a contrite spirit. Ps. xxxiv. 18 .

S . H ow can m an be justified with God Job xxv . 4 .

T . Be ing justified by fai th , we have pe ace with God, throughour Lord Je sus Chri st. By whom also we have acce ss bvfa ith into th is grace whe re in w e stand

,and rej oice in hope of

the glory of God . B orn . v . 1,2 .

S . By th e de e ds of the law the re shal l no fle sh be justifiedin his sight ; for by th e l aw is the knowledge of sin . Rom.

i ii . 2 0.

T . But God commende th his love toward us,in that while

w e we re ye t sinne rs, Chr ist d ie d for us. Rom . v. 8 .

S . Be ing now justified by his blood, we shal l be save d fromwrath through h im . B orn . v . 9 .

T . In whom we have redemption through his blood,the for

give n essof sins, according to the riche s of his grace . Eph . i . 7 .

S . For by grace a re -ye saved, through faith ; and that notof yourse lve s ; i t is the gift of God . Eph . i i . 8 .

T . Even th e righte ousne ss of God, which is by faith ofJe sus Christ unto al l and upon al l them that be l ie ve . Rom .

iii . 2 2 .

ADOPTION.

Th ir ty-sixth Sunday in th e Ye ar . Even ing .

H YM N 141 . L . M . H YM N 142 . c. M .

L a nesboro’ .GRE A T God , indulge my humble claim ; S O V’REIGN of al l th e worlds onB e thou my hope , my j oy, my re st ; A l l ow my humble claim ; [high,

T h e glor i e s that compose thy n am e N or w h ile,unwor thy, I draw nigh ,

S tand al l engaged to make m e ble st. Di sdain a Fathe r ’ s name .

Thou gre at and good, thou just and w ise , M y Fa th er ,God ! that gra cious wordThou art my Fathe r and my God Dispe l s my guil ty fear ;And I am thine by sacre d ti e s N ot al l th e n otesby ange l s heardT hyson ,

thy servant bought with blood. Could so de light my e a r .

Wi th heart and eye s, and l ifte d hands, Com e , H oly Ghost, thyse l f impre ssFor the e I long, to the e I look O n my expanding h eart ;As trave l ers i n thirsty lands A n d show that in th e Father ’ s gracePant for th e cool ing w ater-brook . I shar e a fi lm] par t.

I ’ l l l ift my h ands, I ’ l l raise my voice , C h e er’d by that witn e ss from on

While I have bre ath to pray or praise : U nw a v’ring I b e l ieve ; [high

This work shal l m ake my he art rejoice , And Abba, Fa the r , humbly cry ;And fi l l th e remnant ofmy days . N or can th e sign de ce ive .

T eacher . For as many as are led bv the S pirit of God,they

a re the sons of God . For ye have not rece ived th e spirit ofbondage again to fear ; but ye have re ce ived the S pirit of adopt ion

,whe reby we cry Abba, Fa th e r. Rom . viii . 14

,15 .

S chola rs. T he S piri t i tse lf be are th wi tne ss-W ith our spiri t,

that w e a re the chi ldren of God : and if chi ldren,then he irs

h e irs of God and join t-h e irs with Christ ; if so be that w e suffe r w ith him

,that we may be also glorified toge the r . Rom .

vii i . 16, 17 .

1 51


T . Wh en th e ful lne ss of the time was come,God sent forth

h is S on m ade of a woman,made unde r the law . Gal . iv . 4 .

S . T o rede em them that we re unde r the law,that we m ight

rece ive the adoption of sons . Gal . iv . 5 .

T . And be cause ye a re sons,God hath sent forth the S piri t

of h is S on in to your he arts,crying Abba

,Fathe r . Ga l. iv . 6 .

S . H e cam e unto h isown,and his own rece ive d him not.

But ’as many asre ce ive d h im ,to them gave he powe r to be

com e th e sons of God . John i . 1 1,1 2 .

T . Which we re born,not of blood

,nor of the wil l of the

fl e sh,nor of the will of man

,but of God . John i . 13.

S . For whom he did foreknow,he also did prede stinate to

be conform e d to th e image of h is S on,that he might be the

first-born among many bre thren . Rom . vii i. 2 9.

T . N ot by works of righteousne ss,which we have done

,

but according to his me rcy h e save d us,by th e wash ing of re

ge n e ration,and re newing of the H oly Ghost. T it . ii i . 5 .

S . Which h e sh ed on us abundantly,through Je sus Chri st

our S aviour ; that be ing justified by his grace we should bemade he irs according to the hope of e te rnal life . T it . i i i . 6

,7 .

T . T hat ye m ay be blame l e ss and harm le ss,the sons of

God without re buke,in the midst of a crooked and perve rse

nation,among whom ye shine as l ights in the world . Phil .

i i . 15 .

S . Behold what manne r of love th e Fathe r hath be stowe dupon us

,that we should be cal led the sons of God the re fore

the world knowe th us not, be cause i t knew him not . Be loved ,now a re w e th e sons of God

,and it doth not ye t appear what

w e shal l be : but we know that,when h e shal l appe ar

,we shall

be l ike him ; for w e shal lse e h im as he is. 1 John iii . 1 , 2 .

T . In this the children of God a re manife st,and the chi l

d re n of the de vil whosoeve r doe th not righte ousn e ss is not ofGod

,n e ithe r he that love th not his brothe r. 1 John i ii . 10.

S . H e that ove rcom e th shal l inhe rit al l things ; and I wi llbe his God

,and he shal l be my son . Rev. xxi . 7 .


S AB B ATH -scH O O L M ANUA L .

th e blood of th e e ve r lasting covenant,make vou pe rfect in

e ve ry good work . H eb. xii i . 2 0.

S . Fol low peace with al l m e n,and holine ss

,without which

no m an sha l l se e the Lord : l ooking di ligently,le st any root

of bitte rne ss springing up trouble you,and the reby many be

dcfiled . H eb . xi i . 14,15 .

T . I am th e Lord your God ; ye shal l the re fore sanctifyyourse lve s

,and ye shal l be holy, for I am holy . L e v. xi . 44.

S . But we al l,with ope n face beholding as in a glass the

glory of the Lord,a re change d into th e sam e image from

glory to glory,e ve n as by the S pirit of th e Lord . 2 Cor.

i ii . 18 .

T . God hath from the beginning chose n you to salvationthroughsan c tifica t ion of the S piri t and be lie f of the truth

,

whe reunto he cal le d you by our gospe l, to th e obtaining of theglory of our Lord Je sus Christ . 2 T he ss. i i . 13

,14 .

S . Wash m e thoroughly from my iniquity, and cle anse m e

from my sin . Ps. l i . 2 .

T . T hough your sins be as scarle t, th ey shal l be aswhiteas snow ; though they be red l ike crimson

,they shal l be as

wool . Isa . i . 18 .

S . Cle an se thou m e from secre t faults. Ps. xix . 1 2 .

T . T he n wil l I sprinkle clean wate r upon you,and ye shall

be cle an ; from al l your fi lth in ess, and from al l your idols,wil l I cleanse you . Ezek . xxxvi . 2 5 .

S . L e t us draw ne ar with a true he art in ful l assurance offa ith

,having our hearts sprinkle d from an e vil conscience

,and

our bodie s wa she d with pure wate r. H eb. x . 2 2 .

T . Eve ry m an that hath this hope in him purifie th himse l f

,e ven as he is pure . 1 John iii . 3.

S . Christ gave himse l f for us,that he might rede em us

from al l iniquity,and purify unto h im se lf a pe culiar people ,

zea l ous of good works. T it . i i . 14 .

T . T he ve ry God of pe ace sanctify you whol ly, and I prayGod

,your whole spiri t and soul and body be prese rve d

blam e less un to th e com ing of our Lord Je sus Christ. 1 T h e ss .v . 2 3.

THE HOLY SAB BATH .

T hirty-seven th Sunday in th e Ye ar . Even ing.

H YM N 1 45 . s. M. H YM N 146 . c . M .

L isbon .

WEL CO M E,swe e t day of re st, TH IS fé th e day th e L ord hath made ;

T hat saw th e L ord arise ; O e arth,rej oice and sing

We l com e to thi s reviving breast,

L e t songs of triumph hai l th e morn ;And the se rejoicing eye s ! H osanna to our K in g !

T h e King himse l f com e s near,

T h e S tone th e builde rsse t at naught ,And fe asts his saints to-day ; T hat S tone has now b e com e

H e re w e may sit, andse e h im here , T h e sure foundation,and th e strength

And love and praise an d pray . O f Zion ’s heave nly dome .

O n e day in such a place , Christ is that stone,rej e cte d once

,

Whe re thou,my God , a rt se e n, And numb er ’d with th e slain ;

Is swe e ter than te n thousand da ys N ow raise d in glory, o’er his Church

O f ple asurable sin . Eternally to re ign .

M y will ing soul woul d stay This is th e day th e Lord hath made ;In such a fram e as th is

, 0 e arth,rejoice and sing :

And si t and sing h e rse lf away W i th songs of triumph hai l th e morn ;To e ve r lasting bliss . H osa nna to our King !

T ea cher . Remembe r th e S abbath -day to k e ep it holy. S ix

days shalt thou labor,and do al l thy work but the se venth

day is the S abbath of the Lord thy God ; in i t thou shal t notdo any work

,thou

,nor thy son

,n or thy daughte r

,thy m an

se rvant,n or thy maid-se rvant

,nor thy cattle

,n or thy strange r

that is within thy gate s . Ex . xx . 8,9,10.

S chola rs. For in six days th e Lord m ade heaven and e arth,

these a,and al l that in them is

,and re sted the se venth day ;

where fore the Lord ble ssed the S abbath-day and hal lowed it.Ex . xx . 1 1 .

T . Ye shal l ke ep th e S abba th ’ there fore ; for i t is holy unto1 55


you . Every on e that defile th i t shall sure ly be put to deathfor whosoe ver doe th any work the re in,that soul shal l be cutoff from among his pe ople . Ex . xxxi . 14.

S . Ve ri ly,my

'

S abba thsye shall ke ep ; for it is a sign betwe e n m e and you throughout your gene rations ; that ye mayknow that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you . Ex . xxxi. 13.

T . And it shal l com e to pass,that from on e n ew m oon to

anothe r,and from on e S abbath to anothe r

,shall al l fle sh com e

to worship be fore m e,sai th the Lord . Isa. lvi . 2 3.

S . T hus saith th e Lord,T ake he ed to yourse lve s

,and be ar

no burden on the S abbath-day. Je r . xvii . 2 1 .

T . N e ithe r carry forth a burde n out of your house s on theS abbath-day

,ne ithe r do ye a ny work ; but hallow ye the S ab

bath-day,as I commanded your fathe rs. Je r . xvii . 2 2 .

S . And whatsoeve r soul it be that doe th a nv work in thatsam e day

,th e sam e soulwil l I de stroy from among his people .

L ev. xxi i i . 30.

T . Ble sse d is the man that doe th this,and the son of man

that laye th hold on it ; that ke epe th the S abbath from polluting it

,and k e epe th his hand from do ing any e vil . Isa.

lvi . 2 .

S . More ove r,also I gave them my S abba ths, « to be a sign

be twe e n m e and them ,that they might know that I am the

Lord that sanctify th em . Ezek . xx . 1 2 .

T . Eve ry one that ke epe th the S abbath from pol luting i t,and take th hold of my covenant ; e ve n them wil l I bring tomy holy mountain , and make them joyful in my house ofpraye r . Isa . lvi . 6

,7 .

S . Make a joyful noise unto the Lord , al l ye lands . S e rvethe Lord with gladne ss : come before his pre sence with singing . Ps. c. 1 , 2 .

T . Know ye that th e Lord he i s God : i t is he that hathmade us

,and not we ourse l ve s ; we a re his people

,and the

sh e ep of his pasture . Ps. c . 3 .

S . Ente r into his gate s with thanksgiving, and into hiscourts with praise : be thankful unto h im,

and ble ss his name .

Ps. c . 4.



thy ple asure on my holy day,and cal l the S abbath a de l igh t

,

the holy of the Lord,honorable , and shal t honor h im ,

notdoing thine own ways

,nor finding thine own pleasure

,nor

speaking th ine own words. Isa. lv ii i . 13 .

S . T he n shalt thou de ligh t thyse l f in the Lord,and I wi l l

cause the e to ride upon th e high place s of the e arth,and fe e d

the e with the he ri tage of Jacob thy fathe r,for the m outh of

the Lord hath spoken it . Isa . lvii i . 14.

T . Y e shal l k e ep my S abbaths,and re ve rence my sanc

tua ry : I am th e Lord . L e v. xxvi . 2 .

S . If ye walk in my statute s and ke ep my commandments,and do them ; then I wil l give you rain in due se ason

,and the

l and shal l y ie ld her increase,and the tre e s of the fie ld shal l

yie ld the ir fruit. L ev. xxvi . 3,4 .

T . And your thre shing shall re ach unto the vintage,and

th e vin tage shal l reach unto the sowing-tim e ; and ye shall e atyour bre ad to the ful l

,and dwe l l in your land safe ly . L ev.

xxvi . 5 .

S . And I wil l give pe ace in the land,and ye shal l lie

down ; and none shal l m ake you afraid ; and I wil l rid e vi lbeasts out of th e l and

,ne ithe r shal l the sword go through your

land . L ev . xxvi . 6 .

T . For I wil l have re spect unto you,and make you fruit

ful and mul tiply you,and e stabl ish my cove nant with you .

L ev. xxvi . 9 .

S . And I wil lse t my tabe rnacle among you : and my sou lshal l not abhor you . And I wil l walk among y ou

,and wil l

be your God , and ye shal l be my pe ople . L ev . xxvi . 1 1,1 2 .

T . But if ye wil l not hearken unto m e,and do the se things

,

I will scatte r you am ong the h eathe n,and wil l draw out a

sword afte r you : and your land shall be de solate,and your

citie s waste . L ev . xxvi . 33.

S . T he n shal l the land enjoy her S abbaths,as long as it

l ie th de solate,and ye be in your e n emie s’ land ; even the n

shal l th e l and re st, and e njoy he r S abbaths . As long asi tl ie th de solate i t shal l re st ; because i t did not re st in yourS abbaths, when ye dwe l t upon it . L ev. xxvi . 34, 35 .

RIGHTEOUSNESS .

T h ir ty-e igh th Sunday in th e Ye ar .

H YM N 149 .

Iddo.

I WANT a principl e withinO f j ealous, godly fear ;A sensibil ity ofsmA pain to fe e l it n e a r .

C . M .

Quick as th e appl e of an eye ,0 God, my e onscxe nce make ;Awake my soul wh en sin is nigh,And ke ep i t sti l l awake .

If to th e right or l e ft I stray,

That m om e nt,Lord

,reprove ;

And le t m e we ep my l ife away,For having gri eve d thy love .

O h may th e l e a st om ission painM y we l l-i nstructed soul ,And drive m e to th e blood again

Even ing .

H YM N 1 50. L . M .

N ew S abba th .

ARISE , my soul , on wings sublime,

A bove th e vanitie s of tim e ;

L e t faith now pie rce th e ve i l,andse e

T h e glor ie s of e te rnity.

Born by a n ew,ce le stial birth

,

Why should I grove ] here on e arth ?W hy grasp at vain and fle e ting toys ,S o near to heave n ’ s e te rnal j oys ?

S hal l aught beguile m e on th e roadT h e narrow road that l e ads to God ?O r can I l ove this e arth so we l lAs not to long with God to dwe l l ?

To dwe ll with God,to taste his love

,

Is th e ful l heaven e njoy ’d above

T h e glori ous e xpe ctation nowWhich make s th e wounde d whole . Is heave nly bl iss b egun be low .

T ea cher . What m ann e r of pe rsons ought ye to be in al l holyconve rsation and godline ss ? 2 Pe t . i i i . 1 1 .

S cholars. T he grace of God that bringe th salvation hathappe ared to al l m e n

,te aching usthat

,denying ungodliness

and worldly lusts,we should l ive sobe rly

,righteously

,and

godly in this pre sent wor ld . T it. ii . 1 1,12 .

T . Bre ak off thy sins bv righte ousne ss, and thine iniquitie sby showing m e rcy. Dan . IV. 2 7 .

S . It shal l be our righte ousne ss if we obse rve to do a llthe se commandm ents be fore the Lord our God

,ashe hath

commanded us . De ut. vi. 2 5.

1 59

160 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M A NUA L.

T . Exce pt your righte ousne ss shal l exce ed the righte ousn e ss of the S cr ibe s and Pharise e s

, ye shal l in no case ente rinto the kingdom of heave n . Matt . v . 2 0.

S . N ot by works of righte ousne ss wh ich we have don e,

but according to his mercy he saved us,by th e washing of re

gen e ra tion and renewing of the H oly Ghost. T it . ii i . 5 .

T . Who his ownse lf bare our sins in his own body on thetre e

,that we

,be ing dead to sins

,should live unto righteousne ss.

1 Pe t . i i . 2 4.

S . And n ew,l ittl e ch ildren

,abide in him . If ye know

that h e i s righte ous, ye know that e ve ry on e that doe th righte ousn essi s born of h im . 1 John ii . 2 8

,2 9 .

T . S tand,there fore

,having your loins girt about with

truth,and having on the bre ast-plate of righte ousness . Eph .

vi . 14.

S . For al l th is I conside red in mv he art,e ven to de clare al l

th is,that th e righ teous

,and the wise

,and the ir works

,are i n

the hand of God . Eccle s. ix . 1 .

T . T hou m e e te st him that rejoice th and worke th righte ousness

,those that remembe r th e e in thy ways . Isa . lxiv . 5 .

S . Righ te ous art thou, O Lord, and upright a re thy judgm ents

,the righte ousn e ss of thy te stimonie s is eve rlasting : give

m e unde rstanding,and I shall l ive . Ps. cxix . 137

,144.

T . T he thoughts of the r ighteous are righ t : but the counse ls of th e w icked a re de ce it. Prov . xii . 5 .

S . When the righ te ous a re in authori ty, the people re

joice : but whe n the wicked be are th rule,the people mourn .

Prov. xxix . 2 .

T . Follow afte r righte ousne ss, godl in e ss, fa i th , love , patie n ce

,me e kne ss

,fight the good fight of fa ith . 1 T im . v i . 1 1 .

S . T h e way of the wicked is an abom ination unto the

Lord ; but h e love th h im that fol l owe th afte r righte ousne ss .Prov . xv . 9 .

T . T he w icked is dri ven away in h is wickedne ss : but therighte ous hath hope in his dea th . Prov . xiv. 32 .

S . L e t m e die the de ath of the righteous, and le t mv lastend he l ike his. N um . xxiii . 10.


162 S A B B ATH —S CH O O L M ANUAL.

S . T he righte ous cry,and the Lord heare th

,and de l ive re th

them out of a ll the ir trouble s . Ps. xxxiv . 17 .

T . T hou,Lord

,wilt ble ss the righte ous

,with favor wilt

thou compass him as with a shie ld . Ps. v . 1 2 .i

S . H e shal l dwe l l on high,his place of defence shal l be

the muni tions of rocks ; bread shal l be given h im,h is wate rs

shal l be sure . Isa . xxxii i . 16 .

T . T he hope of the righte ous shal l be gladne ss : but theexpectation of the wicked shal l pe rish . Prov . x . 2 8 .

S . In the way of righteousne ss is l ife ; and in the pathwaythe reof the re is no de ath . Prov . xii . 2 8 .

T . H e that fol lowe th a fte r righteousne ss a nd m e rcy,finde th

l ife,righte ousne ss and honor. Prov . xxi . 2 1.

S . A l i ttl e that a righteous ma n hath is be tte r than the

riche s of m a ny w icked,for the arms of the wicked shall be

b roke n ; but the Lord upholde th the righteous . Ps. xxxvii .16

,17 .

T . T he righte ous also shal l hold on his way, and hethat hath cle an hands shal l be stronge r and stronge r . Jobxvii . 9 .

S . T he righteous shal l flourish like th e palm tre e,he shal l

grow l ike a cedar in Le banon . Ps. xcii . 1 2 .

T . A s r ighteousne ss tende th to life,so he that pursue th

e vil pursue th i t to h is own death . Prov . xi . 19.

S . Evi l pursue th sinne rs,but to the righte ous good sha l l

be re paid . Prov . xii i . 2 1 .

T . Righteousne ss exalte th a nation,but sin is a reproach

to a ny pe ople . Prov . xiv . 34.

S . Godlin e ss is profitable unto al l things , having promiseof the l ife that now i s

,and of that which is to com e . 1 T im .

iv . 8 .

T . S ay ye to the righteous, that i t shal l be we l l with him,

for th ey shal l e a t the frui t of the ir doings . Isa . ii i . 10.

S . I pray that ye may be since re and without ofl'

e nce til lth e day of Ch rist

,be ing fi l led with th e fruitsof righteousne ss,

which a re by Je sus Christ,unto th e glory and praise of God.

Phil . i . 10,l l .

PATIENCE .

T h irty-n in th Sunday in th e Year . Even ing.

H YM N 1 53. L . M . H YM N 1 54. c. M .

S a baoth. B olton .

SAINTS , at your h e ave n ly Father’ s word, 0 LORD,my best desir e fulfi l l,

Give up your comforts to th e L ord ; And he lp m e to re signH e w il l re store what you re sign , Life , he alth and com fort to thy will ,O r gran t you ble ssings more divine . And make thy pleasure m ine .

So A bra ’am,with obedient hand , Why should I shrink at thy command

,

L ed forth his son at God ’ s command ; Whose l ove forbids my fe ars ?T h e wood

,th e fi re , th e knife h e took, O r trembl e at thy gracious hand ,

IIisarm prepar’d th e dreadful stroke . That wipe s away my te ars ?

A bra’

am , forbe ar ,” th e ange l cried , N o, le t m e rather fre e ly yie l dThy faith is known

,thy love is trie d

,What most I prize to the e

,

T hy son shal l l ive , and in thy se e d Who never hast a good withhe l d,S hal l th e whole earth be b lesse d inde ed .

” O r wilt withhold from m e .

Just in th e last distre ssing hour W isdom and me rcy guide my way ,T h e Lord displays de liv’ring power ; Shall I re sist them both ?T h e mount of dange r is th e place A poor blind cre ature of a day,Whe re w e shal lse e surprising grace . And crush ’

d be fore th e moth ?

T ea cher . B e patient towa rd al l m en,se e that none re nde r

e vi l for evi l unto any man ; but e ve r fol low that which is good,both among yourse l ve s

,and to a ll m e n . 1 T he ss . v . 14

,15 .

S chola rs. Do al l things without murmurings and disputings .Phil . ii . 14.

T . B e y e also patient,e stablish y our hearts

,for the com ing

of the Lord drawe th n igh . Jam e s V . 8 .

S . W e glory in tribulation also,knowing that tribulation

worke th patience ; and patience , expe ri ence ; and experience,

hope ; and hope make th not ashamed ; because the love ofGod is shed abroad in our hearts by the H oly Ghost, whichisgive n unto us. Rom . v . 3—5 .


T . L e t us run with patience the race that isse t be fore us,

looking unto Je sus,the a uthor and finishe r of our faith . H eb.

xii . 1,2 .

S . Rejoicing in hope,patie nt in tribulation

,continuing

instant in prayer . Rom . xii . 1 2 .

T . Re st in the Lord,and wait patiently for him ,

fre t notthyse l f be cause of him who prospe re th in his way, be cause ofth e man who bringe th wicked de vice s to pass . Ps. xxxvii . 7 .

S . I waited patiently for the Lord,and he inclined unto

m e,and h eard my cry. Ps. xl . 1 .

T . T h e Lord dire ct your he arts into the l ove of God, andinto the patient waiting for Christ. 2 T hess . iii . 5 .

S . If we hope for that wese e not, the n do we with patiencewait for i t. Rom . viii. 2 5 .

T . T o them who by patie nt continuance i n we l l-doingseek for glory and honor a nd imm ortality

,e te rnal l ife . Rom .

i i . 7 .

S . Wha tsoeve r things were wri tte n afore time we re writte nfor our learning

,that w e through pat ience and com fort of the

S cripture s migh t have hope . Rom . xv . 4.

T . Y e have h eard of the pa tience of Job,and have se en

the end of the Lord , that the Lord is ve ry pitiful and ofte nde r me rcy. Jame s V 1 1 .

S . If whe n we do we l l and suffe r for it, we take it patiently,th is is acceptable to God ; for e ven he reunto we re we cal led

,

because Christ also suffere d for us, leaving us a n examplethat we should fol low his steps. 1 Pe t . i i . 2 0, 2 1 .

T . Abraham,afte r h e had patiently e ndured

,obtained the

promise . H eb. vi . 15 .

S . T he patien t in spirit is be tte r than the proud in spirit.Eccle s. vii. 8 .

T . We give thanks to God always for you al l , makingmention of you in our praye rs ; remembering without ceasingyour work of faith

,and labor of love

,and patience of hO pe

in our Lord Je sus Christ,in the sight of God and our Father.

I T he ss. i . 2,3.



T . T his I‘ say the n,Walk in the S piri t

,and ye shal l not

fulfi l l the lust of the fle sh . For the fle sh luste th against theS pirit

,and the S pirit against the fle sh : and the se are contrary

the on e to the other ; so that ye cannot do the th ings that yewould . Gal . v . 16

,17 .

S . But th e fruit of the S pirit is love,joy

,peace

,long

suffe ring,ge ntlene ss

,goodne ss

,faith

,me ekne ss

,temperance

aga inst such there is no law . Gal . v . 2 2,2 3 .

T . L e t not sin the re fore re ign in your mortal body,that

ye shou ld obey it in the lusts the re of. Rom . vi . 1 2 .

S . For th e grace of God that bringe th salvation hath ap

pe a red to al l m en,teaching us

,that denying ungodl ine ss and

world ly lusts,we should l ive sobe rly

,righteously and godly,

in this pre sent world . T it . ii . 1 1,1 2 .

T . Looking for that ble ssed hope,and the glorious ap

pe aring of th e great God,and our S aviour Je sus Christ.

T it . ii . 13 .

S . Who gave himse lf for us, that h e m igh t rede em usfrom al l in iqui ty

,and purify unto himse lf a pe culiar people

,

zealous of good works. T it . i i . 14.

T . Know ye not, that they which run in a race , run al l,but on e re ce ive th the pr ize ? S o run

,that ye may obtain .

1 Cor . ix . 2 4.

S . And e ve ry man that strive th for th e mastery is tempe rate in al l th ings. N ow they do it to obtain a corruptiblecrown ; but we an incorruptible . 1 Cor. ix . 2 5 .

T . Whe re fore gird up the loins of your mind,be sobe r

,

and hope to the e nd for the grace that is to be brought untoyou at the reve lation of Je sus Christ. 1 Pe t . i . 13.

S . A s obedient ch ildren,not fa shion ing yourse l ve s accord

ing to the forme r l usts in your ignorance . 1 Pe t. i . 14.

T . N ow unto him that is able to ke ep you from fall ing,

and to pre sen t you faultle ss be fore th e pre sence of his glorywith exce eding joy, to the only wise God our S aviour, beglory and majesty , dominion and powe r, both now and e ve r.Ame n . Jude 2 4

,2 5 .

HUMILITY .

For ti e th Sunday in th e Year . Even ing.

H YM N 1 57 . L . M . H YM N 1 58 . L . M .

H um i li ty . [of clay , J ura .

W H EREFO RE should m an,frai l chil d TH US saith th e h igh and l ofty O ne ,

Who, from th e cradle to th e shroud, “I sit upon my holy thron e ;Live s bu t th e inse ct of a day M y nam e i s God ; I dwe l l on high ;O h why should m ortal man be proud? Dwe l l in my own e ternity.

H isbrighte st visions just appe ar,

But I de scend to worl ds b e l ow ;The n vanish

,and no m ore are found ; O n earth I have a mansion

,too

T h e state l ie st pile his pride can rear T h e humble spiri t and con tri teA bre ath m ay le ve l with th e ground. Is an abode of my de l ight .

Fol lie s and crim e s,9. countle sssum

,T h e humble soul my words re vive

A re crowded in life ’ s li ttle span : I bid th e mourningsinner live ;H ow i ll

,ala s ! doe s pride be com e H eal al l th e broken hear ts I find

,

That erri ng, guilty cre ature , man ! And e ase th e sorrows of th e m ind .

God of my l ife ! Fathe r divine ! O h may thy pard’

n ing grace be nigh ,Give m e a m e ek and lowly m ind ; Le st we should faint

,de spair and die ?

In m ode st worth,oh le t m e shine

,Thu s shal l our be tte r tho’

tsapproveAnd pe ace in humble virtue fi nd . T h e me thods of thy chast fn ing love .

T ea cher . I say,through the grace give n unto m e

,to eve ry

m a n that is among you,not to th ink of him se lf m ore highly

than h e ough t to th ink ; but to th ink sobe rly, according asGod hath deal t to e ve ry m an the m easure of faith . Rom . xii . 3.

S chola rs. Lord,what is m an

,that thou take st knowledge

of him ; or th e son of m an that thou make st account of him ?Ps. cxl iv . 3.

T . What is man,that thou art m indful of him ? and th e

son of man that thou visite st him Ps. viii . 4.

S . Far be tter it i s that i t be said unto th e e,Com e up

hithe r,than that thou shouldst be put lowe r . Prov. xxv . 7 .

1 67

168 S AB B A TH -S CH O O L M A NUAL .

T . S ubmit yourse l ve s one to anothe r in the fear of God.

Eph . v . 2 1 .

S . For thus saith the high and lofty O n e that inhabite the te rn ity

,whose nam e i s H oly : I dwe l l in the high and holy

place,with h im also that is of a contrite and humble spir it

,to

re vive the spiri t of th e humble,and to revive the heart of the

contrite one s . Isa. lvii . 1 5 .

T . What doth the Lord require of the e but to do justly,

and to l ove me rcy,and to walk humbly with thy God ? Mic.

vi . 8 .

S . God re siste th the proud,but give th grace unto the hum

ble . Jame s iv . 6 .

T . T hough the Lord be high, ye t hath h e re spe ct unto the

lowly . Ps. cxxxvii i . 6 .

S . Be tte r is i t to be of an humble spirit with the l owly,than to d ivide th e spoils with the proud . Prov. xvi . 19.

T . By hum i l ity and the fe ar of the Lord,a re riche s and

boner and life . Prov. xxii. 4.

S . Ble ssed a re the poor in spirit,for the irs isthe k ingdom

of heaven . Matt. v . 3 .

T . T he publican,standing afar off; would not l ift up so

much as his eye s unto he ave n,but smote upon his bre ast

,sav

ing,God be m e rciful to m e a sinn e r. Luke xvii i . 18 .

S . T hus saith the Lord God of Israe l , Be cause thy h eartwas tende r and thou hast humbl e d thyse lf be fore the

’

L ord,

and ha st rent thy clothesand wept be fore m e,I also have heard

the e . 2 Kings xxii . 19 .

T . H umble yourse lve s in the sight of the Lord,and h e

shal l l ift you up . Jame s iv. 10.

S . Whosoeve r shal l exalt h im se l f, shal l be abased ; and hethat shal l humble him se lf

,shal l be exalted . Matt. xxii i . 1 2 .

T . Lord,make m e to know mine end

,and the measure of

my days,what it is ; that I may know how fra i l I am . Ps.

xxxix . 4 .

S . O Lord,thou hast h e ard the de sire of the humble

,thou

wilt prepare the ir heart,thou wilt cause thine ear to hear.

Ps. x . 17 .



S . But ye t a l ittle while , and the wicked shal l not beye a , thou sha l t dilige ntly conside r his place , and it shall notbe . B ut the m e ek shal l inhe ri t the e arth : andsha ll de lightthem se lve s in the abundance of pe ace . Ps. xxxvi i. 10.

T . And th e se rvant of th e Lord m ust not strive ; but begentle unto al l m en

,apt to teach

,patie nt ; in me ekne ss, in

structing those that oppose themse lves. 2 T im . i i . 2 5 .

S . T he me ek he wil l guide in judgment,and the me ek wil l

h e teach his way . Ps. xxv . 9 .

T . Who is a wise man ; and endued with knowledgeamong you ? le t him show out of a good conve rsation hisworks with me ekne ss of wisdom . Jam e s i ii . 13 .

S . T h e wisdom that is from above i s first pure,then peace

able,gentle and e asy to be e ntre ated

,ful l of m e rcy and good

fruits,withou t partia l i ty and without hypocrisy. J ame s

i ii . 18 .

T . S eek ye the Lord, al l ye m e ek of the e arth,which

wrought his judgm ent ; se ek righte ousne ss, se ek me ekne ss, itm ay be ye shal l be hid in the day of the Lord

’ s anger . Zeph .

i i . 3 .

S . If a man be ove rtaken in a faul t, ye which a re spiri tual

re store such an on e in th e spirit of me ekne ss . Gal . vi . 1 .

T . Put them in m ind to be subj e ct to principal itie s andpowe rs

,to obey magistrate s

,to be re ady to e very good work

,

to speak evi l of no m an,to be no brawle rs

,but gentle

,show

ing al l me ekne ss unto al l m en . T it . i ii . 1,2 .

S . W ith al l l owlin e ss and me ekness,with long-suffe ring,

forbe aring on e anothe r in love ; e ndeavoring to ke ep the unityof the S piri t in the bond of peace . Eph . iv . 2

,3 .

T . Put on the refore,as the e lect of God , holy and be loved ,

bowe ls of me rcie s,kindne ss

,humblene ss of mind

,me ekne ss

,

long-suffe ring ; forbearing on e anothe r, and forgiving on e

anothe r ; if any man have a quarre l against any, e ve n asChrist forgave you

,so also do ye . Col . i i i . 1 2 , 13 .

S . T he fruit of the S pirit is love , joy , pe ace , long-su ffe ring,gentlene ss

,goodne ss

,fa ith

,me ekne ss

,tempe rance . Gal . v . 2 2

,

2 3.

BROTHERLY KINDNESS .

Forty-first Sunday in th e Ye ar . Even ing .

HYMN 1 61 . c. M . HYMN 1 62 . P. M .

Un i ty . M oz a rt.

L O , what an entertaining sight O N E there is , above all others,A re bre thre n who agre e We l l de serve s th e name of Friend ;Bre thre n .whose che e rful hearts uni te H isi s l ove beyond a brothe r ’ s,In bands of pie ty ! Costly

,fre e and knows no e n d .

When streams of love,from Christ th e Which of al l our friends, to save us,

De scend to ev ’ry soul, [spring, Could or would have she d his blood ?

And h eavenly p e ace ,w ith balmy wing, But this S aviour d ie d to have usS hade s and bedews th e whole : Re conci le d in h im to God .

’Tis like th e oi l,divine ly swe e t

,When h e l ive d on earth aba sed ,

O n Aaron ’ s re v’re n d he ad Fr iend of si nn ers was his nam e ;

T h e tri ckl in g drops pe rfum ’d his fe e t, N ow above al l glory raise d,And o’

er his garm ents spre ad. H e r ej oice s in th e same .

’Tis pl easant as th e m orning dews O h for grace our hear ts to softe n !That fal l on Zion ’ s hill

,Teach us

,L ord

,at l ength to love ;

Whe re God his m ildest glory shows, W e

,alas ! forge t too ofte n

And make s his grace distil l . What a Frie nd w e have above .

T ea cher . Behold,how good and how pleasant it is for

bre thre n to dwe ll toge the r in unity . Ps. cxxxii i . 1 .

S chola rs. It is l ike th e pre cious ointm ent upon th e he ad,

that ran down upon the beard,e ven Aa ron ’ s beard : that we nt

down to the skirts of his garments . Ps. cxxxiii . 2 .

T . As the dew of H ermon,and as the dew that de scended

upon th e m ountains of Zion : for there the Lord commande dthe ble ssing

,e ve n l ife for e ve rmore . Ps. cxxxii i . 3 .

S . A m an tha t hath friends,m ust show him se lf friendly ;

a nd th ere i s a friend that sticke th close r than a brothe r .

Prov . xviii . 2 4.


T . B e kindly-afl'

e ction ed one to anothe r with brotherlylove ; in honor pre fe rring on e another ; rejoicing in hope ; patient in tribulation

,continuing instant in praye r

,distributing

to the n e ce ssity of saints . Rom . xii . 10,1 2

,13 .

S . T his comm andm e nt have we from God,that he who

l ove th God,love his brothe r also . 1 John iv. 2 1 .

T . T he Lord m ake y ou to incre ase and abound in loveon e toward anothe r

,and toward al l m en

,e ve n as we do to

ward you . 1 T h e ss. i i i . 1 2 .

S .

‘

We know that we have p assed from de ath unto l ife , because w e love the bre thre n . 1 John iii . 14.

T . If a mansa y,I love God

,and hate th h is brothe r

,h e is

a l iar,for he that l ove th not his brothe r

,whom he hath se en

,

how can he love God,whom he hath not se en 1 John iv . 2 0.

S . H e that love th h is brothe r abide th in th e l igh t,and

the re is none occa sion of stumbl ing in him . B ut he that hate thh isbrother is in darkne ss, and walke th in darkne ss, and knowe th not whithe r h e goe th , be cause that darkne ss hath bl indedhis eye s . 1 John ii . 10

,1 1 .

T . B e ye kind on e to another,te nder-hearted

,forgiving

on e anothe r,e ven as God for Christ’ s sake hath forgive n you .

Eph . i v . 32 .

S . God comfort e th us in al l our tribulations,that w e may

be able to comfort them which a re in any troubl e . 2 Cor. i . 4.

T . Be ar ye on e anothe r’ s burdens,and so fulfil l the l aw

of Chri st. Gal . vi . 2 .

S . W e the n that a re strong ought to bear the infirm itiesof the we ak

,and not to please ourse lve s . Rom . xv . 1 .

T . Why dost thou judge thy brothe r ? or why dost thouse t at naught thy brothe r ? for we shal l al l stand be fore thej udgme nt-se at of Christ. Rom . xiv . 10.

S . L e t us not the re fore j udge one anothe r auv more . Rom .

xiv . 13.

T . A dd to your faith virtue , and to virtue know ledge , andto knowledge tempe rance

,and to te mpe rance patience , and to

patience godline ss, and to godline ss brothe rly kindne ss, and toPbrothe rly kindne ss charity . 2 Pe t. i . 5

,6,r.



S . T hough I spe ak with the tongue s of me n and of ange l s,a nd have not charity

,I am be come assounding brass

,or a

tinkling cymbal . 1 C or. xiii . 1 .

T . And though I have the gift of prophecy,and unde r

stand all myste ries,and al l knowledge ; and though I have

al l faith,so that I could remove mounta ins

,and have not

chari ty,I am nothing. 1 Cor. xiii . 2 .

S . And though I be stow al l my goods to fe ed the poor,and though I give mv body to be burne d

,and have not charity

,

i t profite th me noth ing. 1 Cor. xiii . 3 .

T . Charity suffe re th long, and is kind ; charity e nvie thnot ; charity vaunte th not itse lf, is not puffed up . 1 C or. xiii. 4.

S . Doth not behave i tse lf unseem ly , se e ke th not her own,

is n ot e asily provoke d,th inke th no e vil . 1 C or. xiii . 5 .

T . Rejoice th not in in iquity,but rej oice th in the truth .

1 Cor . xiii . 6.

S . Be are th al l things,be l ie ve th al l th ings, hope th al l

things , e ndure th a ll things. 1 Cor . xiii . 7 .

T . Charity ne ve r faile th ; but whe the r the re be prophecie s,they shal l fai l ; whe the r the re be tongue s, they shal l ce ase ; whethe r the re be knowledge

,i t shal l van ish away. 1 C or . xiii . 8 .

S . For we know i n part,and we proph e sy in part. But

whe n that which is pe rfe ct is com e,then that which is in part

sha l l be done away . 1 Cor. xii i . 9,10.

T . And now abide th faith,hope

,chari ty

,the se thre e ; but

the greate st of the se i s charity. 1 Cor. xiii . 13 .

S . Follow afte r charity and de sire spir i tual gifts,but

rathe r that ye may prophe sy. 1 C or . xiv. 1 .

T . And above al l the se things put on charitv,which is

th e bond of pe rfe ctne ss. Col . i i i . 14.

S . And le t the pe ace of God rule in your h earts,to the

wh ich f a lso ye a re called in one body ; a nd be ye thankful .Col . i ii . 5 .

T . L e t the word of Christ dwe l l in y ou richly in al lwisdom ; te ac hing and admonish ing on e anothe r in psalms

,

and hymns,and spiritual songs

,sing ing with grace in your

hearts to the Lord . Col . i ii . 16.

CONFIDENCE IN GOD .

For ty-second Sunday in th e Ye ar . Even ing.

H YM N 1 65 . L . M. H YM N 1 66 . s . M .

S a rgen t.

H E who hath m ade h is re fuge God,

T H E Lord my S hephe rd is,S hal l find a most se cure abode ; I shal l be we l l suppli ed

,

S hal l walk al l day b en eath his shade,S ince h e i s m ine and I am his,

And the re,at night

,shal l re st his What can I want be side ?

he ad. S ince h e i s m i ne a nd I am his,What can I want besi de ?

Then wil l I say,M y God , thy powe r

S hal l be my fortre ss and my tower ; H e l eads m e to th e placeI , that am form

’d of fe eble dust

,Whe re h e av’

n ly pasture grows ;M ake thi ne A lm ighty arm my trust .” Where living wate rs gently pass ,

And full salvation flows ;If burning beams of noon conspire Whe re l iving wate rs gently pass

,

To da rt a pe sti le n t ial fire,

And full salvation flows .God is the ir life : his wings are spreadTo shie l d them with a he althful shade . If e ’ e r I go astray,

H e doth my soul reclaim :

If vapors. with malignant breath , And guidesm e in his ow n right wayRise thick and scatte rm idnight death

,For h ismost holy name

Israe l is safe : th e poison ’d a ir And g uide s m e i n his own right w ay

Grows pure , if Israe l ’ s God b e the re . For hismost holy name .

T ea cher . I h ave se t the Lord always be fore m e : be causehe is at my right hand, I shal l not be m oved . Ps. cxvi . 8 .

S cholars. T he be loved of the Lord shal l dwe l l in safe tybv him

,and the Lord shal l cove r him al l the da y long . De ut.

Xxx l l l . 1 2 .

T . H e that dwe l le th in the se cre t place of the Most H ighshal l abide unde r th e shadow of the A lm ighty . Ps. xci . 1 .

S . I will say of the Lord,H e is my refuge and my fortre ss :

my God ; in him wil l I trust. Ps. xci . 2 .

T . S ure ly he shal l de l ive r the e from the snare of th efowle r

,and from the noisome pe sti lence . Ps. xci . 3


S . H e shal l cove r the e with h is fe ath e rs,and unde r his

w ings shal t thou trust : his truth shal l be thy shie ld andbuck le r. Ps. xci . 4 .

T . T hou shal t not be afraid for th e te rror by night ; norfor the arrow that fiie th by day ; nor for the pe sti lence tha twalke th in darkn ess; nor for the de struction that waste th atnoonday . Ps. xci . 5

,6 .

S . Be cause thou hast m ade th e Lord,which is my re fuge ,

e ven th e Most H igh,thy habitation ; the re shal l no e vi l befal l

the e,ne i ther shal l any plague com e nigh thy dwe l ling . Ps.

xci . 9,10.

T . T hou shal t dig about th e e,and thou shal t take thy re st

in safe ty . A l so thou shalt lie down,and none shal l make

the e afraid . Job xi . 18,19 .

S . I wi l l both lay m e down in peace and sle ep ; for thou ,Lord

,only make st m e to dwe l l in safe ty . Ps. iv . 8 .

T . Whe n thou lie st down,thou sha l t not be afraid ; ye a ,

thou shalt lie down,and thy sle ep shal l be swe e t. Prov .

iii. 2 4.

S . H e give th his be loved sle ep . Ps. cxxvn . 2 .

T . Behold h e that ke epe th Israe l sha l l n e ith e r slumbe rnor sle ep . T he Lord is thv ke epe r : the Lord is thy shadeupon thy righ t hand . Ps. cxxi . 4

,5 .

S . As th e mountains a re round about Je rusal em,so the

Lord is round about his pe ople,from h ence forth e ven for eve r.

Ps. cxxv . 2 .

T . T hus saith the Lord that cre ated the e,0 Jacob

,and

h e th at formed th e e,O Israe l

,Fe ar not : for l have rede em ed

the e,I have cal le d the e by thy nam e ; thou art mine . Isa.

x li i i . 1 .

S . “lh eu thou passe st th rough the wate rs, I wil l be withthe e ; and through the rivers, th ey shal l not ove rflow the e :when thou walke st through the fire , thou shal t not be burned ;n e ithe r shal l the flam e kindle upon th ee . Isa . xl iii .T . For I am the Lord thy God

,the H oly O ne of Israe l

,

thy S aviour. Isa. xl ii i . 3 .



T . T he Lord God is asun and shie ld : th e Lord wil l givegrace and glory ; no good th ing wil l he withh e ld from themthat walk uprightly. Ps. lxxxiv. 1 1 .

S . T he God of my rock,in h im will I trust ; he i s my

shie ld,and the horn of my sa l va tion

,my high towe r and my

re fuge,my S aviour. 2 S am . xxii . 3 .

T . T he Lord is my rock, and m y fortre ss,an d my de l ive re r ;

my God, my strength, in whom I wil l trust. Ps. xviii . 2 .

S . Be cause thou hast be en my he lp, the re fore in the shadowof thy wings wil l I rej oice . Ps. lxi ii . 7 .

T . Fe ar thou not,for I am with the e ; be not dismayed ,

for I am thy God ; I wil l strengthen the e ; ye a , I w i l l he l pthe e ; ye a , I wil l uphold the e with the right hand of myrighte ousn e ss . Isa . xli . 10.

S . H e lp us, 0 God of our salvation, for the glory of thy

n am e . Ps. lxxix . 9 .

T . I,th e Lord thy God

,wil l h old thy right hand

,saying

unto the e,Fear not

,I wil l h e lp the e . Isa . xli . 13 .

S . L e t us com e boldlv unto the throne of grace,that w e

may obtain m e rcy,and find grace to he l p in tim e of need .

H eb . iv . 16 .

T . T he Lord wil l k e ep the fe e t of his sain ts,and the

w icke d shal l be silent in darkne ss ; for by strength shal l nom an pre vail . 1 S am . i i . 9 .

S . Ke ep m e,O Lord

,from the hands of the wicked . Ps.

cxl . 4.

T . L e t th em that suffe r according to th e will of God, comm it the ke eping of th e ir souls to h im in we l l-doing, asun to afaithful Cre ator . 1 Pe t . i v . 19 .

S . Oh k e ep my soul and de live r m e,le t m e not be ashamed ;

for I put my trust in the e . Ps. xxv . 2 0.

T . Lord,who is l ike unto the e ? which de l ivere st th e poor

from him that is too strong for him , ye a , the poor and the

ne edy from him that spoi le th him . Ps. xxxv . 10.

S . T hou art my hiding-place ; thou shal t pre serve m e

from trouble ; thou shalt compass me about with songs ofde l ive rance . Ps. xxxii . 7 .

BLESSINGS UPON FAMILIES .

For ty-th ird S un day in th e Year . Even ing.

H YM N 1 69 . c. M . H YM N 1 70. L . M .

Florence.

O H happy man ,whose soul is fill’d F A TH ER of m en , thy care w e ble ss ,

W ith zeal and re v’

re n d aw e ! Which crown our fam i l ie s with peaceH isl ips to God the ir honors yie l d

,From the e they sprung, and by thy hand

H isl ife adorns th e law . The ir root and branche s a resusta in ’d .

A care ful Provide nce will stand,To God

,most worthy to b e pra is’d ,

And eve r guard thy he ad B e our dome stic altars ra is’d ;W i l l on th e labors of thy hand W ho

,L ord of he aven , se em s not to dwe l l

Its kind ly ble ssings she d . W i th saints in the ir obscure st ce l l .

T hy wife shall b e a fruitful vine ; To the e m ay e ach united house,

T hy childre n round thy board M orning and night, pre sent its vows ;Each like a plant of honorsh ine

,O ur se rvants he re , and ri sing race ,

And learn to fear th e L ord . B e taugh t thy pre cepts and thy grace .

T h e L ord wil l thy b e st hope s fulfi l l , O h m ay e a ch future age proclaimFor m onths and ye ars to com e ; T he honors of thy glorious name ;

T h e L ord , who dwe l l s on Zion ’ s hi ll , Wh i le , ple as'd and thankful , w e removeW i l l send th e ble ssings home . To j oi n th e fam ily above .

T ea cher . T he house of th e righte ous shal l stand. Prov .

xii . 7 .

S chola rs. T he tabernacle of th e upright shal l flour ish .

Prov . xiv. 1 1 .

T . H e ble sse th the habitation of th e just . Prov . i ii . 33.

S . T hou shal t know also that thy tabernacle sha l l be inpeace ; and thou sha l t visi t thy habitation and shal l not sin .

T hou shal t know also that thy se e d shal l be gre at,and thine

offspr ing asth e grass of the e a rth . T hou shalt com e to thvgrave in a full age , l ike as a shock of corn com e th in in hisseason . Job v . 2 4

,2 5

,2 6.

T . If thou we rt pure and upright,sure ly now h e would

1 79

1 80 S A B B A TH -S CH O O L M ANUAL.

awake for the e,and make the habitation of thy righte ousne ss

prospe rous . T hough thy beginn ing we re small, ye t thy latte r

e nd should greatly incre ase . Job vii i . 6,7 .

S . T hy wife shal l be as a fruitful vine bv the side s of thinehouse ; thy children , like olive -plan ts round about thy table .

Behold,thus shal l the man be ble ssed that feare th the Lord .

Ps. cxxvi ii . 3,4 .

T . T he Lord shal l ble ss the e out of Zion ; and thou shal tse e the good of Je rusalem al l the days of thv l ife . Y e a

,thou

shalt se e thy childre n ’ s children,and peace upon Israe l . Ps.

cxxvii i . 5,6 .

S . I wil l be the God of al l the famil ie s of Israe l,and they

shall be my people . Jer. xxxi . 1 .

T . And ye shal l be my pe ople , and I wi l l be your God .

Je r. xxx . 2 2 .

S . T hou shal t ke ep the statute s,tha t i t may go we l l with

th e e,and thy chi ldren afte r the e . Deut . v . 2 9.

T . I wi l l give them on e heart and on e way, that they mavfe ar m e for e ve r

,for the good of them

,and of the ir childre n

afte r them . Je r . xxxi i. 39.

S . T h e just m an walke th in h is integrity ; his children areble sse d after him . Prov . xx . 7 .

T . H isse ed shal l be mighty upon e arth ; the gene rationof the upright shal l be ble ssed . Ps. cxn . 2 .

S . A good man le ave th an inhe ritance unto h is children ’ sch i ldren and the we alth of the sinne r is laid up for the just.Prov . xii i . 2 2 .

T . T he se ed of the righteous shal l be de l ivered . Prov .

xi . 2 1 .

S . In the fe ar of the Lord is strong confidence ; and hisch ildre n shal l have a place of refuge . Prov . xiv . 2 6.

T . T he childre n of thy se rvants shall con t inue,and the ir

se ed shal l be e stablished be fore the e . Ps. oil. 2 8 .

S . I have be e n young and now am old, ye t have I not se en

th e righte ous forsaken,nor h is se ed begging bread . H e is

merciful and lende th ; and his se ed is ble ssed. Ps. xxxvii .2 5

,2 6.


1 8 2 S A B B A TH -S CH O O L M A NUAL .

S . Ble ssed a re they which a re pe rse cute d for righte ousne ss’ sake : for the irs is the kingdom of he ave n . Matt . v . 10.

T . Bl e sse d are ye when m en shal l re vi le you,and pe rse

cute you, and shal l say al l m anne r of e vi l against you false ly ,for my sake . Matt . v . 1 1 .

S . Rej oice,and be exce ed ing glad : for gre at is your re

ward in he ave n : for so pe rse cuted they th e prophe ts whichwe re be fore you . M att . v . 1 2 .

T . Ble ssed are the undefiled in the way who walk in the

l aw of the Lord . Ps. cxix . 1 .

S . Ble ssed a re they that ke ep his te s timonie s,and that se e k

h im with the whole he art. T hey also do no in iquity : theywalk in his ways . Ps. cxix . 2

,3 .

T . Ble sse d is the pe ople that know th e joyful sound : theyshal l walk

,0 Lord

,in the l igh t of thy coun tenance . Ps.

lxxxix . 15 .

S . In thy nam e shal l they rejoice al l the day : and in thyr ighte ousne ss sha l l they be exalted . Ps. lxxxix . 16 .

T . Ble ssed isthe m an that heare th m e,watching dai ly at

my gate s, wait ing at the posts of my doors . For whoso finde th m e

,finde th l ife

,and shal l obtain favor of the Lord . Prov.

v ii i . 34,35 .

S . Ble sse d a re they that dwe l l in thy house : they will bestil l praising the e . Ps. lxxxiv. 4 .

T . Ble sse d i s the man to whom the Lord wil l not imputesin . Rom . iv . 8 .

S . Ble ssed are they Whose in iquitie s a re forgiven,and

whose sins a re cove red . Rom . ix . 7 .

T . Ble ssed is th e m an whose strength is in the e . For theLord is a sun and a shie ld ; the Lord will give grace and

glory : no good thing wil l he withhold from them that walkuprightly . Ps. lxxxiv . 5

,1 1 .

S . Ble ssed is the man tha t endure th temptation ; for whe nh e is tried

,he shal l rece ive the crown of l ife which the Lord

hath prom ised to them that love h im . Jame s i . 1 2 .

T . Ble ssed is the nation whose God is the Lord ; and th epeople whom he hath chose n for his own inheritance . Ps.xxxiii . 1 2 .

HOUSE OF GOD .

Forty-four th Sun day in.

th e Ye ar . Evening.

HYMN 1 72 . L . M. HYMN 1 73 . c. M .

B a ttee .

YE n a tiohsof th e earth,rejoice M Y soul

,how love l y is th e place

Be fore th e L ord, your sover e ign King, To which thy God r e sorts !

S e rve h im with che e rful he art and voice ; ’Tis he ave n tose e his sm i l ing face ,W ith al l your tongue s his glory sing. Though in his e arthly courts .

T h e Lord is God— ’ ti s h e alone Ther e th e gre at M onarch of th e skie sDoth life and breath and b e ing give ; H issaving powe r displays ;W e a re his work and n ot ou r own ; And light bre aks in upon our eye sT h e she ep that on his pasture l ive . With kind and qu ick ’

n ing rays .

Enter his gate s with songs of joy ; W i th his rich gifts th e h e av’n lyDove

W i th praise s to his courts repair : De scends and fi l ls th e place ;And make i t your divi ne employ, While Christ re veals his wondrousTo pay your thanks and honors there . And sheds abroad his grace . [love

T h e Lord is good ; th e Lord is kind ; There , m ighty God , thy words d eGre at ishis grace , his m ercy sure ; T h e se cre ts of thy will ; [clareAnd th e whole race of m an shall find And sti l l w e se ek thym ercie s the re

,

H istruth from age to age endure . And sing thy praise s sti ll .

T ea cher . T he Lord is in his holy temple ; le t all th e e arthke ep silence before him . H ab. i i. 2 0.

S chola rs. Y e shall_ke ep my S abbaths, and re ve rence mysanctua ry

,I am th e Lord . L ev . xix . 30.

T . Eve ry one that ke epe th my S abbath from polluting it,

and take th hold of my covenant,e ve n them wil l I bring to my

holy m ountain,and m ak e them joyful in my house of praye r ;

the ir burnt-offe rings and the ir sacrifice s shal l be accepted uponmine al tar ; for my house shal l be called a house of praye r foral l people . Isa. lvi . 6, 7 .

S . Exalt the Lord our God,and worship at his holy bill ;

for the Lord our God is holy . Ps. xcix . 9 .

1 83

,1 84 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M ANUAL.

T . T he Lord is gre at,and greatly to be praised : he i s to

be fe ared above al l gods. H onor and maje sty a re before him ;strength and beauty a re in h is sanctua ry. Ps. xcvi . 4

,6 .

S . Give unto th e Lord, 0 ye kindreds of the people , give

unto th e Lord glory and strength . Give unto the Lord the

glory due unto his name : bring an offer ing,and come into his

courts . Ps. xcvi . 7 , 8 .

T . Oh worship the Lord in the beauty of hol ine ss : fe ar before him

,al l the e arth . S ay among the heathen that the Lord

re igne th . Ps. xcvi . 9,10.

S . Who shal l ascend into the hil l of th e Lord ? and whoshall stand in the holy place ? Ps. xxiv . 3 .

T . H e that hath cle an hands,and a pure he art : who hath

not l ifted up hissou l unto van ity, nor sworn dece itfully . H e

shal l re ce ive the bl e ssing from the Lord,and righteousne ss

from the God of his salvation . Ps. xxiv . 4,5 .

S . Whe rewith shal l I com e be fore the Lord,and bow my

se lf be fore the high God Mic. vi . 6 .

T . S e rve th e Lord with gladne ss : come be fore h is pre sence with singing. Know ye that th e Lord be is God. Ps.c . 2

,3 .

S . It is h e that hath m ade us,and not we ourse lve s ; we

a re his people,and th e sh e ep of his pasture . Ps. c . 3 .

T . Ente r into his gate s with thanksgiving, and into h iscourts with praise : be thankful unto him

,and ble ss h is name .

Ps. c . 4 .

S . For th e Lord is good ; his me rcy is e ve rl asting ; andhis truth e ndure th to al l ge n erations . Ps. c. 5 .

T . Ble ssed a re they that dwe l l in thy house : th ey wil l bestil l praising the e . Ps. lxxxiv . 4.

S . For a ( lay in thy courts i s be tte r than a thousand . Ihad rathe r be a doorke epe r i n the house of my God

,than to

dwe l l i n the tents of wickedn e ss . Ps. l xxxiv . 10. u

T . For the Lord is a sun and a sh ie ld ; th e Lord wil l givegrace and glory ; no good th ing wi l l h e withhold from themtha t walk uprightly . Ps. lxxxiv. 1 1 .



name for thv l oving-kindne ss and for thy truth ; for thou ha stmagnifie d th y word above al l thy name . Ps. cxxxviii . 2 .

S . O n e thing have I de sired of the Lord,that wi l l I se ek

a fte r ; that I may dwe l l in th e house of the Lord al l the daysof my l ife , to behold the be auty of the Lord, and to inquire inhis temple . Ps. xxvii . 4.

T . For in the time of trouble he shal l h ide m e in hispavilion : in th e se cre t of his tabe rnacle shal l he hide m e ; h e

shal lse t m e up upon a rock . Ps. xxvii . 5 .

S . A n d now shal l my he ad be l ifte d up above mine en e

mie s round about m e : the re fore wil l I offer in his tabe rna clesacrifice s of joy ; I wil l sing, yea , I wil l sing pra ise s unto theLord . Ps. xxvii . 6 .

T . Ke ep thy foot when thou goe st to th e house of God,

and be more re ady to hear than to give th e sacrifice of fools,

for they conside r not that they do e vi l . Eccle s. v . 1 .

S . H e that worke th dece i t shal l not dwe l l with in myhouse ; h e that te l le th l ie s shal l not tarry in my sight. Ps.ci . 7 .

T . S ure ly th e Lord is in this place and I knew it not.

Gen . xxviii . 16 .

S . When I rem embe r th e se th ings I pour out my soul inm e : for I had gone with the multitude , I we nt with them tothe house of God, with the voice of joy and praise , with a multi tude that kept holy days . Ps. xl ii . 4.

T . H e ar th e word of the Lord,al l ye of Jud

'

ah that ente rin at the se gate s to worship the Lord . T hus saith th e Lordof hosts

,the God of Israe l

,Amend your wavs and your doings

,

and I wi l l cause y ou to dwe l l in this place . J e r. vii . 2 , 3 .

S . Ble sse d is the man whom thou choose st,and cause st to

a pproach unto the e , that he mav dwe l l in thy courts : we shal lbe satisfie d with the goodne ss of thy house , even of thy holytemple . Ps. lxii . 4.

T . H e that dwe l l e th in th e secre t pl ace of the Most H igh,shal l abide unde r the sh adow of the A lm ighty . Ps. xci . 1 .

S . T o the e,O my strength, wil l I sing . Ps.

THE CHRISTIAN WARFARE .

For ty-fi fth Sunday in th e Year . Even ing .

“

H YM N 1 76. L . M . H YM N 1 77 . s . M .

L a ba n .

BE H OLD th e Christian warriorstand M Y soul b e on thy guard ;In al l th e armor of his God ; T en thousand foe s arise ;

T h e S piri t’s sword is in his hand,

T h e hosts of sin a re pre ssing hardH isfe e t a re with th e gospe l shod ; To draw the e from th e skie s.

In panoply of truth compl e te , O h watch and fight and pray,S alvat ion ’s he lm e t on his he ad ; T h e battle ne ’ e r give o

’

e r ;

W ith righte ousne ss a breastplate m e e t,Re new i t boldly e ve ry day

And faith’ s broad shie l d be fore h im And he lp divine implore .

[S pre ad ;Undaunted to th e fie l d h e goes; N e

’er think th e v ic t

’ry won ,

Ye t vain we re skil l and valor there , N or lay thi ne armor downUnl ess

,to foi l his legi on foe s

,T h e work of fa ith wil l not be done

H e take s th e truste d weapon,prayer .

’Ti l l thou obtain th e crown .

Thus,strong in his Re de em er

’sstrength ,T h en perseve re til l death

S in, death and he l l h e trample s down ; S hal l bring the e to thy God ;

F ights th e good fight, and wins a t le ngth ,H e'

ll take the e,at thy parting

Through m ercy, an immortal crown . To his div in e abode . [bre ath ,

T ea cher. Put on the whole armor of God,that ye may be

able to stand against the W i le s of the devil . Eph . vi . 1 1 .

S cholars. T hough we walk in the fle sh,we do not w ar afte r

the fle sh : for the weapons of our warfare a re not carnal,but

m ighty through God to the pul l ing down of strongholds.2 C or . x . 4.

T . For we wre stle not against fle sh and blood,but against

principalitie s,against powe rs

,against th e rule rs of the dark

n ess of this world,against spiritual wickedness inhigh pl ace s .

Eph . vi . 1 2 .

S . Whe re fore take unto you the whole armor of God,tha t

ye ma y be able to withstand in th e evi l day, and having doneal l

,to stand . Eph . vi . 13 .

1 87

1 88 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M A NUAL .

T . S tand there fore,having your loins girt about wi th

truth,and having on th e bre astplate of righteousne ss ; and

your fe e t shod with the preparation of the gospe l of pe ace .

Eph . vi . 14,15 .

S . Above al l,tak ing th e sh ie ld of faith

,whe rewith ye shal l

be able to quench al l the fie ry darts of the Wick ed . Eph . vi . 1 6 .

T . And take th e he lme t of salvation,and the sword of the

S pirit,which is the word of God : praying always with al l

praye r and supplication in th e S pirit,and watching the re unto

with al l perseve rance and supplication for al l saints. Eph .

vi . 17 1 8 .

S . And e ve ry man that strive th for the maste ry is tempe ra te in all things. N ow they do it to obtain a corrupt iblecrown ; but we an incorruptible . I the re fore so run

,not as

unce rtainly ; so fight I, not as on e that beate th the air. 1 Cor .ix . 2 5

,2 6.

T . T hou th e re fore endure hardne ss,as a good soldie r of

Je sus Christ. N 0 m an that warre th entangle th himse l f withthe afla irsof this l ife ; that h e m ay ple ase him who hathchosen him to be a soldie r . 2 T im . i i . 3

,4 .

S . And if a m an also strive for m asterie s,ve t is he not

crowned,exc ept he strive lawful ly . 2 T im . ii . 5 .

T . Watch ye , stand fast in th e faith, quit you like m en,be

strong . 1 Cor. xvi. 13.

S . Wi th h im is an arm of fle sh but with us is the Lordour God to he l p us

,and to fight our battle s . 2 Chron . xxxii . 8 .

T . But thou,0 m an of God

,fle e the se th ings ; and fol l ow

afte r righteousne ss,godline ss; faith, love , patience , meekne ss .

1 T im . vi . 1 1 .

S . Fight the good fight of faith,lay hold on e te rnal l ife

,

whe reunto thou a rt also cal led,and hast profe ssed a good pro

fession be fore m any witne sse s. 1 T im . vi . 1 2 .

T . I have fough t a good fight,I have finished my course

,

I have kept the faith : hence forth the re is laid up for me acrown of righte ousne ss . 2 T im . iv . 7 , 8 .

S . T hanks be to God,which give th us the victory

,through

our Lord Je sus Christ. 1 C or . xv . 57 .



sound of the grinding is low , and he shal l rise up at th e voiceof the bird

,and al l the daughte rs of music shal l be brought

low . Eccle s . xi i . 4.

T . A lso wh e n they shal l be afraid of that which is high,

a nd fears shal l be in the way,and the almond tre e sh a ll

,flour

ish,and the grasshoppe r shal l be a burde n

,and de si re shal l

fa i l : be cause m an goe th to his long hom e,and the

.

mourne rsgo about the stre e ts . Eccle s. xii . 5 .

S . O r e ve r thesi lve r cord be loosed,or th e golden bowl

be broke n,or the pitche r be broken at the fountain

,or the

whe e l broken at th e ciste rn . T hen shall th e dust re turn to

the e arth as it was,a nd the spiri t shal l re turn unto God who

gave it . Eccle s. xii . 6, 7 .

T . Doth not wisdom cry ? and unde rstanding put forth he rvoice ? Prov . vi ii . 1 .

S . S he stande th in the top of high place s,by the way in

the place s of the paths. Prov. viii . 2 .

T . S he crie th at the gate s, at the entry of the city,a t the

com ing in at the doors,I love them that love me ; and those

that se ek m e e arly shal l find m e . Prov . viii . 3,

S . Je sus said unto them,S uffe r the l ittle childre n to come

unto m e,and forbid them not : for of such is the kingdom of

God . Ve ri ly I say unto you, Whosoeve r shal l not re ce ivethe kingdom of God as a l ittle chi ld, he shal l not e nte r the re in .

Mark x . 14,15 .

T . And he took them up i n his arms, put his hands uponth em

,and ble ssed them . Mark x . 16 .

S . Little children , le t us not love i n word, n e i the r intongue

,but 1n de ed and i n truth . 1 John 1 i i . 18 .

T . T hat ye may be chi ldre n of your Fathe r which is inhe aven . Matt. v. 45 .

S . And if children , then he irs : h e irs of God, and join the irs of Je sus Christ. Rom . vii i. 17 .

T . H e arken unto m e now the re fore,O ye children, and

attend un to the words of my mouth . Prov. vii. 2 4.

S . O God,thou art my God ; e arly w i l l I se ek th ee : mv

soul thirste th for the e , my fle sh longe th for the e . Ps. lxiii. 1 .

EARLY PIETY.

For ty-sixth Sunday in th e Ye ar . Even ing.

H YM N 1 80. c. M . H YM N 1 8 1 . c . M .

I/itchfie ld . P t lgrt'

m .

YE hearts with youthful vigor warm,H APPY th e child whose tender years

In sm i l ing crowds draw near ; Re ce ive instruction we l l ;And turn from e v ’ ry mortal charm

,Who hate s th e sinner ’ s path , and fears

A Saviour’ s voice to h e ar. T h e road that leads to he l l .

H e,L ord of al l th e worl ds on high, ’Tw i l l save us from a thousand snare s

S toops to conve rse with you ; To se ek re l igion young ;And lays his radian t glorie s by, Grac e wi l l pre serve our foll’w ing years ,Your we l fare to pursue . And m ake our virtu e strong .

What obj e ct,Lord

,my soul should To the e , Alm ighty God , to the e ,

If once compa r ’d to the e ? [move , O ur childhood w e re sign ;What beauty should command my ’Twil l pl ease us to l ook back andse eLike what i n Christ Ise e ? [love , That our whole l ive s were thine .

Away, ye false , de lusive toys, L e t th e swe e t work ofpraye r and praiseVa in ~t empt ersof th e m ind ! Employ ou r younge st bre ath ;

’Ti s here I fix my lasting choice , Thus we ’ re prepare d for longer days,

And here true bliss I find. O r fit for e ar ly de ath .

T ea cher . H ear, ye childre n, the instruction of a father, and

attend to know unde rstanding . Prov . iv. 1 .

S chola rs. For I give you good doctrine,forsake ye not m y

law . Prov . iv . 2 .

T . For I wasmy fathe r’ s son , te nde r and only be loved inth e sight of my mothe r. Prov . iv. 3 .

S . H e taught m e also,and said unto m e

,L e t thine heart

re tain my words : ke ep my commandments and l ive . Prov.

iv . 4.

T . Ge t wisdom , ge t understanding : forge t it not ; ne itherdecline from the words of my mouth . Prov. iv. 5 .


S . Forsake h e r not,andshe shal l pre se rve the e : love h e r

,

andshe shal l ke ep the e . Prov . iv . 6 .

T . “l isdom is the principal thing ; the re fore ge t wisdomand with al l thy ge tting ge t unde rstanding. Prov. iv . 7 .

S . Exalt h e r , andsh e shal l promote the e : she shal l bringthe e to honor

,when thou dost embrace h e r. Prov . iv . 8 .

T . S he shal l give toth ine head an ornam ent of grace : acrown of glory shal lsh e de l ive r to the e . Prov . iv . 9 .

S . H e ar,O m y son

,and re ce ive my sayings ; and the

years of thy life shal l be man y . Prov. iv . 10.

T . I have taught the e in the way of wisdom ; I have ledthe e in right paths . Prov. i v . 1 1 .

S . When thou goe st,thy steps shal l not be straiten ed ; and

whe n thou runn e st,thou shal t not stumble . Prov . iv. 1 2 .

T . T ake fast hold of instruction ; le t he r not go : ke ep her ;forshe is thy l ife . Prov . iv . 13.

S . Ente r not into the path of the wicked,and go not in

the way of e vi l m en . Avoid it,pass not by it

,turn from it

,

and passaway. Prov. iv . 14,15 .

T . T he way of the wick ed is as darkn e ss ; they know notat what they stumble . Prov . iv . 19 .

S . But the path of the just is as the sh ining l ight,tha t

shin e th m ore and m ore unto the perfe ct day . Prov . i v. 18 .

T . My son,attend to my words ; incl ine th ine e a r unto

my sayings. L e t them not. depart from thine eye s ; ke ep themin the midst of thine heart. Prov . iv . 2 0

,2 1 .

S . For they a re l ife unto those that find them,and he alth

to al l th e ir flesh . Prov. iv . 2 2 .

T . Ke ep th y he art with al l dilige nce ; for out of it a re theissue s of l ife . Prov . iv . 2 3.

S . Ponde r the path of thy fe e t,and le t al l thy ways be es

tablish ed . Prov . iv. 2 6 .

T . T urn not to th e right hand nor to th e left ; remove thyfoot from evi l . Prov . iv . 2 7 .

S . T h en shal t thou walk in thy way safe ly,and thy foot

shal l not stumble ; thou shalt lie down , and thy sle ep sha l l beswe e t. Prov . i ii . 2 3

,2 4.


194 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M ANU AL .

S . It is not for kings, O Lemue l, i t is not for k ings tol rink wine ; nor for prince s strong drink : le st th ey drink,and forge t the law

,and pe rve rt the judgment of any of the

afllic ted . Prov. xxxi . 4, 5 .

T . But they also have e rred through wine,and through

strong drink a re out of the way ; the prie st and the prophe thave e rre d through strong drink , they a re sw al lowed up ofwine

,they a re out of the way through strong drink ; they e rr

in vision,they stumble in judgment . Isa . xxviii . 7 .

S . H iswatchm e n a re blind : they a re al l ignorant,they

a re al l dum b dogs,they cannot bark ; sle eping, lying down ,

l oving to slumbe r. Com e ye , say they, I wil l fe tch wine , andwe wil l fi l l ourse lve s with strong drink : and to-morrow shal lbe as this day

,and much m ore abundant. Isa. lvi . 10

,1 2 .

T . Woe to them that be at e ase in Zion,that drink wine

i n bowls,and anoint them se lve s with the chie f ointme nts ; but

the y a re not grie ve d for the aflliction of Joseph . Amos vi . 1,6.

S . For whi le they be folden toge the r as thorns, and whilethey a re drunke n as drunkards

,they shal l be devoured as

stubble ful ly dry. N ah . i . 10.

T . Woe unto them that rise up e arly in th e m orning,

that they m ay follow strong drink that continue unti l n ight,

ti l l wine inflam e them ! And the harp,and the viol

,the

tabre t,and pipe

,and wine

,a re in the ir fe asts : but they

regard not the work of the Lord, ne i the r conside r the ope ration of his hands . Isa. v. 1 1 , 1 2 .

S . Awake , ye drunkards, and we ep ,and howl

,al l ye

drinke rs of wine , be cause of the n ew wine ; for it i s cut offfrom your mouth . Joe l i . 10.

T . W oe unto him that give th h is ne ighbor drink,tha t

puttest thy bottle to him ,and makest him drunke n also

,that

thou maye st look on the ir nakedne ss. H ab. i i . 15 .

S . L e t us walk hone stly , as in the day : not in rioting anddrunkenne ss

,not in cham be ring and wantonne ss

,not in strife

and envying ; but put on th e Lord Je sus Christ, and make n ot

provision for th e flesh,to fulfi l l the l usts the reof. Rom . xiii .

VANITY OI‘ RICHES .

Forty-seven th Sunday in th e Ye ar . Even ing .

H YM N 1 84. L . M . H YM N 1 85 . s . M .

l o.

L ET not th e wise the ir wisdom boast, TH O UGH l ate , I al l forsake ;T h e m ighty gl ory in the ir m ight ; M y friends , my al l , re sign

T h e rich i n fla tt ’ rin g ri che s trust,Gracious Red e emer

,take

,oh take ,

Which take the ir e ver lasting flight . And seal m e eve r thine .

T h e rush of num ’

rousye ars be ars down Come,and poss ess m e whole ,

T he most gigan t i c strength ofm an ; N or he nce again remove ;And where i s al l hi s wisdom gone S e ttle and fix my waveri ng soulWhen

,dust

,h e turns to dust again ? W ith al l thy1 we ight of love .

O n e only gift can justify M y on e de sire be thisT h e boasting soul that kn ows his God ; Thy only love to know ;

When J e sus doth his bl ood apply, To se ek an d taste no other blissI glory in his Spri nkle d blood . N o other good be low.

T h e L ord my righte ousne ss I praise,

M y l ife , my porti on thouI triumph in th e love divine ; [grace , Thou all-sufficien t a rt :

T h e wisdom , wealth and strength of M y hope , my heave nly treasure , nowIn Ch1 ist to e ndl e ss age s m ine . Enter and ke ep my heart .

T ea cher . T hine is the kingdom,O Lord

,and thou a rt ex

alte d as h e ad above al l . Both r iche s and honor com e of the e,

and thou re igne st ove r al l . 1 Chron . xxix . 1 1,1 2 .

S chola rs. But thou shalt rem ember th e Lord thy God : forit is he that give th the e powe r to ge t we alth, that h e mayestablish his covenant. De ut . viii . 18 .

T . T he Lord m ake th poor and m ake th rich h e bringe thlow , and l ifte th up . H e raise th up the poor out of th e dust

,

and lifte th up the beggar from the dunghi ll,tose t them am ong

prince s . 1 S am . ii . 7 , 8 .

S . Be tte r is a little with r ighte ousne ss,than gre at re venue s

wi thout right. Prov . xvi . 8 .

T . H e that ge tte th riche s,and not by right

,shal l leave1 95

196 S AB B A TH -S CH O O L M ANUA L.

them in the midst of h is days,and at his end shal l be a fool .

J e r . xvii . 1 1 .

S . A l ittle th at a righteous man hath is be tter than the

rich e s of many w icke d ; for the arms of th e wicke d sh all bebroke n : but the Lord upholde th the righteous . Ps. xxxvii.

T . T he ble ssing of th e Lord,i t make th rich

,and he add

e th no sorrow with it . Prov . x . 2 2 .

S . B e not thou afraid whe n on e is made rich,whe n the

glory of his house i s incre ased ; for whe n he d ie th he shal lcarry noth ing away : his glory shal l not de sce nd afte r him .

Ps. lxix . 16, 17 .

T . A faithful man shal l abound with bl e ssings : but hethat m ake th haste to be rich shal l not be innoce nt. Prov.

xxviii . 20.

S . T hough he he ap up si lve r as th e dust,and prepare ra i

m e nt as th e clay ; he may prepare it, but the just shal l put i ton , and the innocent shal l divide the si lve r . Job xxvii .T . But they that wil l be rich

,fa l l into temptation a nd a

sn are,and into many foolish and hurtfu l l usts

,which drown

m en in de struction and pe rdition . For the l ove of mon e r i sthe root of al l evil : which whi le some cove ted afte r, they havee rred from the fai th

,and pie rce d themse l ve s through with

many sorrows . 1 T im . vi . 9,10.

S . Behold,the se a re the ungodly

,who prospe r in the

world ; they incre ase in riche s. Ps. lxxiii . 1 2 .

T . T he ir si lve r and the ir gold shal l not be able to de l ive rth em in the day of the wrath of the Lord : the v sha l l notsa tisfy the ir souls, ne i the r fi ll the ir bowe ls: because i t i s thestumbl ing-block of the ir in iquity . Eze k . V1 ] . 19 .

S . Charge them tha t a re rich in this world , tha t the y benot h igh-minded

,nor trust in unce rtain rich e s, but in the liv

ing God,who give th us rich ly al l thingsto enjoy . 1 T im . vi . 17 .

T . Labor not to be rich : cease from thin e own wisdom .

W i l t thou se t th ine eye s upon that which is not ? for richesce rta inly make th emse lve s wings ; they fly away

'

asan e agletoward he aven . Prov . xxiii . 4, 5.



S . Lord, whe n thy hand is l ifte d up, they will not se ebut they shallse e

,and be ashame d for the ir e nvy at the peo

ple ; ye a , the fire of thine e n em ie s shal l devour them . Isa.

xxv i . 14 .

T . Fre t not thyse lf be cause of evil-doe rs,n e ithe r be thou

e nvious against the worke rs of iniquity ; for the y shal l soonbe cut down like the grass

,a nd

,wither as th e gre en he rb . Ps.

xxxvii . 1,2 .

S . S trive not with a m an without a cause,if h e have done

the e no harm . Envy thou not the oppre ssor,and choose none

of his ways . Prov . iii . 30,31 .

T . Re st in th e Lord,and wait patientl y for him fre t not

thyse lf be cause of h im who prospe re th in his way, be cause ofthe m an who bringe th wick ed device s to pa ss . Prov . xxxvii . 7 .

S . L e t not thine heart envy sinne rs : but be thou in the

fe ar of th e Lord all the day long ; for sure ly th e re isan e nd ;a nd th ine expe ctat ion shal l not be cut oil

”

. Prov. xxiii .

T . Do ye th ink that the S cripture saith in vain, T he spiri tthat dwe l le th in us luste th to envy ? Jam e s i v. 5 .

S . For we ourse lve s also we re som e time s fool ish,disobe

d ient,de ce ived

,se rving dive rs lusts and pleasure s

,l iving in

mal ice and e nvy,ha te ful and hating one another . T it. i ii . 3 .

T . But as for me,m y fe e t we re almost gone ; my s teps had

w e l lnigh slipped ; for I was envious at the fool ish, whe n Isaw th e prospe ri ty of the wicked . Ps. lxxxiii . 2

,3 .

S . For,I fear

,le st

,when I com e

,I shal l not find vou such

as I would,and that I sha l l be found unto you such us ye

would not : l e st the re be debate s,e nvyings

,w raths

,strife s

,

backbitings,whispe rings

,swe l l ings

,tumults. 2 C or . xiii . 2 0.

T . For ye are ye t carnal : for whe re a s the re is among youenvying

,and strife

,and divisions

,are ye not carna l , and walk

as m en ? 1 C or . i i i . 3 .

S . Whe re fore,l aying aside al l mal ice , and al l gui le , and

h y pocri si e s,and envie s

,a nd a ll evil speakings

,as n ew-born

babes,desi re th e since re milk of the word

,that ye may grow

the reby . 1 Pe t. i i . 1 , 2 .

COVETOUSNESS .

For ty-e igh th Sunday in th e Year . Even ing .

H YM N 1 8 8 . c. M . H YM N 1 89 . C . M .

F loren ce.

011 that th e L ord would guide my LET avari ce , from shore to shore ,To k e e p h isstatute s sti l l ! [ways H e r favori te god pursue ;

O h that my God would grant m e grace Thy word, 0 Lord , w e value mor e

To do his holy wi l l ! Than India or Peru .

O h se nd thy Spiri t down to wri te H ere m ine s of knowl edge , love andT hy law upon my he art, A re ope ne d to our sight ; [ joy

N or le t my t ongue i ndulge de ce i t, T h e pure st gold without al loyN or act th e l iar ’ s part. And gem s divin e ly bright.

From vanity turn off my eye s T h e counse ls of re de em ing graceL e t no corrupt de sign

,There sacre d l e ave s unfol d ;

N or cove tous de sire s ari se A n d he re th e S aviour ’ s love l y fa ceW ithin this heart of m ine . O ur rapture d eye s be hold .

O rder my footsteps by thy word, H e re l ight de scending from aboveAnd m ake my h eart sincere ; Dire cts our doubtful fe e t ;

L e t sin bave'

no dom inion , L ord , H e re prom i se s of h e avenly loveBut ke ep my consci ence cl e ar. O ur ardent wishe s m e e t.

T ea cher . T hou shal t not cove t thy ne ighbor’ s house,thou

shalt not cove t thy n e ighbor’ s wife , nor his m an -se rvant,nor

h ismaid-se rvant, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor anything that isthy ne ighbor’ s . Ex. xx . 17 .

S chola rs. Incline my h e art unto thy te stimonies, and notto cove tousne ss .

'

T urn away mine eye s from beholding van

ity : and quick e n thou m e in thy way . Ps. cxix . 36,37 .

T . T ake he ed,and beware of cove tousne ss : for a man ’ s

l ife consiste th n ot in th e abundance of the things which heposse sse th . Luke xii . 15 .

S . Woe to them that devise iniquity,and work e vil upon

the ir beds! when th e m orning is light they practice it, becauseit is in the powe r of the ir hand . And they cove t fie lds, and

1 99


take them by violence ; and house s, and take them away : sothey oppre ss a m a n and h is house

,e ven a m an and his heri

tage . Mic. i i . 1,2 .

T . And they com e unto thee as th e pe ople come th , andthey sit be fore the e as my people , and they h e ar thy words,but they wil l not do them : for with the ir mon th they showmuch love

,but the ir h e art goe th afte r th e ir cove tousne ss .

Ezek . xxxii i . 31 .

S . T he re fore wil l I give th e ir wive s unto othe rs,and the ir

fi e lds to th em that shal l inhe ri t th em : for e ve ry on e from the

least even unto the gre ate st is give n to cove tousne ss,from the

prophe t e ve n unto the prie st,e ve ry on e de ale th false ly . Je r.

vii i . 10.

T . T he prince that wante th unde rstanding is also a greatoppre ssor : but h e that hate th cove tousne ss shal l prolong hisdays . Prov . xxvii i . 16 .

S . lVoe to him that cove te th an e vil cove tousne ss to hish ouse

,that he m ayse t his ne st on high, that he may be de liv

e red from the powe r of e vi l ! H ab. i i . 9.

T . For th e wicke d boaste th of his heart’ s de sire,and

ble sse th the cove tous,whom the Lord abhorre th . Ps. x . 3 .

S . Know ye not tha t th e unrighte ous shal l not inhe ri t thekingdom of God ? B e not de ce ived ; n e ithe r fornicators, noridolators

,nor thie ve s

,nor cove tous

,nor drunkards

,nor re

v i le rs,nor e xtortione rs

,shall inhe ri t the kingdom of God.

1 Cor. vi . 9,10.

T . Mortify the refore vour membe rs wh ich a re upon the

e arth forn ication,uncleanne ss

,inordina te a ffe ction

,e vil con

cupiscen ce , and cove tousn e ss, which is idolatry . Col . i ii . 5 .

S . But fornication,and al l uncle anne ss

,or cove tousness

,le t

i t not be once nam ed among you,as be com e th sain ts . Eph . v . 3 .

T . L e t your conve rsation be without cove tousne ss and becontent with such things as ye have : for he hath sa id , I wil lneve r leave the e

,nor forsake the e . H eb. xiii . 5 .

S . For we brought nothing into this world,and i t is cer

tain we can carry nothing out. A nd having food and raiment,le t us be the rewith conten t. 1 T im . vi . 7

,8 .



and fire shal l consum e th e tabe rnacle s of bribe ry ; they conce ive mischie f

,and bring forth vanity

,and the ir be l ly pre

pare th dece it. Job xv. 34,35 .

S . Knowest thou not this of old,since man was placed

upon e arth,that the triumphing of th e wicked is short

,and

the jov of the hypocrite but for a m om ent ? Job xx . 4,5 .

T . T hough his exce l lency m ount up to the he avens,and his

he ad reach unto the clouds : ye t he shal l pe rish for e ve r ; theywh ich have se e n him shal l sa y

,Whe re is h e ? Job xx . 6

,7 .

S . 86 a re th e paths of al l that forge t God ; and the hy pocrite ’ s hope shal l pe rish ; whose hope shal l be cut off, andwhose trust shal l be a spider ’s web ; h e shal l le an upon hishouse

,but i t shal l not stand : he shal l hold it fast

,but it shal l

not e ndure . J ob viii . 13.

T . And they come unto the e as the pe ople com e th,and

they si t be fore the e as my people , and th ey he ar thy words,but th ey wil l not do them : for with the ir m outh they showmuch love

,but the ir he art goe th afte r the ir cove tousne ss.

Ezek . xxxiii. 31 .

S . T his pe ople draw ne ar m e with the ir mouth,and with

th e ir l ips do honor m e,but have removed th e ir hea rt far

from m e,and th e ir fe ar toward m e is taught by th e pre cept

of m en . Isa . xxix . 13 .

T . T he sinne rs in Zion are afraid ; fe arfulne ss hath surprised the hypocri te s. Who am ong usshal l dwe l l wi th the

devouring fire ? who among us shall dwe l l with eve rlastingburnings ? Isa . xxxiii . 14.

S . And they have not cried unto m e with th e ir h eart,

when they howled upon the ir beds : they assemble them se l ve sfor corn and wine , and th ey rebe l against m e though I havebound and stre ngthened the ir arms

, ye t do they im agine mischie f against m e . T hey re turn

,but not to th e Most I

‘

l ighth e y a re l ike a dece itfu l bow . H os. vi i . 14—16 .

T . T he beadsth ere of judge for reward , and the prieststhe re of teach for h ire , and the prophe ts the re of divine form on ey : y e t wil l they lean upon the Lord

,and say, Is not the

Lord among us ? none e vi l can come upon us . Mic. i i i . 1 1 .

SL OT H I‘

U LN ESS .

Forty-n in th S unday in th e Ye ar . Even ing .

H YM N 192 . c . M . H YM N 1 93. P. M .

Conway. O wen .

M Y drowsy powers, why sl e ep ye so ? ’T I S th e voice of th e sluggardA wake

,my sluggish soul : I he ard h im com plain ,

Nothing hath half thy work to do,

You have wake d m e too soon ,Ye t nothing ’s half so dul l . 1 must slumber again

Go to th e ants ! for on e poor grain As th e door on itshinge s,S e e how they toil and strive ; S o h e on his b e d

,

Ye t w e who have a heave n to obtain , Turns his side s and his shoulde rsH ow ne glige nt w e l ive And his he avy head .

W e,for whose sake al l nature stands, I passe d by his gardenAnd stars the ir course s move And saw th e wild bri er

W e,for whose guard th e ange l bands T h e thorn and th e thistle sCom e flying from above Grow broade r and highe r

W e,for whom God th e S on came down

,T h e clothe s that hang on h im

And labor’d for our good ; A re turning to rags ;H ow care l e ss to se cure that crown And his m oney stil l waste sH e purchased with his blood ! ’

T 111 h e starve s or h e begs .

T eacher . T he way of th e slothful man is as an hedge ofthorns : but the way of the righte ous i s m ade plain . Prov.

xv . 1 9.

S chola rs. H e al so that is slothfu l i n h is work is brother toh im that is a great waste r: Prov . xviii . 9.

T . T he slothful m an saith,T he re is a l ion in the way : a

lion is in th e stre e ts . A s the door turne th upon its hinge s,so

doth the slothful upon h is bed . Prov . xxii . 13,14.

S . T he de sire of th e slothful ki l le th him ; for his handsre fuse to labor. Prov . xxi . 2 5 .

T . A slothful m an hide th his hand in his bosom,and wi l l

not so much as bring it to his mouth again . Prov . xix . 2 4.

2 03


S . T he hand of the dil igent shal l be a r rule : but the slothful shal l be unde r tribute . Prov . xii . 2 4.

T . I went by th e fie ld of the slothful,and bv the vineya rd

of the ma n void of unde rstanding ; and 10 , i t was al l grownove r with thorns

,and ne ttle s had cove red the face the re of

,and

the stone wal l the re of was broke n down . T he n I saw,and

conside red it we l l I looked upon i t,and re ce ived instruction .

Prov . xxiv. 30,3 1

,32 .

S . S l othfulne ss caste th into a de e p sle ep ; and an idle sou lshal l suffe r hunge r. Prov . xix . 15 .

T . By much slothfulne ss the bui ld ing decay e th ; andthrough idle ne ss of the hands the house droppe th through .

Eccle s. x . 18 .

S . T he slothfu l man roaste th not th at which h e took inhunting : but the substance of a dil ige nt man is pre cious .Prov. x 1 1 . 2 7 .

T . T h e sluggard wil l not plough by reason of the cold ;the re fore shal l he beg in harve st, and have nothing . Prov.

xx . 4 .

S . T h e sou l of th e sluggard de sire th,and hath nothing

but the soul of the diligent shal l be made fat. Prov . xii i . 4.

T . A s vin egar to the te e th,and as smok e to the eye s

,so is

the sluggard to them that se nd him . Prov . v . 2 6.

S . Go to the an t,thou sluggard ; conside r he r ways, and

be wise : which,having no guide

,ove rse e r

,or rule r

,provide th

h e r me a t in the summ e r,and gathe re th her food in the harvest.

Prov . vi . 6—8 .

T . H ow long wi l t thou sl e ep, 0 sluggard ? wh e n wil t thoua rise out of thy sl e ep ? Y e t a l ittle sle ep

,a l ittle slumbe r

,a

li ttle folding of the hands to sle e p ; so sha l l thy pove rtv com e

as on e that trave le th,and thy want as an armed man . Prov .

vi . 9- 1 1 .

S . For the drunkard and the glutton shal l come to pove rty : and drowsine ss shal l clothe a man with rags. Prov .

xxii i . 2 1 .

T . Love not sle ep,le st thou come to pove rty ; open thine

eye s,and thou shal t be sa tisfied with bread . Prov. xx. 13.



S . T he re fore the Lord was ve ry angry with Israe l ; andthe Lord re je cted al l the se ed of Israe l, and afflicted them ,

a nd de l ive re d them into the hand of spoile rs,until he had

cast them out of his sight. 2 Kings xvii . 18,2 0.

T . We which have be l ie ve d do ente r into re st ; and theyto whom i t was first pre ached e nte red not in be cause of nube l ie f. H eb. iv. 3

,6 .

S . L e t uslabor the re fore to ente r into that rest,le st

any man fal l afte r the same example of unbe l ie f. H eb.

i v . 1 1 .

T . T ake he e d,bre thren

,le st th e re be in any of you an

e vi l he art of unbe lie f,in departing from the l iving God .

H eb. i ii . 12 .

S . We a re not of them who draw back unto pe rdition,

but of them that be l ie ve to the saving of the soul . H eb.

x . 39 .

T . T he God of this world hath bl inded the minds of themwhich be l ieve not. 2 C or. iv. 4 .

S . T hey rece ive d not the love of truth,that they m ight

be saved . 2 T he ss . i i . 10.

T . For this cause God shal l send them strong de lusion,

that they should be lie ve a lie . 2 T he ss . ii . 1 1 .

S . T hat they al l m ight be damned,who be l ie ved not the

truth ; but had ple asure in unrighte ousne ss. 2 T h e ss. ii . 1 2T . Unto them that a re defiled and unbe l ie ving, is noth ing

pure : but e ven the ir mind and conscience i s defiled . T it.

i . 15 .

S . For th is pe ople ’ s he art is waxed gross, and the ir earsa re dul l of h e aring

,and the ir eye s they have closed ; le st at

any tim e they shouldse e with the ir eyes, and he ar with the ire ars

,and should unde rstand with the ir heart, and should be

conve rted,and I should he al them . Matt. xiii . 15 .

T . H e that be l ie ve th not, is condemned alre ady ; be causehe hath not be l ieve d in the name of the only-begotten S on ofGod . John iii . 18 .

S . H e that be l ie ve th not,shal l be damned . Mark xvi. 16.

GOVERNMENT OF THE TONGUE .

Fi fti e th Sunday in the Ye a r . Even ing .

H YM N 1 96. c. M. H YM N 1 97 . c. M .

A lbert. H a nover .

T H US I resolv’d before th e L ord , A N D must I b e to jud g m ent brought,N ow wil l I watch my tongue , And answer i n that day

Le st I le t slip on e sinful word,

For eve ry vain and idle thought,

O r do my ne ighbor wrong.” And e very word I say

If I am e’e r constra in ’

d to stay Yes, e ve ry se cre t of my heartWi th me n of l ive s profane

, S hal l shor tly be made knownI ’ l lse t a doubl e guard that day

,And I re ce ive my just de se rt

N or le t my talk b e vain . For al l that I have done .

I ’ l l scarce al low my l ips to speak H ow care ful then ought I to l ive,

T h e pious thoughts I fe e l , With what re l igious fe ar,Le st scoffe rs should th e occasion take Who such a strict account must giveTo mock my holy zeal . For my behavior here

Ye t i f som e prop er hour appe ar,

Thou awful Judge of quick and dead,I ’ l l n ot b e overaw ’

d,

T h e watchful power be stowB ut le t th escofli ng sinne rs he ar S o shal l I to my ways take he e dThat I can speak for God. To al l I spe ak or do .

T ea cher . T h e tongue is a l ittle membe r and boaste th gre atthings. It defile th the whole body and se tte th on fire th e

course of nature ; and it isse t on fire of he l l . Jam e s iii . 5,6 .

S chola rs. It is an unruly e vi l,ful l ofde fidly poison . T here

with ble ss w e God,even the Fathe r

,and therewith curse we

m en,which a re m ade in the similitude of God . Jame s 1 11 .

8,9.

T . If any man among you se em to be re l igious,and

bridle th not his tongue,but de ce ive th his own heart

,this

man’ s re l igion is vain . Jam e s i . 2 6.

S . Whoso ke epe th his mouth and his tongue,ke epe th his

soul from trouble s. Prov . xxi . 2 3.

2 07


T . H e that ke epe th his mouth ke epe th h is l ife ; but hethat opene th wide his l ips shal l have de struction . Prov.

xii i . 3.

S . In the multi tude of words the re wante th not sin,but

h e tha t re fraine th his l ips is wise . Prov. x . 19 .

T . Eve ry idle word that m en sha l l spe ak,th e y shal l give

account the re of in th e day of judgment . Matt. xii . 36 .

S . A tale -be are r re veale th secre ts ; but he that is of a faithful spiri t conceale th the matte r . Prov . xi . 13 .

T . T he words of a tale -be are r a re as wounds ; andthey go down into the inne rmost parts of the be l ly . Prov .

xviii . 8 .

S . Whe re the re is no ta le -be are r,th e strife ce a se th : but a

whispe re r separate th chie f fr ie nds. Prov . xxvi . 20 ; xvi . 2 8.

T . H e that utte re th a sl ande r is a fool . Prov . x . 18 .

S . Whoso privi ly slande re th his ne ighbor,him wi l l I cut

off. Ps. ci . 5 .

T . A man that fla tte re th his ne ighbor, spreade th a ne t

for his fe e t. Prov . xxix . 5 .

S . Meddle not with h im that fla ttere th wi th h is lips.Prov . xx . 19.

T . H e that spe ake th flatte ry to his friends,e ve n the eye s

of his children shal l fai l . Job xvii . 5 .

S . L e t m e not accept any man’ s person,n e ithe r le t me give

flatte ring title s unto m a n . Job xxxii . 2 1 .

T . T hou shalt not re vile the gods,nor curse the rule r of

thy people . Ex . xxii . 2 8 .

S . N e ithe r th ie ve s,nor cove tous, nor drunkards

,nor re

vi le rs,nor extortion'e rs

,shal l inhe ri t the kingdom of God .

1 Cor. vi . 10.

T . Ke ep not company with a raile r. 1 Cor . v . 1 1 .

S . Love as bre thren ; be pitiful , be courteous, not rende ring e vil for e vi l, or rail ing for rail ing. 1 Pe t . iii . 9.

T . L e t no corrupt communication proce ed out of yourmouth

,but that which is good to the use of edifying, that i t

may ministe r grace unto the he are rs . Eph . iv . 2 9.



T . H isdays a re de te rm ine d : th e numbe r of his monthsa re with the e ; thou hast appointed his bounds that he cannotpass . Job xiv . 5 .

S . God hath made of one blood al l nations of the e arth ;and hath de te rmine d the time s

,be fore appointed

,and the

bounds of the ir habitation . Acts xvii. 2 6 .

T . T he days of our y e ars a re thre e score years and ten ; andif by reason of strength they be fourscore ye ars

, ye t is the irstrength labor and sorrow

,for it i s soon cut oil; and we flee

away. Ps. xc. 10.

S . My days a re swifte r than a weave r’ s shuttle,and are

spent without hope . J ob vii . 6.

T . T hey a re passed away as the swift ships— as the e aglethat haste th to the prey . Job ix . 2 6.

S . Whe n a few ye ars a re come,the n I shal l go the way

whence I shall not re turn . Job xvi . 2 2 .

T . For what is your l ife ? i t is e ve n a vapor, that appeare th for a l ittle time

,and the n vanishe th away. Jame s iv. 14.

S . Man die th,and waste th away ; ye a , man give th up the

ghost,and whe re i s he ? J ob xiv. 10.

T . T hou pre vaile st for e ve r against h im ,and he passe th

thou change st his countenance,and se nde st h im away . Job

x iv. 20.

S . O ne die th in h is full strength,be ing wholly at e ase

,and

quie t : his breastsa re ful l of milk,and his bone s a re moist

e ned with marrow. Job xxi . 2 3,2 4.

T . And anothe r die th in the bitte rne ss of h is soul,and

ne ve r e ate th with pleasure : they shal l lie down al ike in thedust

,and the worm s shal l cove r them. Job xxi . 2 5

,2 6.

S . What man is he that l ive th,and sha ll notse e death ?

S hal l he de l ive r his soul from the hand of the grave ? Ps.lxxxix . 48 .

T . It is appointed un to m en onc e to die,but afte r this the

judgme nt. H eb. ix . 2 7 .

S . Lord,make m e to know mine end

,and the me asure of

my days, what i t is, that I may know how frai l I am . Ps.xxxix . 4.

RESURRECTION.

Fifty-first Sun day in th e Ye ar . Even ing .

H YM N 2 00. s. M . H YM N 2 01 . c. M.

B a ckus. S hep ham.

IN expe ctation swe e t WH EN,rising from th e b ed of death

,

W e wait and sing and pra y, O’

e rwh e lm e d with guil t and fe ar,

Ti l l Chris t ’s tr iumphal ca r w e me e t,I view my M ake r face to face ,

Andse e an endle ss day . O h how shal l I appe ar ?

H e com e s ! th e C onqu’ror come s If ye t , whil e pardon may be foundDeath fal ls be ne ath his sword ; And m e rcy may b e sought,

T h e joyful pris’n ersburst the ir tombs M y soul with inward hon or shrinksAnd ri se to m e e t the ir Lord . And tremble s at th e thought

,

T h e trumpe t sounds— Awake ! Whe n thou, O Lord, shal t stand dis

Ye dead,to judgm ent com e ! I n maj e sty severe , [close d

T h e pillarsof cre ation shake , And si t in judgm ent on my soul,Whi le he l l re ce ive s h er doom . O h howshal l I appear ?

Thrice happy morn for those O h may my broken , contrite heartWho love th e ways of pe ace , Tim e ly my sins lam ent ;

N 0 night of sorrow e’er sha l l close

,And e ar ly

,with repe ntant tears

,

O r shade their perfe ct bliss. Ete rnal woe preve nt .

T ea cher . If a man die,shal l ‘

he l ive again Job xiv . 14.

S cholars. I have hope toward God,that the re shal l be a

re surre ction of the dead,both of the just an d the unjust. Acts

xxiv . 15 .

T . Why should it be thought a thing i ncredible with you,

that God should raise the dead Acts xxvi . 8 .

S . Many of them tha t sleep in the dust of th e e arth shal lawake

,som e to e ve rlasting l ife and som e to sham e and e ver

lasting contempt. Dan . xii . 2 .

T . A s touching the re surre ction'

of the dead,have ye not

2 1 1


re ad,that which wasspoke n unto you by God

,saying

,I am

the God of Abraham,and th e God of Isaac

,and the God of

Jacob ; God is not the God of the de ad, but of the l iving.

Matt. xxii . 31,32 .

S . I know that my Rede eme r l ive th ; and that he shal lstand at th e latte r day upon the e arth

,and though afte r my

skin worm s dest roy th is body, ye t in my fle sh shal l Ise e God

,

whom I shal lse e for myse l f,and m ine eye s shal l behold

,and

not another,though my re ins be consume d within Job

xix . 2 5, 2 6, 2 7 .

T . W e know that if our e arthly house of this tabe rnaclewe re dissolved

,we have a building of God

,a house not made

with hands,e te rnal in the he avens . 2 Cor. v . 1 .

S . In this we groan,e arn e stly de siring to be clothed upon

,

with our house which is from he aven . 2 C or. v . 2 .

T . God hath both raised up the Lord,and wil l also raise

up us by his own power. 1 C or. vi . 14.

S . For as in Adam al l die,e ve n so in Christ shal l al l be

m ade ali ve . 1 C or . xv . 2 2 .

T . If the re be no re surre ction of the de ad, the n is Christnot risen ; and if Christ be not rise n , then is our pre achingvain

,and your faith isalso vain . 1 C or. xv . 13, 14.

S . But now is Christ rise n from the de ad,and be come the

first frui tsof them that slept . 1 C or . xv . 2 0.

T . H e which raised up th e Lord Je sus,shal l raise up us

al so by Je sus,and shal l pre se nt us with you . 2 Cor. iv . 14.

S . S om e m an wil lsay, H ow a re the dead raised up ? andwith what body do they com e . 1 Cor. xv . 35 .

T . It is sown in dishonor,it is raised in glory : i t is sown

in we akne ss,i t is raised in powe r : i t is sown a natural body

,

i t is raise d a spiri tual body . 1 C or . xv. 43,44.

S . For this corruptible m ust put on incorruption , and thismortal must put on immortal ity ; so when this corruptibleshal l have put on incorruption

,a nd this mortal shal l have

put on immortal ity,then shal l be brought to pass the saying

tha t is written,Death is swallowed up in victory . I C or. xv.

53,54.


2 14 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M ANUA L .

S . Rejoi ce,0 young man

,in thy youth

,and le t thy he art

che er the e in th e days of thy youth,and walk in the wavs

of thine heart,and in the sight of thine eye s ; but know thou

that for al l the se thingsGod wil l bring the e into judgmen t.Eccle s . xi . 9 .

T . For God shal l bring e very work into judgm ent,with

e ve ry se cre t th ing,whe the r it be good

,or whe the r i t be evil .

Eccle s. xii . 14.

S . Every idle word that m en shal l speak , th ey shal l giveaccoun t thereof in the day of judgment. Matt. xii . 36.

T . In the day when God shall judge the se cre tsof m en

by Je sus Christ. Rom . ii . 16.

S . T h e day of the Lord so come th as a th ie f in the night.1 T he ss. v. 2 .

T . T he sun shal l be darkened,and the moon shal l not

give he r l igh t ; and the stars of heave n shal l fa ll ; and thepowe rs that a re i n he ave n shal l be shaken . Mark xiii . 2 4

,2 5 .

S . And then shal l theyse e the S on of m an com ing in theclouds with great pomp and glory . Mark xiii . 2 6 .

T . Who shal l give account to H im that i s ready to judgethe quick and the de ad . 1 Pe t . iv . 5 .

S . T h e Lord Je sus Christ shal l judge the quick and thedead at his appearing. 2 T im . iv . 1 .

T . But of that day and that hour knowe th no man, no,not the ange ls which a re in h eaven . Mark xiii . 32 .

S . T he tim e s of this ignorance God winked at ; but nowcommande th al l m en eve rywhere to repent

,because he hath

appointed a day,in the which he wil l judge the world in

righte ousne ss,by that man whom he hath ordained . A cts

xvii . 30, 31 .

T . T he end of al l things is at hand, he ye there fore sobe r,and watch unto praye r. 1 Pe t . iv . 7 .

S . L e t us not sle ep as do othe rs ; but le t us watch and be

sobe r. For they that sle e p,sle ep in the night ; and they that

be drunken,are drunken in the nigh t ; but le t us, who are of

the day,be sobe r. 1 T he ss . v . 6

,7 .

H APPINESS OF THE RIGHTEOUS .

Fi fty-second Sunday in th e Yea r . Eve n ing .

H YM N 2 04. P . M . H YM N 2 05 . c. M .

TH ERE is a happy land,far

,far away

,TH ERE is a land of pure de l ight,

Whe re saints in glory stand, Whe re saints immortal re ign ;Bright

,bright as day Infinite day exclude s th e night,

O h how they swe e tly sing And ple asure s banish pain .

Worthy i s our S aviour King ;Loud le t his praise s r ing for evermore . The re e ver lasting spring abide s

,

And neve r-w i th ’ring flowers ;

Come to this happy land , com e, com e De ath , l ike a narrowse a , divide s

Why will ye doubting stand ? [away ; This he avenly land from ours .Why sti l l de lay ?O h w e shal l happy b e , Swe e t fi e l ds beyond th e swe l l ing floodWhe n from sin and sorrow fre e

, [more S tand dress’d i n living gre en ;L ord,w e shall live with th ee

,blest eve r S o to th e Jews old Canaan stood

,

While Jordan roll ’d be twe en .Bright in that happy land beam s e veryK ept by a Father ’ s hand

, [eye Could w e but cl imb where M ose s stood,

Love cannot die . And view th e landscape o’

er,

O h the n to glory run N ot Jordan ’ s stream nor death ’ s coldB e a crown and kingdom won

,flood

And bright above th e sun re ign evermore . S hould fright us from th e shore .

T ea cher. Godliness is profitable unto al l things, havingprom ise of th e l ife that now is, and of that which is to come .

1 T im . iv. 8 .

S chola rs. Ble ssed are they that do his commandments,that they may have right to the tre e of life

,and may ente r in

through the gate s unto the city . Rev. xxii . 14.

T . Lay up for yourse lve s treasure s in he aven,whe re

ne ithe r m oth nor rust doth corrupt ; and where thieve s donot break through

,nor ste al . Matt. vi . 2 0.

S . H e hath begotten us again unto a live ly hope,by th e

re surrection of Je sus Christ from the dead,to an inhe ritance

2 15

2 16 S A B B A TH -S CH O O L M ANUA L.

i ncorruptible and undefiled, and that fade th not away, re

serve d in he ave n for you . 1 Pe t. 3, 4.

T . Eye hath not se en , nor e a r he ard , n e ither have e nte re dinto th e he art of m a n the th ings which God hath preparedfor them that love him . 1 C or . i i . 9 .

S . W e,according to his promise

,l ook for new heavens,

and a n ew earth,where in dwe l le th righte ousne ss . 2 Pe t. i ii. 13 .

T . T he Lord God A lmighty and the Lamb are the templeof i t ; the glory of God did l ighte n i t ; and the Lamb is thel ight the reof. Rev . xxi . 2 2

,2 3 .

S . And they shal l se e his face,and his name shal l be in

the ir foreheads : the Lord God give th them light : and theyshal l re ign for e ve r and e ver . Rev. xxii . 4

,5 .

T . T o him that ove rcom e th wil l I grant to sit with m e i nmy thron e , e ven as I also overcam e

,and am se t down with

my Fathe r in his throne . Rev . i ii . 2 1 .

S . T hey are be fore the throne of God ; and se rve him dayand night in his temple ; and he that sitte th on the thron eshal l dwe l l among them . Rev . vii. 15 .

T . T he se a re they which follow the Lamb whithe rsoe ve rh e goe th : the se we re rede emed from among m en ; be ing thefirst-fruits unto God and to the Lamb . Re v . xiv. 4 .

S . T hou wilt show m e the path of life : in thy pre senceis ful ln e ss of joy : at thy right hand the re a re pleasure s fore vermore . Ps. xvi .T . T he sun shal l be n o more thy light by day, ne ithe r for

brightne ss shal l the moon give l igh t unto the e ; but the Lordshal l be unto the e an e ve rlasting light

,and thy God thy glorv .

Isa . 1x. 19 .

S . T he inhabitants shal l not say, I am sick ; the pe oplethat dwe l l the re in shal l be forgive n the ir in iquity . Isa .

xxxiii . 2 4.

T . T hey shal l hunge r no more,ne ith e r th irst any more ;

n e ithe r shal l the sun l ight on them,nor any heat. Re v. vii. 16.

S . For the Lamb which is in th e midst of the throne sha l lfe ed them

,and shall le ad them unto l iving fountains of wate r ;

and God shall wipe away al l tears from the ir eye s. Rev. vii. 17


2 18 S AB B ATH —S CH O O L M ANUA L.

for whe n they shal l say,Pe ace and safe ty

,then sudden de

struction com e th upon them . 1 T he ss. v . 2,3.

S . T he S on of m an shal l send forth his ange l s,and they

shal l gathe r out of h is k ingdom al l things that offe nd andthem which do iniquity . Matt. xii i . 41 .

T . And shal l cast them into a furnace of fire : the re shal lbe wail ing and gnashing of te e th . Matt. xiii . 42 .

S . H e shal l say to them on th e le ft hand,Depart from

m e, ye curse d, into e ve rlasting fire , prepared for th e devil and

his ange ls . Matt . xxv. 41 .

T . For I was a -hunge red,and y e gave m e no meat ; I was

thirsty,and ye gave m e no drink ; 1 was a strange r, and ye

took m e not in ; naked, and ye clothed m e not ; sick and inprison

,and ve visite d m e not . Matt. xxv . 42

,43 .

S . Inasmuch as ve did it not to on e of the least of the se ,v e did it not to m e ; and the se shal l go away into e ve rlastin gpunishm ent. Matt. xxv . 45

,46.

T . T h e Lord Je sus shal l be re ve aled from he ave n , withhis m ighty ange ls

,i n flam ing fire

,taking venge ance on them

that know not God,and that obey not the gospe l of our Lord

Je sus Christ . 2 T he ss . i . 7,8 .

S . Who shal l be punished with e ve rlasting de structionfrom th e pre sence of the Lord

,and from the glory ‘of his

powe r. 2 T he ss . i . 9 .

T . Behold,the Lord wil l com e with fire

,and with his

chariots,l ike a wh irlwind

,to rende r his ange r with fury,

and his rebuke with flam e s of fire . Isa. lxvi . 15 .

S . It is a fe a rful th ing to fal l into the hands of the l ivingGod . H eb. x . 31 .

T . S e e k the Lord,and ye shal l l ive ; le st h e break out

l ike fire , and devour, and the re be none to quench it. Amosv . 6 .

S . For ou r God is a consum ing fire . H eb. x 11 . 2 9.

T . Woe unto the wicke d it shal l be i l l with him : for thereward of his hands shal l be give n h im . Isa. iii. 1 1 .

S . Woe unto the ir soul ! for they have rewarded e vi l untothemse lve s. Isa . iii . 9.

ASCRIPTION OP PRAISES TO GOD .

Fi fty-third Sunday in th e Ye ar . Eve n ing .

H YM N 2 08 . c. M . H YM N 2 09 . L . M .

P rety. H ammer .

PRAI S E ye th e Lord , ye immortal O H praise th e L ord in that bl e st pla ceThat fil l th e worl ds above ; [choirsFrom whence his bounty fre e ly flow s ;Pra ise h im who form ’

a you of his fire s Praise h im i n h e ave n,w h e re h e his face

And fe edsyou with his love . Unve i le d in perfe ct glory shows.S hine to his praise , ye crystal skies , Prai se h im for al l th e m ighty actsT h e floor of his abode , Which h e i n our behalf has done

O r ve i l i n shade s your thousand eye s H iskindne ss this re t urn e xacts, [run .

Before your br ighter God. W ith which our praise should equalThou re stl e ss globe of golden light

,To th e shri l l trumpe t’ s warl ike voice

Whose be ams create our days,

L e t rocks and hil ls his praise re sound ;Join W ith th e si lve r que en of light

,Praise h im with ha rp ’ s m e l odious noise

To own your borrow ’d rays . And gentle psalte ry ’ s si lve r sound .

Thund er and ba il,and fire and storms

,L e t them who joyful hymns compose

T h e troops of his command,

To cymbalsse t the ir songs ofpraiseAppear i n al l your dre adful form s To we l l-tuned cymbals and to thoseAnd speak his awful hand. That loudly sound on solem n days .

S hout to th e Lord , ye surging seas. L e t al l that vital breath e njoy,

In your e ternal roar ; T h e breath h e doe s to them affordL e t wave to wave re sound hispraise In just re turn of praise employAnd shore reply to shore . L e t e very cre atur e praise th e L ord .

T ea cher. Praise ye th e Lord . Praise y e th e Lord from the

h e avens : praise him in th e he ights . Ps. cxlvii i . 1 .

S chola rs. Praise ye him ,al l his ange ls : praise ye him ,

al lh is hosts. Ps. cxlviii . 2 .

T . Praise ye him ,sun and m oon praise him

,a ll ye stars

of l ight. Ps. cxlviii . 3 .

S . Praise h im , ye he aven of heavens, and ye wate rs thatbe above the he avens . Ps. cxlviii . 4.

T . L e t them praise the n am e of the Lord : for he comm a nded

, and they were cre ated . Ps. cxlviii . 5 .

S . H e hath a lso e stabl ished them for e ve r and e ve r : h ehath m ade a decre e which sha l l not pa ss . Ps. cxlviii . 6 .

2 19

2 2 0 S A B B ATH -S CH O O L M ANUAL.

T . Praise the Lord from the e arth, ye dragons and all

de e ps. Ps. cxlviii . 7 .

S . Fire and hail,snow and vapor

,stormy wind fulfi ll ing

hisword . Ps. cxlviii . 8 .

T . Mountain s and hills ; fruitful tre es, and al l cedars.Ps. cxlviii . 9.

S . Beasts and a ll cattle ; cre eping things and flying fowls.Ps. cxlvii i . 10.

T . Kings of the e arth and all people,prince s and al l judge s

of the e arth . Ps. cxlvi ii . 1 1 .

S . Both young m e n and maidens,old me n and children .

Ps. cxlvii i . 1 2 .

T . L e t them praise the name of the Lord,for h is name

alone is exce l lent ; his glorv i s above the e arth and he aven .

Ps. cxlvii i . 13 .

S . H e also exalte th the horn of his pe ople,the praise of

al l h i s sain ts : e ven of the childre n of Israe l,a people near

unto h im . Praise ye th e Lord . Ps. cxlviii . 14.

T . Praise ye the name of the Lord ; praise h im, 0 ye

se rvants of the Lord . Ps. cxxxv . 1 .

S . Y e that stand in the house of the Lord,in the courts

of the house of our God . Ps. cxxxv. 2 .

T . Praise the Lord,for the Lord is good : sing praise s

unto his name,for i t is ple asant. Ps. cxxxv . 3 .

S . Praise ye the Lord . Praise the Lord,0 my soul . Ps.

cxlv i . 1 .

T . Praise y e the Lord . Praise God in h is sanctua rypraise him in the firmam en t of his powe r. Ps. cl . 1 .

S . Praise h im for his m igh t y acts : praise him accordingto his exce l le nt greatne ss. Ps. cl . 2 .

T . Praise him with the sound of the trumpe t : praise himwith the psal te ry and harp . Ps. cl . 3 .

S . Praise him with the timbre l and dance : praise himwi th stringed instrum ents and organs . Ps. cl . 4.

T . Praise him upon the loud cymbals : pra ise him uponthe high-sound ing cymba l s. Ps. cl . 5 .

S . L e t e ve ryth ing that hath breath praise the Lord.

Praise ye the Lord . Ps. cl . 6 .


2 2 2 S AB B ATH -S CH O O L M ANUAL.

M O R N I N G PR A YE R .

GREA T and glorious Jehovah , author and e nd of al l things,

w e adore the e asthe Lord of the S abbath . We praise andgive thanks un to thine exce l lent nam e

,that thou didst insti

tute and hal low a day of re st,in which

,re l ie ved from worldly

toi l and ca re,we may hold swe e t commun i on W i th the e and

with the H oly S pirit.W e ble ss the e for the re turn of its sacre d light

,and for the

he alth and strength with which thou hast favored us to e n

gage in its re l igious dutie s. Inspire our he arts,we be se e ch

the e,that we may be in the spiri t upon thine own day, and

that we m a y conse crate its hours unre se rvedly to the e . T hisis the da y which the Lord hath m ade ; we wil l rejoice and beglad in i t. Oh com e

,a nd le t us worsh ip

,and bow down be

fore the Lord our Make r ; for he is our God,and w e a re the

pe ople of his pasture and th e she e p of his hand . L e t uscom e be fore his pre sence with thanksgiving

,and e nte r his

courts w i th praise .

Lord of the S abbath,be w ith us this dav in our school ;

san c tifv to the young the instructions w e give them ; andafte rward go w ith us to the temple of thine e arth ly abode

,

and ble ss us in al l the exe rcise s of the sanctuary wh ile w e

a re waiting be fore the e . Whe n w e sing thy praise s,inspire

our he arts,we be se e ch the e , that w e may sing with the spirit

and with the unde rstanding,making me lody in our he arts to

God . Whe n we pray, forbid that we should d raw nigh tothe e with our l ips while our he arts a re far from the e ;

\

but

give us,w e e ntreat the e , the spirit of praye r a nd nearne ss of

acce ss unto thee by faith , that we may worship thee in the

be auty of hol ine ss,and that answe rs of pe ace m ay com e to

our waiting souls. And while we a tte nd to the ministrationof thy word

,m ay we l is te n to the truths of the gospe l with

atte ntive e ars and wil l ing minds, that we m ay l ece ive theminto our he arts and practice them in our l ive s . And at lastsave us, for Christ’ s sake .

O ur Fathe r,who a rt in he aven

,hal lowed

,e tc.

EVEN IN G PRAYER . 2 2 3

IN FI N IT EL Y gre at and glorious Jehovah,God of grace and

salvation,we draw nigh to thy throne of me rcy toward the

close of the ble ssed S abbath, and in the nam e of H im whosere surre ction from th e dead it commemorate s would lift upsour eye s to the e

,from whe nce come th al l our h e lp . W e

thank the e for the enjoyment of a nothe r day of re st,for the

privilegesof thy holy house,and for al l the m eans of grace

w ith which we have be e n favored . Make us duly sensibleof al l thy me rcie s

,and dil ige nt in the improveme nt of them

,

to thine honor and glory .

T his day have the goings forth of our God and King be e nse e n in his sanctuary ; this day has the trumpe t of salvationbe e n sounde d in the e ars of thousands . Grant

,0 Lord

,that

to the l istening multitude s the gospe l of the S on of God mayhave com e

,not only in word

,but in demonstration of the

S pirit, and in powe r and much assurance , and that theyhave known a nd he ard and love d the joyful sound . M ay

thy word run,and have fre e course and be glorified in the

h earts and minds of the pe ople,to e nl ighte n the ignorant

,

to awaken th e care l e ss,to re claim the wande ring

,to confirm

th e we ak,to e stablish the wave ring

,to com fort the a ffl icted

,

and to make a people prepared for the Lord.

Ble ss al l S abbath-schools,al l missionary and othe r socie tie s

for the promulgation of th e gospe l ; and exte nd the victoriesof the cross t i l l al l the soli tary place s of the e arth be madeglad

,and th e de se rt bloom and blossom as the rose ti l l al l

the kingdom s of this world be come the kingdom s of our Goda nd of his Christ

,and from e ach continent and isle of the

se a praye r and praise shal l ascend to th e one true God .

And when we have done and suffe red thy wil l he re , bringus

,with al l th e rede em ed

,to enjoy an endle ss S abbath in thy

kingdom,for Christ’ s sake . Amen

O ur Fathe r, who art in he aven , hallowed be thy n am e ; thykingdom come ; thy wil l be done on earth as it is in heaven ;give us this day our daily bread, e tc.

2 4 S A RB A T H -scH O O L M ANU AL .

E VE N I N G P R A YE R .

O U R he ave nly Father,Cre ator and Rule r of the unive rse

T hou hast e stabl ishe d thy throne in the he avens,and th y

kingdom rule th ove r al l . We ble ss the e that justice.

andj udgmen t a re the habita tion of .thv thron e , and that thy lawholy

,just and good

,i n accordance wi th the divine a ttri

bute s a nd th e nature and ne ce ssi tie s of m a n . Y e t we haveto confe ss

,O Lord our God

,othe r lordshave had dom inion

ove r us and that w e have often transgre ssed thy law . Pardonour past folly and sinfulne ss

,and open our eye s to behold the

Lord our God in al l the m aj e sty and glory of his attribute s,

tha t knowing him,we m ay reverence his character

,love his

e xce l le nce and ke ep his commandme nts.Forbid that we should e ve r take the nam e of th e Lord our

God in vain,but give us

,we be se e ch the e

,a profound vene ra

tion for i t,and for e ve ry thipg on which it i s enstamped

— forthy re veal ed word

,for thy ble sse d sacram e nts

,and for the

temple where in thou ha st re corded thy name and whe rethine honor dwe l le th . M a y we e ve r rem embe r the S abbathd ay, to ke ep i t holy . G i ve us grace suitably to honor our

fa the r and our m othe r ; make us subje ct to al l in au thorityove r us

,re spectfu l to our supe riors, and me ek, gentle , cour te

ous and affable unto al l m en . Purge our he arts from e nvy,ha tre d and mal ice , and from al l impure and inordinate desire s ; and ke e p us from al l injustice , e vi l-spe aking and cove tousn ess

,that w e m ay be blam e le ss and harmle ss, the son s

of God without rebuke ; and gra nt, O Lord, that we m ay

che rish in our he arts and exhibi t in our l ive s the principle sboth of the law and the prophe ts, by loving the Lord ourGod with al l our he art

,and our ne ighbor as ourse lve s .

Ble ss to us this day the instructions of th e S abba th-schoola nd the m in istrations of the pulpi t, and gran t that thy wordm ay e ve r do us good, as it doth the upright in heart .

O ur Fathe r, who a rt in h eaven , hal lowe d be thy name ; thykingdom com e ; thy w i l l be done on e arth asit isin heaven ;give us this day our daily bread, e tc .


2 2 6 A PPEND IX .

N ehem iah , in on e book ; Esthe r, Job, Isaiah and the twobooks of Je rem iah in on e ; Ezekie l , Danie l and the twe l veminor prophe ts in on e book . T he se thirte e n books they calledthe Prophe ts. T he third class consisted O f the Psalm s

,Prov

e rbs, Eccle siaste s and th e S ong of S olom on, which we re cal ledT he Psalm s, from the name of th e first book in the class.T he above four books we re also cal led

,by the H ebrews

,Che t

ubim ,a nd by the Gre eks

,H agiographa . T he translation of

the Old T e stam e nt in to Gre ek was m ade atA lexandria underPtolemy Philade l phus

,king of Egypt. It was cal le d th e

S eptuagint, from the seventy-two translators,seve n ty be ing a

round n umbe r.

PEN T AT EUCH,PSALMS A N D H IS T O RICAL BOOKS

OF T H E OLD T ES T AMEN T .

NAMES . C HAPTERS . A UTHORS . DATE B EFORE C HRIS T .

PENT A T EU O H OR L AW

G enosi sExodusL e vxt icnsN umbe rsDeuteronomy

H I S TO RIC AL BO OKS .

JoshuaJ udge sRu th1 S amu e l2 S amue l1 Kings2 K ings1 Chron icl e s2 Chronicl e s

N e h em iah w

Esthe rJ ob

Boomsor PSALMS .

Psalms David ’ s. 1060—1015P1 ove rl ie 1099Eccl e siaste s a t

S o ny; o t S ol om o” 1010

Joshua.

S amue l , e tcS amue lS amue lS am and Natha n .

N a than , Gad , e tc . .

Isa iah,Idas ,

EzraEzra

,e tc

EzraN ehemiahEzrabl oses

A PPEND IX . 2 2 7

PROPH ET ICAL BOOKS OF T H E O LD T ES TAMEN T .

NAMES .

Isaiah

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0

CHAPTERS .

B EFOREC H RIS T .

810—698

KINGS O F JUDA H . KINGS O F ISR'AEL .

Ze chariah,S ha l lum

M enahem ,Pek a ia h

Pekah,H ose a .

Jeroboam II chap .i . 1 .

Z e chariah. Sha l lumM e n ahem , Pe k a ia ii

Pekah,H ose a .

Je roboam II . , chap .

i . 1 .

Jehu and Jehoaha z,or Joash an d Je roboam II .Pekah and H osea.

A lthough h e i s th e fifth prophe t i n th e orde r of time,Isaiah has be e n

place d first in our Bible , not m e re ly on account of th e gre ate r lengt h of hisbook

,but on account of th e surpassing importan ce and subhmity of h is;

pre dicti ons . M alachi,who was last in th e order of tim e

,and who pr ed icte d

th e com ing of th e foreru nne r of th e M e ssiah,with gre at proprie ty com e s

last,and close s th e ancie nt canon of prophe cy . T h e twe lve mi nor proph e ts

are so cal le d, not as l e ss inspired , but as having utte re d fewer predictions .

Uzziah,Joth am

,

Ahaz, H e zekiahand M anasseh .

Josia h .

Josiah .

During th e Captivity .

During th e Captivity .

Uzziah,Jotham

,

Ahaz . H e zekiah .

Uzziah or M anasseh .

Uzziah,chap . i . 1 .

After si ege by N ebuch adn e z z a r .

J oa sh,Am aziah or

A zariah .

Jotham,Aha z and

H e zekiah .

Jeho iakim .

J osiah,chap . i . 1 .

Afte r re turn fromBabylon .

Afte r re turn fromBabylon .

Afte r re turn fromBabylon.

2 2 8 A PPEND IX .

T ABLE OF T H E S CRIPTURES OF T H E N EWT ES T A MEN T .

B O OKS . A UTHORS . PL A C E. T O WHO M WRITTEN .

S t . M atthew J

S t M atthew JudeaS t . M ark RomeS t .

S t . Ephe sus

S t . Gr e e ceS t .

S t . Paul Ephe sus.

S t . Paul M ace doniaS t . PaulS t . Paul Rom e

S t . Paul Rome

S t . Rom e

S t . Pa ulS t . Cor inthS t . Paul M ace don iaS t . Paul Roni e

S t . Paul M a ce don iaS t . Rom e

S t .

S t .

S t. Rome

S t . Rom e

S t . Ephe susS t . Ephe susS t . John Ephe susS t . Jud e UnknownS t . John

T h e Canon of th e N ew Te stam e nt consists of twe nty-seve n books, whichwe re writte n by e ight diffe re nt authors, al l of whom were contempora ryw i th our S aviour . The se books we re writte n at diffe rent tim e s , a n d atplace s remote from each othe r ; and whe n th e late st of them was publishe dth e Gospe l had be en pre ach e d and churche s founde d in m any pa rtsof Asia ,Europe and Africa . O rige n , who l ive d in th e th ii d century, made th e firstcatalogue of th e books of th e N ew Te stam ent.

H ebrew Christians

Ge ntile Chr istiansGe n t i le ChristiansGe nt i le Chris tiansGe ne ral Epistle

T h eoph iliis, e tcG enti le Chri stiansG e nti le ChristiansG enti l e Chri stiansG enti le Ch i ist i a risGe n ti l e Christ iansG enti le ChristiansG en t il e Chri stiansGe ntile ChristiansGe nt i l e Christians

Ti tusPhil emonH e bre w Chr ist iansJ ewish nationGe ne ral Epist leGe ne ral EpistleGe ne ral EpistleT h e Ele c t L adyGaiusG e ne ral EpistleGe ne ral Epistle


2 30 FO RM S or GRA C E A T TAB LE .

GR A C E A F T E R M E A T .

I . Author of al l our comforts, and God of al l grace , we thankthe e for the rich provision m ade for our temporal and spiri tua l wants

,and e spe cially for the food with which we have

now be en re fre sh ed . Prepare our he arts to obey the e upone arth

,that we m ay e a t. bre ad in thy heaven lv kingdom .

II . O ur Father and God, we would rende r unto the e ourgrate fu l acknowledgments for this renewed token of thy favor.May we fe e l unde r incre ased obligations to love and serve the efor al l thy me rcie s

,through Christ Je sus . Ame n !

III . H e avenly Fathe r, we have again be e n fed of thybounty . What shal l we re nder unto the e for al l thy be n efits ?Oh he lp us to show our gratitude for thy m e rcie s by walkingin thy way s and ke eping thy comm andments, for the sake ofJesus Christ our Lord . Am e nIV . O ur gracious Be ne factor

,we thank the e for th is token

of thy favor, in the supply of our bodi ly wants . Enable us topartake of the provision m ade for our soul s in Christ Jesus .O h m ay we al l rece ive of his ful lne ss, and grace for grace .

Am e nV . Accept

,O Lord

,our thanks for the food which w e have

now re ce ived,and enabl e us to prove th e since rity of our grat

itude by th e obedience of our live s, through the merits of ourLord Je sus Christ. Am e n !VI . W e ble ss the e , O Lord, for th is re fre shm ent of our

bodie s ; oh fe e d our souls with the bre ad of life , that we may

grow in grace,and sit down with the e at thy table in our

Fathe r’ s kingdom .

VII . Ble ssed be the name of the Lord for th is and al l othe rble ssings confe rred upon us, whe the r temporal or spiri tual ,through Je sus Christ our Lord . Ame n !VIII. Ble ssed be the Lord God, who daily loade th us with

benefits,for this and e very expre ssion of his loving-kindne ss,

through Je sus Christ . Amen !

A OEA T Q O ESZ.

Sabbath-School Manual - Forgotten Books

Documents